<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1839/index.xml"/>
    <title>Download Incredible Full Audiobooks in Religion &amp; Spirituality, Christianity</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp;amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp;amp; Religion, and Business &amp;amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 02:18:12 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1839/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Download Incredible Full Audiobooks in Religion &amp; Spirituality, Christianity</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1839/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Davin Marks</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1839/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp;amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp;amp; Religion, and Business &amp;amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Religion &amp; Spirituality">
      <itunes:category text="Christianity"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>Aging: Growing Old in Church by Will Willimon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aging: Growing Old in Church
Author: Will Willimon
Narrator: Joe Geoffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Seasoned pastor and church leader Will Willimon excels at creating thought-provoking, accessible books for working pastors and seminarians. In Aging, he takes a theologically rich look at numerous aspects of growing old.Drawing on Scripture, literature, current research, and his experiences as an aging adult, Willimon reflects on aging as a spiritual journey. He explores the challenging realties as well as the rewarding joys of growing old and shows pastors how to help their congregants grow old gracefullyand in good Christian hope. Willimon also offers practical advice on helping church members as they encounter retirement, aging, caring for the aging, loss, bereavement, and finding faith in the last quarter of life. This eloquent, delightfully Christian perspective on aging will be of interest to all who care for aging souls--not only pastors but also chaplains and other ministers in hospitals, hospices, and extended care facilities.</description>
      <author>Will Willimon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781980072676.mp3" length="1203236" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781980072676.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aging: Growing Old in Church
Author: Will Willimon
Narrator: Joe Geoffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Seasoned pastor and church leader Will Willimon excels at creating thought-provoking, accessible books for working pastors and seminarians. In Aging, he takes a theologically rich look at numerous aspects of growing old.Drawing on Scripture, literature, current research, and his experiences as an aging adult, Willimon reflects on aging as a spiritual journey. He explores the challenging realties as well as the rewarding joys of growing old and shows pastors how to help their congregants grow old gracefullyand in good Christian hope. Willimon also offers practical advice on helping church members as they encounter retirement, aging, caring for the aging, loss, bereavement, and finding faith in the last quarter of life. This eloquent, delightfully Christian perspective on aging will be of interest to all who care for aging souls--not only pastors but also chaplains and other ministers in hospitals, hospices, and extended care facilities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Aging: Growing Old in Church
Author: Will Willimon
Narrator: Joe Geoffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Seasoned pastor and church leader Will Willimon excels at creating thought-provoking, accessible books for working pastors and seminarians. In Aging, he takes a theologically rich look at numerous aspects of growing old.Drawing on Scripture, literature, current research, and his experiences as an aging adult, Willimon reflects on aging as a spiritual journey. He explores the challenging realties as well as the rewarding joys of growing old and shows pastors how to help their congregants grow old gracefullyand in good Christian hope. Willimon also offers practical advice on helping church members as they encounter retirement, aging, caring for the aging, loss, bereavement, and finding faith in the last quarter of life. This eloquent, delightfully Christian perspective on aging will be of interest to all who care for aging souls--not only pastors but also chaplains and other ministers in hospitals, hospices, and extended care facilities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice by Kerry Connelly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice
Author: Kerry Connelly
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we&amp;#039;re good, Christian people, right? But you don&amp;#039;t have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America&amp;#039;s racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best &amp;#039;good person&amp;#039; intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it&amp;#039;s our responsibility to do something about it.</description>
      <author>Kerry Connelly</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705222942.mp3" length="7335939" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705222942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice
Author: Kerry Connelly
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we&amp;#039;re good, Christian people, right? But you don&amp;#039;t have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America&amp;#039;s racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best &amp;#039;good person&amp;#039; intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it&amp;#039;s our responsibility to do something about it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Good White Racist?: Confronting Your Role in Racial Injustice
Author: Kerry Connelly
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When it comes to race, most White Americans are obsessed with two things: defending our own inherent goodness and maintaining our own comfort levels. Too often, this means white people assume that to be racist, one has to be openly hateful and willfully discriminatory—you know, a bad person. And we know we&amp;#039;re good, Christian people, right? But you don&amp;#039;t have to be wearing a white hood or shouting racial epithets to be complicit in America&amp;#039;s racist history and its ongoing systemic inequality. In Good White Racist, Kerry Connelly exposes the ways white people participate in, benefit from, and unknowingly perpetuate racism—despite their best &amp;#039;good person&amp;#039; intentions. Good White Racist unpacks the systems that maintain the status quo, keep white people comfortable and complicit, and perpetuate racism in the United States and elsewhere. Combining scholarly research with her trademark New Jersey snark, Connelly shows us that even though it may not be our fault or choice to participate in a racist system, we all do, and it&amp;#039;s our responsibility to do something about it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Imprints: The Evidence Our Lives Leave Behind by Patrick Gray, Justin Skeesuck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imprints: The Evidence Our Lives Leave Behind
Author: Patrick Gray, Justin Skeesuck
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Changing the world does not always require grand gestures or an audience of millions. The little things we do often have the most significant impact on those we encounter. Each small choice we make can spread joy or pain, light or darkness, to others. Examining our influence on the lives we encounter through a lens of love and compassion, Imprints explores the long-lasting impact our words and actions have on our world, reminding us that the legacy we leave behind is built on who we are and how we live our lives day to day.</description>
      <author>Patrick Gray, Justin Skeesuck</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781515941927.mp3" length="8075229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781515941927.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imprints: The Evidence Our Lives Leave Behind
Author: Patrick Gray, Justin Skeesuck
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Changing the world does not always require grand gestures or an audience of millions. The little things we do often have the most significant impact on those we encounter. Each small choice we make can spread joy or pain, light or darkness, to others. Examining our influence on the lives we encounter through a lens of love and compassion, Imprints explores the long-lasting impact our words and actions have on our world, reminding us that the legacy we leave behind is built on who we are and how we live our lives day to day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/424121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Imprints: The Evidence Our Lives Leave Behind
Author: Patrick Gray, Justin Skeesuck
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 3 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Changing the world does not always require grand gestures or an audience of millions. The little things we do often have the most significant impact on those we encounter. Each small choice we make can spread joy or pain, light or darkness, to others. Examining our influence on the lives we encounter through a lens of love and compassion, Imprints explores the long-lasting impact our words and actions have on our world, reminding us that the legacy we leave behind is built on who we are and how we live our lives day to day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All That God Cares About: Common Grace and Divine Delight by Richard J. Mouw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All That God Cares About: Common Grace and Divine Delight
Author: Richard J. Mouw
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How do Christians account for the widespread presence of goodness in a fallen world? Richard Mouw, one of the most influential evangelical voices in America, presents his mature thought on the topic of common grace. Addressing a range of issues relevant to engaging common grace in the twenty-first century, Mouw shows how God takes delight in all things that glorify him—even those that happen beyond the boundaries of the church—and defends the doctrine of common grace from its detractors.</description>
      <author>Richard J. Mouw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914588.mp3" length="1424402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914588.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All That God Cares About: Common Grace and Divine Delight
Author: Richard J. Mouw
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How do Christians account for the widespread presence of goodness in a fallen world? Richard Mouw, one of the most influential evangelical voices in America, presents his mature thought on the topic of common grace. Addressing a range of issues relevant to engaging common grace in the twenty-first century, Mouw shows how God takes delight in all things that glorify him—even those that happen beyond the boundaries of the church—and defends the doctrine of common grace from its detractors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423811</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All That God Cares About: Common Grace and Divine Delight
Author: Richard J. Mouw
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How do Christians account for the widespread presence of goodness in a fallen world? Richard Mouw, one of the most influential evangelical voices in America, presents his mature thought on the topic of common grace. Addressing a range of issues relevant to engaging common grace in the twenty-first century, Mouw shows how God takes delight in all things that glorify him—even those that happen beyond the boundaries of the church—and defends the doctrine of common grace from its detractors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alignment: Live a Life of Miracles by Chuck Parry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alignment: Live a Life of Miracles
Author: Chuck Parry
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When the power of the Word and the power of the Holy Spirit are brought together in a prism of a son or daughter of God, miracles happen. In this book, author Chuck Parry delivers to listeners the same practical principles he teaches thousands of people in conferences all over the world each year about the simplicity of living a supernaturally empowered life that brings Heaven to Earth in the most tangible ways.</description>
      <author>Chuck Parry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915363.mp3" length="1405709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alignment: Live a Life of Miracles
Author: Chuck Parry
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When the power of the Word and the power of the Holy Spirit are brought together in a prism of a son or daughter of God, miracles happen. In this book, author Chuck Parry delivers to listeners the same practical principles he teaches thousands of people in conferences all over the world each year about the simplicity of living a supernaturally empowered life that brings Heaven to Earth in the most tangible ways.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423812</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Alignment: Live a Life of Miracles
Author: Chuck Parry
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When the power of the Word and the power of the Holy Spirit are brought together in a prism of a son or daughter of God, miracles happen. In this book, author Chuck Parry delivers to listeners the same practical principles he teaches thousands of people in conferences all over the world each year about the simplicity of living a supernaturally empowered life that brings Heaven to Earth in the most tangible ways.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Out of Zion: Meeting Jesus in the Shadow of the Mormon Temple by Lisa Brockman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Out of Zion: Meeting Jesus in the Shadow of the Mormon Temple
Author: Lisa Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Brockman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine what might happen if the solid foundation of what you believe suddenly begins to shake . . . That&amp;#039;s exactly what happened to Lisa Brockman, a six-generation Mormon with lineage tracing back to the early church. In college, Lisa found herself challenged to defend her faith, and the beliefs she knew to be true began to unravel. In Out of Zion, Lisa shares her journey of discovering the biblical Jesus and the key conversations that led her from the faith of her ancestors to conversion to Christianity. If you have reached a place of questioning what you believe, or you long for confidence to share your faith with others, Lisa provides the framework you need to . . . ● understand the nuances of the history and evolution of Mormon culture ● learn to identify the vital differences between the Mormon and biblical plans of salvation ● compassionately engage in conversation with your Mormon friends and neighbors As you follow the evolution of Lisa&amp;#039;s faith, you will face the same challenge to defend what you believe and, ultimately, learn to share the gospel effectively with others.</description>
      <author>Lisa Brockman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914014.mp3" length="1314604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914014.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Out of Zion: Meeting Jesus in the Shadow of the Mormon Temple
Author: Lisa Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Brockman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine what might happen if the solid foundation of what you believe suddenly begins to shake . . . That&amp;#039;s exactly what happened to Lisa Brockman, a six-generation Mormon with lineage tracing back to the early church. In college, Lisa found herself challenged to defend her faith, and the beliefs she knew to be true began to unravel. In Out of Zion, Lisa shares her journey of discovering the biblical Jesus and the key conversations that led her from the faith of her ancestors to conversion to Christianity. If you have reached a place of questioning what you believe, or you long for confidence to share your faith with others, Lisa provides the framework you need to . . . ● understand the nuances of the history and evolution of Mormon culture ● learn to identify the vital differences between the Mormon and biblical plans of salvation ● compassionately engage in conversation with your Mormon friends and neighbors As you follow the evolution of Lisa&amp;#039;s faith, you will face the same challenge to defend what you believe and, ultimately, learn to share the gospel effectively with others.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423810</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Out of Zion: Meeting Jesus in the Shadow of the Mormon Temple
Author: Lisa Brockman
Narrator: Lisa Brockman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Imagine what might happen if the solid foundation of what you believe suddenly begins to shake . . . That&amp;#039;s exactly what happened to Lisa Brockman, a six-generation Mormon with lineage tracing back to the early church. In college, Lisa found herself challenged to defend her faith, and the beliefs she knew to be true began to unravel. In Out of Zion, Lisa shares her journey of discovering the biblical Jesus and the key conversations that led her from the faith of her ancestors to conversion to Christianity. If you have reached a place of questioning what you believe, or you long for confidence to share your faith with others, Lisa provides the framework you need to . . . ● understand the nuances of the history and evolution of Mormon culture ● learn to identify the vital differences between the Mormon and biblical plans of salvation ● compassionately engage in conversation with your Mormon friends and neighbors As you follow the evolution of Lisa&amp;#039;s faith, you will face the same challenge to defend what you believe and, ultimately, learn to share the gospel effectively with others.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God Breathed: Connecting through Scripture to God, Others, the Natural World, and Yourself by Rut Etheridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Breathed: Connecting through Scripture to God, Others, the Natural World, and Yourself
Author: Rut Etheridge
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-made truth is the air we breathe in our day, which past philosophers hailed as the Age of the Lonely Self. You feel it when the silence falls around you and the whispers start within you: that growing, gnawing isolation, that deepening detachment from the world, from others, from yourself. God Breathed will help you understand and courageously doubt the popular dogma that God cannot speak, that the Bible is not only inaccurate but impossible. It will help you break out of the soul-suffocating confines of self-made truth. Within the pages of God&amp;#039;s book is the true you, just waiting for you to arrive. God Breathed will help you get there.</description>
      <author>Rut Etheridge</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890026.mp3" length="1276471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Breathed: Connecting through Scripture to God, Others, the Natural World, and Yourself
Author: Rut Etheridge
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-made truth is the air we breathe in our day, which past philosophers hailed as the Age of the Lonely Self. You feel it when the silence falls around you and the whispers start within you: that growing, gnawing isolation, that deepening detachment from the world, from others, from yourself. God Breathed will help you understand and courageously doubt the popular dogma that God cannot speak, that the Bible is not only inaccurate but impossible. It will help you break out of the soul-suffocating confines of self-made truth. Within the pages of God&amp;#039;s book is the true you, just waiting for you to arrive. God Breathed will help you get there.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423723</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Breathed: Connecting through Scripture to God, Others, the Natural World, and Yourself
Author: Rut Etheridge
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Self-made truth is the air we breathe in our day, which past philosophers hailed as the Age of the Lonely Self. You feel it when the silence falls around you and the whispers start within you: that growing, gnawing isolation, that deepening detachment from the world, from others, from yourself. God Breathed will help you understand and courageously doubt the popular dogma that God cannot speak, that the Bible is not only inaccurate but impossible. It will help you break out of the soul-suffocating confines of self-made truth. Within the pages of God&amp;#039;s book is the true you, just waiting for you to arrive. God Breathed will help you get there.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church by Krissy Nordhoff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church
Author: Krissy Nordhoff
Narrator: Krissy Nordhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church, the Christian songwriter will explore the depths of the heart, immersing in relationship with God before learning practical worship songwriting skills. Award-winning songwriter Krissy Nordhoff helps lyricists and musicians sharpen their skills in starting songs, adding dimension, removing distractions, maintaining momentum, and co-writing.     Songwriters and worship leaders are challenged to trust the Lord with their gifts as they put their new skills into practice. They also have access to:     - Links to video with examples - A songwriter personality assessment - Podcast episodes for every songwriter personality - Access to special downloads, including a leader’s guide for group learning and an audiobook with extra content from Krissy</description>
      <author>Krissy Nordhoff</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890439.mp3" length="1297161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church
Author: Krissy Nordhoff
Narrator: Krissy Nordhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church, the Christian songwriter will explore the depths of the heart, immersing in relationship with God before learning practical worship songwriting skills. Award-winning songwriter Krissy Nordhoff helps lyricists and musicians sharpen their skills in starting songs, adding dimension, removing distractions, maintaining momentum, and co-writing.     Songwriters and worship leaders are challenged to trust the Lord with their gifts as they put their new skills into practice. They also have access to:     - Links to video with examples - A songwriter personality assessment - Podcast episodes for every songwriter personality - Access to special downloads, including a leader’s guide for group learning and an audiobook with extra content from Krissy</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423522</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church
Author: Krissy Nordhoff
Narrator: Krissy Nordhoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Writing Worship: How to Craft Heartfelt Songs for the Church, the Christian songwriter will explore the depths of the heart, immersing in relationship with God before learning practical worship songwriting skills. Award-winning songwriter Krissy Nordhoff helps lyricists and musicians sharpen their skills in starting songs, adding dimension, removing distractions, maintaining momentum, and co-writing.     Songwriters and worship leaders are challenged to trust the Lord with their gifts as they put their new skills into practice. They also have access to:     - Links to video with examples - A songwriter personality assessment - Podcast episodes for every songwriter personality - Access to special downloads, including a leader’s guide for group learning and an audiobook with extra content from Krissy</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West by Mathew P. John</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West
Author: Mathew P. John
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in the age of religious pluralism where all religions are considered the same and different paths lead to the same spiritual destination. It is important for Christians to learn how to affirm Jesus Christ as the only way to God—while also paying due respect to people of other faiths and worldviews.  In The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West, Mathew P. John explores the redemptive revelations lurking in the darkness outside the boundaries of Christian tradition. In this spiritual journey through six major world religions, readers encounter a variety of symbols that point to the Jesus of the Bible. From Hindu avatars and Buddhist bodhisattvas, to Sikh gurus and Muslim prophets, and the Jewish messiah, consider how different religions attempt to answer the deep longing for a savior ingrained in the collective conscience of humanity.</description>
      <author>Mathew P. John</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890170.mp3" length="1303413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890170.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West
Author: Mathew P. John
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in the age of religious pluralism where all religions are considered the same and different paths lead to the same spiritual destination. It is important for Christians to learn how to affirm Jesus Christ as the only way to God—while also paying due respect to people of other faiths and worldviews.  In The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West, Mathew P. John explores the redemptive revelations lurking in the darkness outside the boundaries of Christian tradition. In this spiritual journey through six major world religions, readers encounter a variety of symbols that point to the Jesus of the Bible. From Hindu avatars and Buddhist bodhisattvas, to Sikh gurus and Muslim prophets, and the Jewish messiah, consider how different religions attempt to answer the deep longing for a savior ingrained in the collective conscience of humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423376</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West
Author: Mathew P. John
Narrator: Vikas Adam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in the age of religious pluralism where all religions are considered the same and different paths lead to the same spiritual destination. It is important for Christians to learn how to affirm Jesus Christ as the only way to God—while also paying due respect to people of other faiths and worldviews.  In The Unknown God: A Journey with Jesus from East to West, Mathew P. John explores the redemptive revelations lurking in the darkness outside the boundaries of Christian tradition. In this spiritual journey through six major world religions, readers encounter a variety of symbols that point to the Jesus of the Bible. From Hindu avatars and Buddhist bodhisattvas, to Sikh gurus and Muslim prophets, and the Jewish messiah, consider how different religions attempt to answer the deep longing for a savior ingrained in the collective conscience of humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Courageous: Being Daughters Rooted in Grace by Terra A. Mattson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courageous: Being Daughters Rooted in Grace
Author: Terra A. Mattson
Narrator: Terra A. Mattson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The stakes have never been higher as daughters of every age are navigating a world of hyper-sexualization, social media hangover, extreme loneliness, and a flood of confusing messages. Whether readers desire to know more of who they are created to be or are raising daughters who are just beginning their own journeys, Courageous leads women and those they love through transformation as they experience:  - confidence in who God made them to be  - resiliency regardless of circumstances  - faithfulness to God&amp;#039;s heartbeat - bold living through faith-filled risk-taking  - the joy of finding their voice and then using it for the voiceless - vibrant community with other daughters  Crafted with biblical wisdom, professional insights, and personal stories, Courageous explores the core concerns that plague every woman&amp;#039;s relationship with God, self, and others. Terra Mattson invites women and girls to join a global movement of Courageous Girls as they discover an empowered sense of purpose and an identity rooted in God&amp;#039;s grace so they can love and be loved like never before.</description>
      <author>Terra A. Mattson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890040.mp3" length="1292062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courageous: Being Daughters Rooted in Grace
Author: Terra A. Mattson
Narrator: Terra A. Mattson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The stakes have never been higher as daughters of every age are navigating a world of hyper-sexualization, social media hangover, extreme loneliness, and a flood of confusing messages. Whether readers desire to know more of who they are created to be or are raising daughters who are just beginning their own journeys, Courageous leads women and those they love through transformation as they experience:  - confidence in who God made them to be  - resiliency regardless of circumstances  - faithfulness to God&amp;#039;s heartbeat - bold living through faith-filled risk-taking  - the joy of finding their voice and then using it for the voiceless - vibrant community with other daughters  Crafted with biblical wisdom, professional insights, and personal stories, Courageous explores the core concerns that plague every woman&amp;#039;s relationship with God, self, and others. Terra Mattson invites women and girls to join a global movement of Courageous Girls as they discover an empowered sense of purpose and an identity rooted in God&amp;#039;s grace so they can love and be loved like never before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Courageous: Being Daughters Rooted in Grace
Author: Terra A. Mattson
Narrator: Terra A. Mattson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 49 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The stakes have never been higher as daughters of every age are navigating a world of hyper-sexualization, social media hangover, extreme loneliness, and a flood of confusing messages. Whether readers desire to know more of who they are created to be or are raising daughters who are just beginning their own journeys, Courageous leads women and those they love through transformation as they experience:  - confidence in who God made them to be  - resiliency regardless of circumstances  - faithfulness to God&amp;#039;s heartbeat - bold living through faith-filled risk-taking  - the joy of finding their voice and then using it for the voiceless - vibrant community with other daughters  Crafted with biblical wisdom, professional insights, and personal stories, Courageous explores the core concerns that plague every woman&amp;#039;s relationship with God, self, and others. Terra Mattson invites women and girls to join a global movement of Courageous Girls as they discover an empowered sense of purpose and an identity rooted in God&amp;#039;s grace so they can love and be loved like never before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Handbook of the Mass by Jean-Yves Garneau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Handbook of the Mass
Author: Jean-Yves Garneau
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Handbook of the Mass from Catholic Book Publishing provides an introduction to understanding the greatest prayer of the Church: the Eucharistic Liturgy. This handy, compact volume contains 100 succinct summary statements that serve as a basic overview of the parts of the Mass. This attractive, user-friendly handbook has many uses: it is perfect for RCIA; for returning Catholics who need a &amp;quot;brush-up&amp;quot;; or as a concise, handy reference. Handbook of the Mass is enhanced with contemporary illustrations and is flexibly bound.</description>
      <author>Jean-Yves Garneau</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890385.mp3" length="1324246" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890385.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Handbook of the Mass
Author: Jean-Yves Garneau
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Handbook of the Mass from Catholic Book Publishing provides an introduction to understanding the greatest prayer of the Church: the Eucharistic Liturgy. This handy, compact volume contains 100 succinct summary statements that serve as a basic overview of the parts of the Mass. This attractive, user-friendly handbook has many uses: it is perfect for RCIA; for returning Catholics who need a &amp;quot;brush-up&amp;quot;; or as a concise, handy reference. Handbook of the Mass is enhanced with contemporary illustrations and is flexibly bound.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Handbook of the Mass
Author: Jean-Yves Garneau
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: February 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Handbook of the Mass from Catholic Book Publishing provides an introduction to understanding the greatest prayer of the Church: the Eucharistic Liturgy. This handy, compact volume contains 100 succinct summary statements that serve as a basic overview of the parts of the Mass. This attractive, user-friendly handbook has many uses: it is perfect for RCIA; for returning Catholics who need a &amp;quot;brush-up&amp;quot;; or as a concise, handy reference. Handbook of the Mass is enhanced with contemporary illustrations and is flexibly bound.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From the Cross to the Empty Tomb by Arthur J. Serratelli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From the Cross to the Empty Tomb
Author: Arthur J. Serratelli
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Bishop Serratelli invites you to journey with those who were with Jesus in His last hours. You may be like Peter one day, and like Judas, Simon, Mary Magdalene, or Our Lady on another. This Lenten book provides a deeper appreciation for God&amp;#039;s eternal saving love.</description>
      <author>Arthur J. Serratelli</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890378.mp3" length="1249632" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From the Cross to the Empty Tomb
Author: Arthur J. Serratelli
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Bishop Serratelli invites you to journey with those who were with Jesus in His last hours. You may be like Peter one day, and like Judas, Simon, Mary Magdalene, or Our Lady on another. This Lenten book provides a deeper appreciation for God&amp;#039;s eternal saving love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From the Cross to the Empty Tomb
Author: Arthur J. Serratelli
Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Bishop Serratelli invites you to journey with those who were with Jesus in His last hours. You may be like Peter one day, and like Judas, Simon, Mary Magdalene, or Our Lady on another. This Lenten book provides a deeper appreciation for God&amp;#039;s eternal saving love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God&amp;#039;s Grace in Your Suffering by David Powlison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Grace in Your Suffering
Author: David Powlison
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Where Is God? There are never quick fixes or easy answers when it comes to suffering. But even when we can’t immediately see God’s hand―when the struggle is hard and painful―he is working. Weaving together Scripture, personal stories, and the words of the classic hymn “How Firm a Foundation,” David Powlison brings an experienced counselor’s touch to exploring how God enters into our sufferings, helping us see God working in our own particular struggles―and discover how God’s grace goes deeper than we could ever imagine.</description>
      <author>David Powlison</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890262.mp3" length="1219972" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890262.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Grace in Your Suffering
Author: David Powlison
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Where Is God? There are never quick fixes or easy answers when it comes to suffering. But even when we can’t immediately see God’s hand―when the struggle is hard and painful―he is working. Weaving together Scripture, personal stories, and the words of the classic hymn “How Firm a Foundation,” David Powlison brings an experienced counselor’s touch to exploring how God enters into our sufferings, helping us see God working in our own particular struggles―and discover how God’s grace goes deeper than we could ever imagine.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Grace in Your Suffering
Author: David Powlison
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 51 minutes
Release date: February 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Where Is God? There are never quick fixes or easy answers when it comes to suffering. But even when we can’t immediately see God’s hand―when the struggle is hard and painful―he is working. Weaving together Scripture, personal stories, and the words of the classic hymn “How Firm a Foundation,” David Powlison brings an experienced counselor’s touch to exploring how God enters into our sufferings, helping us see God working in our own particular struggles―and discover how God’s grace goes deeper than we could ever imagine.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Calling Me Beautiful: Finding Soul-Deep Strength in a Skin-Deep World by Phylicia Masonheimer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Calling Me Beautiful: Finding Soul-Deep Strength in a Skin-Deep World
Author: Phylicia Masonheimer
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why We Need Jesus More Than Compliments  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re a beautiful daughter of the Most High King.&amp;quot; And it&amp;#039;s true. But it&amp;#039;s not the whole truth. The beauty of being God&amp;#039;s daughter has backstory.  If you&amp;#039;re tired of hearing the watered-down Christian teaching and hungry for a deeper spiritual life—one that gives real answers to your hardest questions—Stop Calling Me Beautiful teaches you how. You will learn - how to pursue the truths of who God is and who you are in relationship to Him - how to study Scripture, and how your view of God determines how you face life&amp;#039;s challenges - how legalism, shallow theology, and false teaching keep you from living boldly as a woman of the Word - how to experience God&amp;#039;s presence in painful circumstances Jesus doesn&amp;#039;t offer a powerless salvation. He makes your brokenness part of His whole redemption story—if you allow Him to. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a feel-good faith. If you want victory over insecurity, fear, shame, and the circumstances you are facing, it&amp;#039;s time to embrace Jesus. All of Him.</description>
      <author>Phylicia Masonheimer</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890712.mp3" length="1218207" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890712.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Calling Me Beautiful: Finding Soul-Deep Strength in a Skin-Deep World
Author: Phylicia Masonheimer
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why We Need Jesus More Than Compliments  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re a beautiful daughter of the Most High King.&amp;quot; And it&amp;#039;s true. But it&amp;#039;s not the whole truth. The beauty of being God&amp;#039;s daughter has backstory.  If you&amp;#039;re tired of hearing the watered-down Christian teaching and hungry for a deeper spiritual life—one that gives real answers to your hardest questions—Stop Calling Me Beautiful teaches you how. You will learn - how to pursue the truths of who God is and who you are in relationship to Him - how to study Scripture, and how your view of God determines how you face life&amp;#039;s challenges - how legalism, shallow theology, and false teaching keep you from living boldly as a woman of the Word - how to experience God&amp;#039;s presence in painful circumstances Jesus doesn&amp;#039;t offer a powerless salvation. He makes your brokenness part of His whole redemption story—if you allow Him to. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a feel-good faith. If you want victory over insecurity, fear, shame, and the circumstances you are facing, it&amp;#039;s time to embrace Jesus. All of Him.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Stop Calling Me Beautiful: Finding Soul-Deep Strength in a Skin-Deep World
Author: Phylicia Masonheimer
Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why We Need Jesus More Than Compliments  &amp;quot;You&amp;#039;re a beautiful daughter of the Most High King.&amp;quot; And it&amp;#039;s true. But it&amp;#039;s not the whole truth. The beauty of being God&amp;#039;s daughter has backstory.  If you&amp;#039;re tired of hearing the watered-down Christian teaching and hungry for a deeper spiritual life—one that gives real answers to your hardest questions—Stop Calling Me Beautiful teaches you how. You will learn - how to pursue the truths of who God is and who you are in relationship to Him - how to study Scripture, and how your view of God determines how you face life&amp;#039;s challenges - how legalism, shallow theology, and false teaching keep you from living boldly as a woman of the Word - how to experience God&amp;#039;s presence in painful circumstances Jesus doesn&amp;#039;t offer a powerless salvation. He makes your brokenness part of His whole redemption story—if you allow Him to. Don&amp;#039;t settle for a feel-good faith. If you want victory over insecurity, fear, shame, and the circumstances you are facing, it&amp;#039;s time to embrace Jesus. All of Him.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>40 Days With Jesus: Celebrating His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional) by Sarah Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days With Jesus: Celebrating His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Nan Gurley, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus and experience His presence like never before. These select devotions from Sarah Young’s bestselling Jesus Calling have been compiled to create an experience of closeness with the Savior during any time of the year. This booklet edition of key devotions offers you a convenient portable format that easily fits into your purse, briefcase, or travel bag. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young&amp;#039;s #1 bestselling Jesus Calling. 40 Days with Jesus is: - An ideal gift for your loved ones and friends throughout the year. - Perfect size for travel.   Experience peace in His presence in 40 Days with Jesus. Look for additional life-changing, life-giving books from Sarah Young including: - Jesus Calling - Jesus Listens® - Jesus Always - Jesus Today - Jesus Calling for Moms - Jesus Calling for Christmas</description>
      <author>Sarah Young</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310116967.mp3" length="822062" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310116967.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days With Jesus: Celebrating His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Nan Gurley, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus and experience His presence like never before. These select devotions from Sarah Young’s bestselling Jesus Calling have been compiled to create an experience of closeness with the Savior during any time of the year. This booklet edition of key devotions offers you a convenient portable format that easily fits into your purse, briefcase, or travel bag. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young&amp;#039;s #1 bestselling Jesus Calling. 40 Days with Jesus is: - An ideal gift for your loved ones and friends throughout the year. - Perfect size for travel.   Experience peace in His presence in 40 Days with Jesus. Look for additional life-changing, life-giving books from Sarah Young including: - Jesus Calling - Jesus Listens® - Jesus Always - Jesus Today - Jesus Calling for Moms - Jesus Calling for Christmas</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days With Jesus: Celebrating His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Nan Gurley, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus and experience His presence like never before. These select devotions from Sarah Young’s bestselling Jesus Calling have been compiled to create an experience of closeness with the Savior during any time of the year. This booklet edition of key devotions offers you a convenient portable format that easily fits into your purse, briefcase, or travel bag. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young&amp;#039;s #1 bestselling Jesus Calling. 40 Days with Jesus is: - An ideal gift for your loved ones and friends throughout the year. - Perfect size for travel.   Experience peace in His presence in 40 Days with Jesus. Look for additional life-changing, life-giving books from Sarah Young including: - Jesus Calling - Jesus Listens® - Jesus Always - Jesus Today - Jesus Calling for Moms - Jesus Calling for Christmas</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>40 Days of Jesus Always: Joy in His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional) by Sarah Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days of Jesus Always: Joy in His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus, exploring promises found in Scripture—promises of life abundant, life to the fullest, and life brimming with joy! Select devotions from #1 bestselling author Sarah Young’s Jesus Always, you’ll experience a closeness with the Savior that invites you into a new way of living—embracing a joy-filled life. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young’s bestselling devotionals. - Repeat customers enjoy giving 40 Days of Jesus Always as a gift throughout the year</description>
      <author>Sarah Young</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400224463.mp3" length="780079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400224463.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days of Jesus Always: Joy in His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus, exploring promises found in Scripture—promises of life abundant, life to the fullest, and life brimming with joy! Select devotions from #1 bestselling author Sarah Young’s Jesus Always, you’ll experience a closeness with the Savior that invites you into a new way of living—embracing a joy-filled life. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young’s bestselling devotionals. - Repeat customers enjoy giving 40 Days of Jesus Always as a gift throughout the year</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 40 Days of Jesus Always: Joy in His Presence (A 40-Day Devotional)
Author: Sarah Young
Narrator: Gabe Wicks, Bill Russell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Spend 40 days with Jesus, exploring promises found in Scripture—promises of life abundant, life to the fullest, and life brimming with joy! Select devotions from #1 bestselling author Sarah Young’s Jesus Always, you’ll experience a closeness with the Savior that invites you into a new way of living—embracing a joy-filled life. Millions of people have found comfort and inspiration in Sarah Young’s bestselling devotionals. - Repeat customers enjoy giving 40 Days of Jesus Always as a gift throughout the year</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling by Matthew Arbo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling
Author: Matthew Arbo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction  Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission.   Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies.</description>
      <author>Matthew Arbo</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890347.mp3" length="1258219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890347.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling
Author: Matthew Arbo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction  Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission.   Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walking through Infertility: Biblical, Theological, and Moral Counsel for Those Who Are Struggling
Author: Matthew Arbo
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2019 (print)!! “This book was written to help you see and understand that God is the Giver of life. You are his child. He cares deeply about you. When you hurt, he hurts with you.” ―from the Introduction  Infertility is the profoundly wounding experience of many couples, often leading to feelings of despair and shame as they grapple with shattered dreams and unanswered questions. But God does not leave them alone in their pain. The Creator and Redeemer of life has not forsaken the infertile, but has called and equipped them to participate in his church, kingdom, and mission.   Overflowing with warmth and sensitivity, this book explores what the Bible says about infertility, helping the church walk alongside couples struggling with infertility and assessing the ethical issues surrounding common fertility treatments and reproductive technologies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Spiritual Gifts: A Comprehensive Guide by Sam Storms</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Spiritual Gifts: A Comprehensive Guide
Author: Sam Storms
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What are spiritual gifts? Storms has spent several decades teaching on the topic of the spiritual gifts and equipping believers in the faithful practice of God&amp;#039;s gifts. Yet there remains a great deal of confusion about the nature of the gifts and how they best function in the body of Christ. In this comprehensive guide to the spiritual gifts, Storms addresses the many bizarre and misleading interpretations while confronting the tendency to downplay the urgency of spiritual gifts for Christian living and ministry. He explains how spiritual gifts--both the more miraculous and the everyday--are given to build up the body of Christ. God has graciously provided these &amp;#039;manifestations of the Spirit&amp;#039; so that believers might encourage, edify, strengthen, instruct, and console one another, all with a view to an ever-increasing, incremental transformation into the image of Jesus Christ. Throughout this guide, Sam Storms unpacks the glorious truth that there is a supernatural and divine energy or power that fills and indwells the body and soul of every Christian believer. Understanding Spiritual Gifts is useful as a reference to address common questions about the gifts, but it also serves as a training manual for using and exercising the gifts in ministry. It is perfect for any individual or group who wants to grow in their understanding of spiritual gifts for today.</description>
      <author>Sam Storms</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310115953.mp3" length="832893" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310115953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Spiritual Gifts: A Comprehensive Guide
Author: Sam Storms
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What are spiritual gifts? Storms has spent several decades teaching on the topic of the spiritual gifts and equipping believers in the faithful practice of God&amp;#039;s gifts. Yet there remains a great deal of confusion about the nature of the gifts and how they best function in the body of Christ. In this comprehensive guide to the spiritual gifts, Storms addresses the many bizarre and misleading interpretations while confronting the tendency to downplay the urgency of spiritual gifts for Christian living and ministry. He explains how spiritual gifts--both the more miraculous and the everyday--are given to build up the body of Christ. God has graciously provided these &amp;#039;manifestations of the Spirit&amp;#039; so that believers might encourage, edify, strengthen, instruct, and console one another, all with a view to an ever-increasing, incremental transformation into the image of Jesus Christ. Throughout this guide, Sam Storms unpacks the glorious truth that there is a supernatural and divine energy or power that fills and indwells the body and soul of every Christian believer. Understanding Spiritual Gifts is useful as a reference to address common questions about the gifts, but it also serves as a training manual for using and exercising the gifts in ministry. It is perfect for any individual or group who wants to grow in their understanding of spiritual gifts for today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding Spiritual Gifts: A Comprehensive Guide
Author: Sam Storms
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What are spiritual gifts? Storms has spent several decades teaching on the topic of the spiritual gifts and equipping believers in the faithful practice of God&amp;#039;s gifts. Yet there remains a great deal of confusion about the nature of the gifts and how they best function in the body of Christ. In this comprehensive guide to the spiritual gifts, Storms addresses the many bizarre and misleading interpretations while confronting the tendency to downplay the urgency of spiritual gifts for Christian living and ministry. He explains how spiritual gifts--both the more miraculous and the everyday--are given to build up the body of Christ. God has graciously provided these &amp;#039;manifestations of the Spirit&amp;#039; so that believers might encourage, edify, strengthen, instruct, and console one another, all with a view to an ever-increasing, incremental transformation into the image of Jesus Christ. Throughout this guide, Sam Storms unpacks the glorious truth that there is a supernatural and divine energy or power that fills and indwells the body and soul of every Christian believer. Understanding Spiritual Gifts is useful as a reference to address common questions about the gifts, but it also serves as a training manual for using and exercising the gifts in ministry. It is perfect for any individual or group who wants to grow in their understanding of spiritual gifts for today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective by Andreas Ebert, Richard Rohr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective
Author: Andreas Ebert, Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This runaway bestseller shows both the basic logic of the Enneagram and its harmony with the core truths of Christian thought from the time of the early Church forward. Experience author Richard Rohr&amp;#039;s expertise and advanced thought on the subject, easily laid out for all audiences.</description>
      <author>Andreas Ebert, Richard Rohr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666566154.mp3" length="821909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666566154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective
Author: Andreas Ebert, Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This runaway bestseller shows both the basic logic of the Enneagram and its harmony with the core truths of Christian thought from the time of the early Church forward. Experience author Richard Rohr&amp;#039;s expertise and advanced thought on the subject, easily laid out for all audiences.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/423069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective
Author: Andreas Ebert, Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This runaway bestseller shows both the basic logic of the Enneagram and its harmony with the core truths of Christian thought from the time of the early Church forward. Experience author Richard Rohr&amp;#039;s expertise and advanced thought on the subject, easily laid out for all audiences.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Foundations: 12 Biblical Truths to Shape a Family by Ruth Chou Simons, Troy Simons</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foundations: 12 Biblical Truths to Shape a Family
Author: Ruth Chou Simons, Troy Simons
Narrator: Troy Simons, Ruth Chou Simons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021!! Families are shaped one day at a time through the Word of God     You want your children to become Christ followers, obedient to His commands, and fruitful in their faith, but where do you begin? Though there isn’t a formula or prescription for raising godly kids, what you desire for your family begins with heeding God’s instructions to remember and declare His faithful works to the next generation.  Bestselling author and artist Ruth Chou Simons, along with her husband, Troy, are gratefully raising six boys on a firm foundation of God’s Word by preaching that truth to themselves and their family daily. In this book, they invite you to join them in the holy work of training children to know and love God for a lifetime. Foundations will help you direct your family one day at a time, as you explore 12 key truths that will help connect your children’s hearts—and yours—to the heart of God. With a simple, chapter-a-day format that includes Scripture, devotional thoughts, meditations, and discussion questions, this book will guide you in leading your family.</description>
      <author>Ruth Chou Simons, Troy Simons</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780736982894.mp3" length="1280866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780736982894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foundations: 12 Biblical Truths to Shape a Family
Author: Ruth Chou Simons, Troy Simons
Narrator: Troy Simons, Ruth Chou Simons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021!! Families are shaped one day at a time through the Word of God     You want your children to become Christ followers, obedient to His commands, and fruitful in their faith, but where do you begin? Though there isn’t a formula or prescription for raising godly kids, what you desire for your family begins with heeding God’s instructions to remember and declare His faithful works to the next generation.  Bestselling author and artist Ruth Chou Simons, along with her husband, Troy, are gratefully raising six boys on a firm foundation of God’s Word by preaching that truth to themselves and their family daily. In this book, they invite you to join them in the holy work of training children to know and love God for a lifetime. Foundations will help you direct your family one day at a time, as you explore 12 key truths that will help connect your children’s hearts—and yours—to the heart of God. With a simple, chapter-a-day format that includes Scripture, devotional thoughts, meditations, and discussion questions, this book will guide you in leading your family.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foundations: 12 Biblical Truths to Shape a Family
Author: Ruth Chou Simons, Troy Simons
Narrator: Troy Simons, Ruth Chou Simons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 31 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award - Finalist 2021!! Families are shaped one day at a time through the Word of God     You want your children to become Christ followers, obedient to His commands, and fruitful in their faith, but where do you begin? Though there isn’t a formula or prescription for raising godly kids, what you desire for your family begins with heeding God’s instructions to remember and declare His faithful works to the next generation.  Bestselling author and artist Ruth Chou Simons, along with her husband, Troy, are gratefully raising six boys on a firm foundation of God’s Word by preaching that truth to themselves and their family daily. In this book, they invite you to join them in the holy work of training children to know and love God for a lifetime. Foundations will help you direct your family one day at a time, as you explore 12 key truths that will help connect your children’s hearts—and yours—to the heart of God. With a simple, chapter-a-day format that includes Scripture, devotional thoughts, meditations, and discussion questions, this book will guide you in leading your family.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Hallelujah Banquet: How the End of What We Were Reveals Who We Can Be by Eugene H. Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Hallelujah Banquet: How the End of What We Were Reveals Who We Can Be
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this powerful new interpretation of the book of Revelation, the late, revered author and translator of The Message Bible offers timely insights into how we can lean into growth, not in spite of challenging times, but because of them.  “Insightful and inviting . . . This is Eugene at his pastoral best.”—Rev. Dr. Glenn Packiam, associate senior pastor at New Life Church and author of Blessed Broken Given  The book of Revelation is filled with angels and dragons, fantastic beasts and golden cities, bottomless pits and mysterious numbers. It’s dramatic, sure—but what exactly does that have to do with the tests we face today?    Actually, a lot.    When the apostle John penned the book of Revelation, believers lived in a time of deception and injustice. But his message doesn’t just reflect their cries for things to be made right; it reveals heaven’s perspective of the bigger picture.    In this never-before-published work, Eugene H. Peterson traces the dramatic symbolism found in John’s letters to the seven churches, uncovering Christ’s instructions to these ancient communities. Along the way, encounter seven key tests, of our love, suffering, truth, holiness, reality, witness, and commitment, tests from Christ that can deepen our faith and even shape our future.     This Hallelujah Banquet is your personal invitation to grow deep and begin living now in a generous, abundant, and hopeful reality in Christ.</description>
      <author>Eugene H. Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287538.mp3" length="2704659" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287538.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Hallelujah Banquet: How the End of What We Were Reveals Who We Can Be
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this powerful new interpretation of the book of Revelation, the late, revered author and translator of The Message Bible offers timely insights into how we can lean into growth, not in spite of challenging times, but because of them.  “Insightful and inviting . . . This is Eugene at his pastoral best.”—Rev. Dr. Glenn Packiam, associate senior pastor at New Life Church and author of Blessed Broken Given  The book of Revelation is filled with angels and dragons, fantastic beasts and golden cities, bottomless pits and mysterious numbers. It’s dramatic, sure—but what exactly does that have to do with the tests we face today?    Actually, a lot.    When the apostle John penned the book of Revelation, believers lived in a time of deception and injustice. But his message doesn’t just reflect their cries for things to be made right; it reveals heaven’s perspective of the bigger picture.    In this never-before-published work, Eugene H. Peterson traces the dramatic symbolism found in John’s letters to the seven churches, uncovering Christ’s instructions to these ancient communities. Along the way, encounter seven key tests, of our love, suffering, truth, holiness, reality, witness, and commitment, tests from Christ that can deepen our faith and even shape our future.     This Hallelujah Banquet is your personal invitation to grow deep and begin living now in a generous, abundant, and hopeful reality in Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422866</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Hallelujah Banquet: How the End of What We Were Reveals Who We Can Be
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this powerful new interpretation of the book of Revelation, the late, revered author and translator of The Message Bible offers timely insights into how we can lean into growth, not in spite of challenging times, but because of them.  “Insightful and inviting . . . This is Eugene at his pastoral best.”—Rev. Dr. Glenn Packiam, associate senior pastor at New Life Church and author of Blessed Broken Given  The book of Revelation is filled with angels and dragons, fantastic beasts and golden cities, bottomless pits and mysterious numbers. It’s dramatic, sure—but what exactly does that have to do with the tests we face today?    Actually, a lot.    When the apostle John penned the book of Revelation, believers lived in a time of deception and injustice. But his message doesn’t just reflect their cries for things to be made right; it reveals heaven’s perspective of the bigger picture.    In this never-before-published work, Eugene H. Peterson traces the dramatic symbolism found in John’s letters to the seven churches, uncovering Christ’s instructions to these ancient communities. Along the way, encounter seven key tests, of our love, suffering, truth, holiness, reality, witness, and commitment, tests from Christ that can deepen our faith and even shape our future.     This Hallelujah Banquet is your personal invitation to grow deep and begin living now in a generous, abundant, and hopeful reality in Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Catholics: A History by Leslie Woodcock Tentler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Catholics: A History
Author: Leslie Woodcock Tentler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping history of American Catholicism from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present This comprehensive survey of Catholic history in what became the United States spans nearly five hundred years, from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present. Distinguished historian Leslie Tentler explores lay religious practice and the impact of clergy on Catholic life and culture as she seeks to answer the question, What did it mean to be a &amp;#039;good Catholic&amp;#039; at particular times and in particular places? In its focus on Catholics&amp;#039; participation in American politics and Catholic intellectual life, this book includes in-depth discussions of Catholics, race, and the Civil War; Catholics and public life in the twentieth century; and Catholic education and intellectual life. Shedding light on topics of recent interest such as the role of Catholic women in parish and community life, Catholic reproductive ethics regarding birth control, and the Catholic church sex abuse crisis, this engaging history provides an up-to-date account of the history of American Catholicism.</description>
      <author>Leslie Woodcock Tentler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915387.mp3" length="1388177" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Catholics: A History
Author: Leslie Woodcock Tentler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping history of American Catholicism from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present This comprehensive survey of Catholic history in what became the United States spans nearly five hundred years, from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present. Distinguished historian Leslie Tentler explores lay religious practice and the impact of clergy on Catholic life and culture as she seeks to answer the question, What did it mean to be a &amp;#039;good Catholic&amp;#039; at particular times and in particular places? In its focus on Catholics&amp;#039; participation in American politics and Catholic intellectual life, this book includes in-depth discussions of Catholics, race, and the Civil War; Catholics and public life in the twentieth century; and Catholic education and intellectual life. Shedding light on topics of recent interest such as the role of Catholic women in parish and community life, Catholic reproductive ethics regarding birth control, and the Catholic church sex abuse crisis, this engaging history provides an up-to-date account of the history of American Catholicism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Catholics: A History
Author: Leslie Woodcock Tentler
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A sweeping history of American Catholicism from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present This comprehensive survey of Catholic history in what became the United States spans nearly five hundred years, from the arrival of the first Spanish missionaries to the present. Distinguished historian Leslie Tentler explores lay religious practice and the impact of clergy on Catholic life and culture as she seeks to answer the question, What did it mean to be a &amp;#039;good Catholic&amp;#039; at particular times and in particular places? In its focus on Catholics&amp;#039; participation in American politics and Catholic intellectual life, this book includes in-depth discussions of Catholics, race, and the Civil War; Catholics and public life in the twentieth century; and Catholic education and intellectual life. Shedding light on topics of recent interest such as the role of Catholic women in parish and community life, Catholic reproductive ethics regarding birth control, and the Catholic church sex abuse crisis, this engaging history provides an up-to-date account of the history of American Catholicism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wait with Me: Meeting God in Loneliness by Jason Gaboury</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wait with Me: Meeting God in Loneliness
Author: Jason Gaboury
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;To be human is to be lonely.&amp;#039; When his seventy-something spiritual director Friar Ugo spoke these words in a voice cracking with age, Jason Gaboury felt a deep sense of their truth. To the observer, Jason, a campus minister, active church member, and father with a young family, might not have seemed lonely. But it&amp;#039;s how he felt. He has wrestled with loneliness ever since he can remember, perhaps before he can remember . . . through childhood, college, and into adulthood. When Friar Ugo challenged him to see loneliness as a context for friendship with God, things began to change. In this book God invites you to stop and wait with him in your own moments of isolation and anxiety. It&amp;#039;s an invitation into a journey through loneliness into a deeper life with God.</description>
      <author>Jason Gaboury</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914946.mp3" length="1389404" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914946.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wait with Me: Meeting God in Loneliness
Author: Jason Gaboury
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;To be human is to be lonely.&amp;#039; When his seventy-something spiritual director Friar Ugo spoke these words in a voice cracking with age, Jason Gaboury felt a deep sense of their truth. To the observer, Jason, a campus minister, active church member, and father with a young family, might not have seemed lonely. But it&amp;#039;s how he felt. He has wrestled with loneliness ever since he can remember, perhaps before he can remember . . . through childhood, college, and into adulthood. When Friar Ugo challenged him to see loneliness as a context for friendship with God, things began to change. In this book God invites you to stop and wait with him in your own moments of isolation and anxiety. It&amp;#039;s an invitation into a journey through loneliness into a deeper life with God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wait with Me: Meeting God in Loneliness
Author: Jason Gaboury
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;To be human is to be lonely.&amp;#039; When his seventy-something spiritual director Friar Ugo spoke these words in a voice cracking with age, Jason Gaboury felt a deep sense of their truth. To the observer, Jason, a campus minister, active church member, and father with a young family, might not have seemed lonely. But it&amp;#039;s how he felt. He has wrestled with loneliness ever since he can remember, perhaps before he can remember . . . through childhood, college, and into adulthood. When Friar Ugo challenged him to see loneliness as a context for friendship with God, things began to change. In this book God invites you to stop and wait with him in your own moments of isolation and anxiety. It&amp;#039;s an invitation into a journey through loneliness into a deeper life with God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secrets in the Dark: A Life in Sermons by Frederick Buechner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets in the Dark: A Life in Sermons
Author: Frederick Buechner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Frederick Buechner has long been a kindred spirit to those who find elements of doubt as constant companions on their journey of faith. He is a passionate writer and preacher who can alter lives with a simple phrase. Buechner&amp;#039;s words, both written and spoken, have the power to revolutionize and revitalize belief and faith. He reveals the presence of God in the midst of daily life. He faces and embraces difficult questions and doubt as essential components of our lives, rather than as enemies that destroy us. &amp;#039;Listen to your life!&amp;#039; is his clarion call. This theme pervades this definitive collection of sermons, delivered throughout Buechner&amp;#039;s lifetime. Presented chronologically, they provide a clear picture of the development of his theology and thinking. Reflecting Buechner&amp;#039;s exquisite gift for storytelling and his compassionate pastor&amp;#039;s heart, Secrets in the Dark will inspire laughter, hope, and bring great solace. Start listening and rediscover what it means to be thoughtful about faith. See why this renowned writer has been quoted in countless pulpits and beloved by Americans for generations.</description>
      <author>Frederick Buechner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914793.mp3" length="1389422" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914793.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets in the Dark: A Life in Sermons
Author: Frederick Buechner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Frederick Buechner has long been a kindred spirit to those who find elements of doubt as constant companions on their journey of faith. He is a passionate writer and preacher who can alter lives with a simple phrase. Buechner&amp;#039;s words, both written and spoken, have the power to revolutionize and revitalize belief and faith. He reveals the presence of God in the midst of daily life. He faces and embraces difficult questions and doubt as essential components of our lives, rather than as enemies that destroy us. &amp;#039;Listen to your life!&amp;#039; is his clarion call. This theme pervades this definitive collection of sermons, delivered throughout Buechner&amp;#039;s lifetime. Presented chronologically, they provide a clear picture of the development of his theology and thinking. Reflecting Buechner&amp;#039;s exquisite gift for storytelling and his compassionate pastor&amp;#039;s heart, Secrets in the Dark will inspire laughter, hope, and bring great solace. Start listening and rediscover what it means to be thoughtful about faith. See why this renowned writer has been quoted in countless pulpits and beloved by Americans for generations.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422774</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets in the Dark: A Life in Sermons
Author: Frederick Buechner
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Frederick Buechner has long been a kindred spirit to those who find elements of doubt as constant companions on their journey of faith. He is a passionate writer and preacher who can alter lives with a simple phrase. Buechner&amp;#039;s words, both written and spoken, have the power to revolutionize and revitalize belief and faith. He reveals the presence of God in the midst of daily life. He faces and embraces difficult questions and doubt as essential components of our lives, rather than as enemies that destroy us. &amp;#039;Listen to your life!&amp;#039; is his clarion call. This theme pervades this definitive collection of sermons, delivered throughout Buechner&amp;#039;s lifetime. Presented chronologically, they provide a clear picture of the development of his theology and thinking. Reflecting Buechner&amp;#039;s exquisite gift for storytelling and his compassionate pastor&amp;#039;s heart, Secrets in the Dark will inspire laughter, hope, and bring great solace. Start listening and rediscover what it means to be thoughtful about faith. See why this renowned writer has been quoted in countless pulpits and beloved by Americans for generations.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can We Still Believe in God?: Answering Ten Contemporary Challenges to Christianity by Craig L. Blomberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Still Believe in God?: Answering Ten Contemporary Challenges to Christianity
Author: Craig L. Blomberg
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
People regularly give certain reasons for not believing in God, but they are much less aware of what the New Testament actually teaches. Although challenges to Christianity are perennial and have frequently been addressed, they are noticeably more common today and are currently of particular interest among evangelicals. Skeptics of Christianity often ask highly regarded biblical scholar and popular speaker Craig Blomberg how he can believe in a faith that seems so problematic. How can God allow evil and suffering? Isn&amp;#039;t the Bible anti-women, anti-gay, and pro-slavery? Isn&amp;#039;t the New Testament riddled with contradictions? What about the nature of hell, violence in Scripture, and prayer and predestination? Following the author&amp;#039;s successful Can We Still Believe the Bible?, this succinct and accessible book focuses on what the New Testament teaches about ten key reasons people give for not believing in God.</description>
      <author>Craig L. Blomberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914656.mp3" length="1534724" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914656.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Still Believe in God?: Answering Ten Contemporary Challenges to Christianity
Author: Craig L. Blomberg
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
People regularly give certain reasons for not believing in God, but they are much less aware of what the New Testament actually teaches. Although challenges to Christianity are perennial and have frequently been addressed, they are noticeably more common today and are currently of particular interest among evangelicals. Skeptics of Christianity often ask highly regarded biblical scholar and popular speaker Craig Blomberg how he can believe in a faith that seems so problematic. How can God allow evil and suffering? Isn&amp;#039;t the Bible anti-women, anti-gay, and pro-slavery? Isn&amp;#039;t the New Testament riddled with contradictions? What about the nature of hell, violence in Scripture, and prayer and predestination? Following the author&amp;#039;s successful Can We Still Believe the Bible?, this succinct and accessible book focuses on what the New Testament teaches about ten key reasons people give for not believing in God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Still Believe in God?: Answering Ten Contemporary Challenges to Christianity
Author: Craig L. Blomberg
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 46 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
People regularly give certain reasons for not believing in God, but they are much less aware of what the New Testament actually teaches. Although challenges to Christianity are perennial and have frequently been addressed, they are noticeably more common today and are currently of particular interest among evangelicals. Skeptics of Christianity often ask highly regarded biblical scholar and popular speaker Craig Blomberg how he can believe in a faith that seems so problematic. How can God allow evil and suffering? Isn&amp;#039;t the Bible anti-women, anti-gay, and pro-slavery? Isn&amp;#039;t the New Testament riddled with contradictions? What about the nature of hell, violence in Scripture, and prayer and predestination? Following the author&amp;#039;s successful Can We Still Believe the Bible?, this succinct and accessible book focuses on what the New Testament teaches about ten key reasons people give for not believing in God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Way of Discernment: Spiritual Practices for Decision Making by Elizabeth Liebert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way of Discernment: Spiritual Practices for Decision Making
Author: Elizabeth Liebert
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all make decisions constantly—some with careful reflection, some without much thought. But what if we understood these decisions, minor as well as major, as matters of faithful Christian living? In this helpful and encouraging book, Elizabeth Liebert introduces the practice of discernment and guides listeners through the process of faithful decision making. Following the way of discernment means becoming increasingly able to notice where God is at work in the world and in one&amp;#039;s own life—and becoming increasingly generous with one&amp;#039;s own life in response. After briefly exploring the Christian tradition of discernment, Liebert then turns to practical steps and exercises that will help listeners as they seek God&amp;#039;s call in the midst of their decisions, allowing listeners to internalize some of these practices and incorporate them into their daily lives.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth Liebert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705222966.mp3" length="7876592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705222966.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way of Discernment: Spiritual Practices for Decision Making
Author: Elizabeth Liebert
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all make decisions constantly—some with careful reflection, some without much thought. But what if we understood these decisions, minor as well as major, as matters of faithful Christian living? In this helpful and encouraging book, Elizabeth Liebert introduces the practice of discernment and guides listeners through the process of faithful decision making. Following the way of discernment means becoming increasingly able to notice where God is at work in the world and in one&amp;#039;s own life—and becoming increasingly generous with one&amp;#039;s own life in response. After briefly exploring the Christian tradition of discernment, Liebert then turns to practical steps and exercises that will help listeners as they seek God&amp;#039;s call in the midst of their decisions, allowing listeners to internalize some of these practices and incorporate them into their daily lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Way of Discernment: Spiritual Practices for Decision Making
Author: Elizabeth Liebert
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all make decisions constantly—some with careful reflection, some without much thought. But what if we understood these decisions, minor as well as major, as matters of faithful Christian living? In this helpful and encouraging book, Elizabeth Liebert introduces the practice of discernment and guides listeners through the process of faithful decision making. Following the way of discernment means becoming increasingly able to notice where God is at work in the world and in one&amp;#039;s own life—and becoming increasingly generous with one&amp;#039;s own life in response. After briefly exploring the Christian tradition of discernment, Liebert then turns to practical steps and exercises that will help listeners as they seek God&amp;#039;s call in the midst of their decisions, allowing listeners to internalize some of these practices and incorporate them into their daily lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lost Years In India - Jesus The Hindu Roots Of Christianity by Jagannatha Dasa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Years In India - Jesus The Hindu Roots Of Christianity
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the centuries, the claim has repeatedly been made that Jesus Christ not only walked the earth but also spent his early and post-crucifixion years in a variety of places, including Egypt, India, Great Britain, Japan and America. Indeed, traditions maintain that Jesus, the great godman of the West, lived, learned, loved and died in such places. Popular modern literature also purports that Jesus sired children, who then became the ancestors of various royal families of Europe, including France and/or elsewhere, depending on the author.   The allegation of Christ being a kingly progenitor is extremely convenient and useful for European royal families, obviously. Unfortunately for the European claimants, however, India also has a tradition that Jesus went there and likewise fathered children. So too does Shingo, Japan, allege that Jesus ended up there after the crucifixion, having children with a Japanese wife. Other tales depict Jesus “walking the Americas” or bopping about Glastonbury, England, with his “uncle,” Joseph of Arimathea. Not all of these tales can be true, obviously, unless Jesus is polymorphous and phantasmagoric, a perspective that in reality represents that of the mythologist or mythicist. To wit, regardless of these fables, or, rather, because of them, the most reasonable conclusion regarding Jesus and where he may or may not have been is that he is a mythical character, not a historical personage who trotted the globe.     Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj   Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney   Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Inner Lion Media</description>
      <author>Jagannatha Dasa</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518914287.mp3" length="1453280" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518914287.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Years In India - Jesus The Hindu Roots Of Christianity
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the centuries, the claim has repeatedly been made that Jesus Christ not only walked the earth but also spent his early and post-crucifixion years in a variety of places, including Egypt, India, Great Britain, Japan and America. Indeed, traditions maintain that Jesus, the great godman of the West, lived, learned, loved and died in such places. Popular modern literature also purports that Jesus sired children, who then became the ancestors of various royal families of Europe, including France and/or elsewhere, depending on the author.   The allegation of Christ being a kingly progenitor is extremely convenient and useful for European royal families, obviously. Unfortunately for the European claimants, however, India also has a tradition that Jesus went there and likewise fathered children. So too does Shingo, Japan, allege that Jesus ended up there after the crucifixion, having children with a Japanese wife. Other tales depict Jesus “walking the Americas” or bopping about Glastonbury, England, with his “uncle,” Joseph of Arimathea. Not all of these tales can be true, obviously, unless Jesus is polymorphous and phantasmagoric, a perspective that in reality represents that of the mythologist or mythicist. To wit, regardless of these fables, or, rather, because of them, the most reasonable conclusion regarding Jesus and where he may or may not have been is that he is a mythical character, not a historical personage who trotted the globe.     Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj   Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney   Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Inner Lion Media</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422630</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Lost Years In India - Jesus The Hindu Roots Of Christianity
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Over the centuries, the claim has repeatedly been made that Jesus Christ not only walked the earth but also spent his early and post-crucifixion years in a variety of places, including Egypt, India, Great Britain, Japan and America. Indeed, traditions maintain that Jesus, the great godman of the West, lived, learned, loved and died in such places. Popular modern literature also purports that Jesus sired children, who then became the ancestors of various royal families of Europe, including France and/or elsewhere, depending on the author.   The allegation of Christ being a kingly progenitor is extremely convenient and useful for European royal families, obviously. Unfortunately for the European claimants, however, India also has a tradition that Jesus went there and likewise fathered children. So too does Shingo, Japan, allege that Jesus ended up there after the crucifixion, having children with a Japanese wife. Other tales depict Jesus “walking the Americas” or bopping about Glastonbury, England, with his “uncle,” Joseph of Arimathea. Not all of these tales can be true, obviously, unless Jesus is polymorphous and phantasmagoric, a perspective that in reality represents that of the mythologist or mythicist. To wit, regardless of these fables, or, rather, because of them, the most reasonable conclusion regarding Jesus and where he may or may not have been is that he is a mythical character, not a historical personage who trotted the globe.     Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi     Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj   Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney   Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission   ©2020 Inner Lion Media</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Fear of the Lord by Paul Halbeck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding the Fear of the Lord
Series: #3 of the Word series
Author: Paul Halbeck
Narrator: Joseph Earl Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: December 26, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding and abiding in &amp;quot;the fear of the Lord,&amp;quot; is an essential kingdom concept, beneficial for both the believer and the unbeliever alike of hating evil, Proverbs 8:13, and then to flee from evil. It is not meant to be a scary thing or a hidden mystery, but is rather a concept for our own good, so we can then abide in the light as He is in the light, 1st John 1:7.</description>
      <author>Paul Halbeck</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781732467637.mp3" length="1369531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781732467637.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding the Fear of the Lord
Series: #3 of the Word series
Author: Paul Halbeck
Narrator: Joseph Earl Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: December 26, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding and abiding in &amp;quot;the fear of the Lord,&amp;quot; is an essential kingdom concept, beneficial for both the believer and the unbeliever alike of hating evil, Proverbs 8:13, and then to flee from evil. It is not meant to be a scary thing or a hidden mystery, but is rather a concept for our own good, so we can then abide in the light as He is in the light, 1st John 1:7.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422119</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding the Fear of the Lord
Series: #3 of the Word series
Author: Paul Halbeck
Narrator: Joseph Earl Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 42 minutes
Release date: December 26, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding and abiding in &amp;quot;the fear of the Lord,&amp;quot; is an essential kingdom concept, beneficial for both the believer and the unbeliever alike of hating evil, Proverbs 8:13, and then to flee from evil. It is not meant to be a scary thing or a hidden mystery, but is rather a concept for our own good, so we can then abide in the light as He is in the light, 1st John 1:7.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works by Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;donoghue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works
Author: Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;donoghue
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Translated by Father Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;Donoghue, St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works from Catholic Book Publishing gives the reader an excellent perspective on this beloved Saint, making him even more relevant for modern times. This book details two of the Saint&amp;#039;s written works: Confession and Letter to Coroticus, providing a deeper understanding of the Saint who converted Ireland. St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works also provides the beautiful discourse by Pope John Paul II given in Drogheda, Ireland, and a newly composed Novena based on early Irish sources. This 144-page book with an illustrated, flexible cover will leave the reader with a greater appreciation of this courageous Saint.</description>
      <author>Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;donoghue</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890422.mp3" length="1374799" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890422.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works
Author: Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;donoghue
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Translated by Father Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;Donoghue, St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works from Catholic Book Publishing gives the reader an excellent perspective on this beloved Saint, making him even more relevant for modern times. This book details two of the Saint&amp;#039;s written works: Confession and Letter to Coroticus, providing a deeper understanding of the Saint who converted Ireland. St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works also provides the beautiful discourse by Pope John Paul II given in Drogheda, Ireland, and a newly composed Novena based on early Irish sources. This 144-page book with an illustrated, flexible cover will leave the reader with a greater appreciation of this courageous Saint.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/422112</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works
Author: Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;donoghue
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 34 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Translated by Father Neil Xavier O&amp;#039;Donoghue, St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works from Catholic Book Publishing gives the reader an excellent perspective on this beloved Saint, making him even more relevant for modern times. This book details two of the Saint&amp;#039;s written works: Confession and Letter to Coroticus, providing a deeper understanding of the Saint who converted Ireland. St. Patrick: His Confession and Other Works also provides the beautiful discourse by Pope John Paul II given in Drogheda, Ireland, and a newly composed Novena based on early Irish sources. This 144-page book with an illustrated, flexible cover will leave the reader with a greater appreciation of this courageous Saint.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peaceful Neighbor: Discovering the Countercultural Mister Rogers by Michael G. Long</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peaceful Neighbor: Discovering the Countercultural Mister Rogers
Author: Michael G. Long
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fred Rogers was one of the most radical pacifists of contemporary history. We do not usually think of him as radical, partly because he wore colorful, soft sweaters made by his mother. Nor do we usually imagine him as a pacifist; that adjective seems way too political to describe the host of a children’s program known for its focus on feelings. We have restricted Fred Rogers to the realm of entertainment, children, and feelings, and we’ve ripped him out of his political and religious context. Rogers was an ordained Presbyterian minister, and although he rarely shared his religious convictions on his program, he fervently believed in a God who accepts us as we are and who desires a world marked by peace and wholeness. With this progressive spirituality as his inspiration, Rogers used his children’s program as a platform for sharing countercultural beliefs about caring nonviolently for one another, animals, and the earth. To critics who dared call him “namby-pamby,” Rogers said, “Only people who take the time to see our work can begin to understand the depth of it.” This is the invitation of Peaceful Neighbor, to see and understand Rogers’s convictions and their expression through his program. Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, it turns out, is far from sappy, sentimental, and shallow; it’s a sharp political response to a civil and political society poised to kill.</description>
      <author>Michael G. Long</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094100289.mp3" length="822124" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094100289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peaceful Neighbor: Discovering the Countercultural Mister Rogers
Author: Michael G. Long
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fred Rogers was one of the most radical pacifists of contemporary history. We do not usually think of him as radical, partly because he wore colorful, soft sweaters made by his mother. Nor do we usually imagine him as a pacifist; that adjective seems way too political to describe the host of a children’s program known for its focus on feelings. We have restricted Fred Rogers to the realm of entertainment, children, and feelings, and we’ve ripped him out of his political and religious context. Rogers was an ordained Presbyterian minister, and although he rarely shared his religious convictions on his program, he fervently believed in a God who accepts us as we are and who desires a world marked by peace and wholeness. With this progressive spirituality as his inspiration, Rogers used his children’s program as a platform for sharing countercultural beliefs about caring nonviolently for one another, animals, and the earth. To critics who dared call him “namby-pamby,” Rogers said, “Only people who take the time to see our work can begin to understand the depth of it.” This is the invitation of Peaceful Neighbor, to see and understand Rogers’s convictions and their expression through his program. Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, it turns out, is far from sappy, sentimental, and shallow; it’s a sharp political response to a civil and political society poised to kill.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peaceful Neighbor: Discovering the Countercultural Mister Rogers
Author: Michael G. Long
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 19, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fred Rogers was one of the most radical pacifists of contemporary history. We do not usually think of him as radical, partly because he wore colorful, soft sweaters made by his mother. Nor do we usually imagine him as a pacifist; that adjective seems way too political to describe the host of a children’s program known for its focus on feelings. We have restricted Fred Rogers to the realm of entertainment, children, and feelings, and we’ve ripped him out of his political and religious context. Rogers was an ordained Presbyterian minister, and although he rarely shared his religious convictions on his program, he fervently believed in a God who accepts us as we are and who desires a world marked by peace and wholeness. With this progressive spirituality as his inspiration, Rogers used his children’s program as a platform for sharing countercultural beliefs about caring nonviolently for one another, animals, and the earth. To critics who dared call him “namby-pamby,” Rogers said, “Only people who take the time to see our work can begin to understand the depth of it.” This is the invitation of Peaceful Neighbor, to see and understand Rogers’s convictions and their expression through his program. Mister Rogers’ Neighborhood, it turns out, is far from sappy, sentimental, and shallow; it’s a sharp political response to a civil and political society poised to kill.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Systematic Theology: An Introduction to Christian Belief by John M. Frame</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systematic Theology: An Introduction to Christian Belief
Author: John M. Frame
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 50 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Systematic Theology is the culmination and creative synthesis of John Frame’s writing on, teaching about, and studying of the Word of God. This magisterial opus at once biblical, clear, cogent, readable, accessible, and practical summarizes the mature thought of one of the most important and original Reformed theologians of the last hundred years. It will enable you to see clearly how the Bible explains God’s great, sweeping plan for mankind.</description>
      <author>John M. Frame</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982693237.mp3" length="872497" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982693237.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>50:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systematic Theology: An Introduction to Christian Belief
Author: John M. Frame
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 50 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Systematic Theology is the culmination and creative synthesis of John Frame’s writing on, teaching about, and studying of the Word of God. This magisterial opus at once biblical, clear, cogent, readable, accessible, and practical summarizes the mature thought of one of the most important and original Reformed theologians of the last hundred years. It will enable you to see clearly how the Bible explains God’s great, sweeping plan for mankind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421939</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Systematic Theology: An Introduction to Christian Belief
Author: John M. Frame
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 50 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Systematic Theology is the culmination and creative synthesis of John Frame’s writing on, teaching about, and studying of the Word of God. This magisterial opus at once biblical, clear, cogent, readable, accessible, and practical summarizes the mature thought of one of the most important and original Reformed theologians of the last hundred years. It will enable you to see clearly how the Bible explains God’s great, sweeping plan for mankind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Life You Long For: Learning to Live from a Heart of Rest by Christy Nockels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life You Long For: Learning to Live from a Heart of Rest
Author: Christy Nockels
Narrator: Christy Nockels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautiful invitation to discover your place in God&amp;#039;s heart and let him set the pace for your life—from a wife and mother, singer-songwriter, and worship leader for Passion Conferences and IF:Gathering “Christy Nockels is a gentle, strong voice shepherding us into a fuller life with Jesus at the very center. This book will restore your weary soul.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head and founder and visionary of IF:Gathering   Christy Nockels knows firsthand how easily our desire to serve God—even when using the gifts He has given us—can overshadow our delight in simply being with Him. When God called her to lay down her ministry for a season, Christy was forced to confront how her sense of purpose and worth had become tangled up in her work. God then lovingly invited her to discover true rest in His presence as she learned to live as the Beloved.   In The Life You Long For, Christy shows us how to let go of hustle and achievement and instead find our identity in the quiet center of God’s love. As we delight in being with Him, we are filled to overflowing with contentment and love that propel us into an entirely new way of being, one in which every act of service and every encounter with the people around us arise from a heart at rest.   With irresistible warmth and grace, this book calls you to step fully into the life you didn’t even realize you’ve been seeking, as you find your highest calling not in a duty to uphold but in a beautiful identity to live out. This audiobook features original music by Nathan Nockels and is used with permission of the artist.</description>
      <author>Christy Nockels</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593207611.mp3" length="2729591" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593207611.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life You Long For: Learning to Live from a Heart of Rest
Author: Christy Nockels
Narrator: Christy Nockels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautiful invitation to discover your place in God&amp;#039;s heart and let him set the pace for your life—from a wife and mother, singer-songwriter, and worship leader for Passion Conferences and IF:Gathering “Christy Nockels is a gentle, strong voice shepherding us into a fuller life with Jesus at the very center. This book will restore your weary soul.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head and founder and visionary of IF:Gathering   Christy Nockels knows firsthand how easily our desire to serve God—even when using the gifts He has given us—can overshadow our delight in simply being with Him. When God called her to lay down her ministry for a season, Christy was forced to confront how her sense of purpose and worth had become tangled up in her work. God then lovingly invited her to discover true rest in His presence as she learned to live as the Beloved.   In The Life You Long For, Christy shows us how to let go of hustle and achievement and instead find our identity in the quiet center of God’s love. As we delight in being with Him, we are filled to overflowing with contentment and love that propel us into an entirely new way of being, one in which every act of service and every encounter with the people around us arise from a heart at rest.   With irresistible warmth and grace, this book calls you to step fully into the life you didn’t even realize you’ve been seeking, as you find your highest calling not in a duty to uphold but in a beautiful identity to live out. This audiobook features original music by Nathan Nockels and is used with permission of the artist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421815</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Life You Long For: Learning to Live from a Heart of Rest
Author: Christy Nockels
Narrator: Christy Nockels
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 13 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A beautiful invitation to discover your place in God&amp;#039;s heart and let him set the pace for your life—from a wife and mother, singer-songwriter, and worship leader for Passion Conferences and IF:Gathering “Christy Nockels is a gentle, strong voice shepherding us into a fuller life with Jesus at the very center. This book will restore your weary soul.”—Jennie Allen, New York Times bestselling author of Get Out of Your Head and founder and visionary of IF:Gathering   Christy Nockels knows firsthand how easily our desire to serve God—even when using the gifts He has given us—can overshadow our delight in simply being with Him. When God called her to lay down her ministry for a season, Christy was forced to confront how her sense of purpose and worth had become tangled up in her work. God then lovingly invited her to discover true rest in His presence as she learned to live as the Beloved.   In The Life You Long For, Christy shows us how to let go of hustle and achievement and instead find our identity in the quiet center of God’s love. As we delight in being with Him, we are filled to overflowing with contentment and love that propel us into an entirely new way of being, one in which every act of service and every encounter with the people around us arise from a heart at rest.   With irresistible warmth and grace, this book calls you to step fully into the life you didn’t even realize you’ve been seeking, as you find your highest calling not in a duty to uphold but in a beautiful identity to live out. This audiobook features original music by Nathan Nockels and is used with permission of the artist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of the Decree: Releasing the Authority of God&amp;#039;s Word through Declaration by Patricia King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Decree: Releasing the Authority of God&amp;#039;s Word through Declaration
Author: Patricia King
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The spiritual exercise of making decrees finds its precedent in both Old and New Testaments—the practice means simply quoting God&amp;#039;s promises back to him, &amp;#039;reminding&amp;#039; him of what he has said. This kind of prayer is one of the most vital forms of intercession. In fact, the practice of decreeing God&amp;#039;s Word not only builds our faith but transforms our lives. In this powerful and enlightening book, bestselling author and entrepreneur Patricia King helps listeners grasp the power of inspired and finely tuned prayer. King explains how to find specific texts of Scripture for your need; counter problems with God&amp;#039;s Word; speak truth into reality; understand the difference between confessing the Word, proclaiming the Word, and decreeing the Word; and more. Join countless believers who love the Word of God and honor its authority through their prayers. Accept the challenge to pray the words of Scripture boldly—in God&amp;#039;s timing, for his will and purposes.</description>
      <author>Patricia King</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914694.mp3" length="1308453" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914694.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Decree: Releasing the Authority of God&amp;#039;s Word through Declaration
Author: Patricia King
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The spiritual exercise of making decrees finds its precedent in both Old and New Testaments—the practice means simply quoting God&amp;#039;s promises back to him, &amp;#039;reminding&amp;#039; him of what he has said. This kind of prayer is one of the most vital forms of intercession. In fact, the practice of decreeing God&amp;#039;s Word not only builds our faith but transforms our lives. In this powerful and enlightening book, bestselling author and entrepreneur Patricia King helps listeners grasp the power of inspired and finely tuned prayer. King explains how to find specific texts of Scripture for your need; counter problems with God&amp;#039;s Word; speak truth into reality; understand the difference between confessing the Word, proclaiming the Word, and decreeing the Word; and more. Join countless believers who love the Word of God and honor its authority through their prayers. Accept the challenge to pray the words of Scripture boldly—in God&amp;#039;s timing, for his will and purposes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Power of the Decree: Releasing the Authority of God&amp;#039;s Word through Declaration
Author: Patricia King
Narrator: Rosemary Benson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The spiritual exercise of making decrees finds its precedent in both Old and New Testaments—the practice means simply quoting God&amp;#039;s promises back to him, &amp;#039;reminding&amp;#039; him of what he has said. This kind of prayer is one of the most vital forms of intercession. In fact, the practice of decreeing God&amp;#039;s Word not only builds our faith but transforms our lives. In this powerful and enlightening book, bestselling author and entrepreneur Patricia King helps listeners grasp the power of inspired and finely tuned prayer. King explains how to find specific texts of Scripture for your need; counter problems with God&amp;#039;s Word; speak truth into reality; understand the difference between confessing the Word, proclaiming the Word, and decreeing the Word; and more. Join countless believers who love the Word of God and honor its authority through their prayers. Accept the challenge to pray the words of Scripture boldly—in God&amp;#039;s timing, for his will and purposes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Companions in Suffering: Comfort for Times of Loss and Loneliness by Wendy Alsup</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Companions in Suffering: Comfort for Times of Loss and Loneliness
Author: Wendy Alsup
Narrator: Marie Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you experienced an ongoing trial that left you wrung out emotionally? Do you feel alone in your pain? Though suffering often leaves us feeling isolated, God invites us into the community of the Trinity and offers us many companions in Scripture. We experience loneliness alongside the exiled Israelites. We journey with David as he pleads to God for rescue. With Asaph we confess our unbelief. With Job we learn to lament. With Mary and Martha we learn to wait. In God&amp;#039;s community, there is sweet fellowship, even in the hardest of circumstances. Journey in this book with Wendy Alsup through her story of suffering, and more importantly, with the God who walks with us in the wilderness.</description>
      <author>Wendy Alsup</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915103.mp3" length="1299870" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915103.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Companions in Suffering: Comfort for Times of Loss and Loneliness
Author: Wendy Alsup
Narrator: Marie Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you experienced an ongoing trial that left you wrung out emotionally? Do you feel alone in your pain? Though suffering often leaves us feeling isolated, God invites us into the community of the Trinity and offers us many companions in Scripture. We experience loneliness alongside the exiled Israelites. We journey with David as he pleads to God for rescue. With Asaph we confess our unbelief. With Job we learn to lament. With Mary and Martha we learn to wait. In God&amp;#039;s community, there is sweet fellowship, even in the hardest of circumstances. Journey in this book with Wendy Alsup through her story of suffering, and more importantly, with the God who walks with us in the wilderness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Companions in Suffering: Comfort for Times of Loss and Loneliness
Author: Wendy Alsup
Narrator: Marie Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Have you experienced an ongoing trial that left you wrung out emotionally? Do you feel alone in your pain? Though suffering often leaves us feeling isolated, God invites us into the community of the Trinity and offers us many companions in Scripture. We experience loneliness alongside the exiled Israelites. We journey with David as he pleads to God for rescue. With Asaph we confess our unbelief. With Job we learn to lament. With Mary and Martha we learn to wait. In God&amp;#039;s community, there is sweet fellowship, even in the hardest of circumstances. Journey in this book with Wendy Alsup through her story of suffering, and more importantly, with the God who walks with us in the wilderness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>JoyKeeper: 6 Truths That Change Everything You Thought You Knew about Joy by Suzanne Eller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JoyKeeper: 6 Truths That Change Everything You Thought You Knew about Joy
Author: Suzanne Eller
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During a long season of sorrow, there were days that Suzanne Eller would whisper to herself, &amp;#039;Joy is more than a feeling; it is a knowing.&amp;#039; She was learning that to keep joy in her life, she needed to sort out her feelings and what she knew to be true, starting with ● What I feel: God is disappointed when I am sad. ● What I know: God cares about how I feel. ● What I feel: I am not enough. ● What I know: God is aware of who I am becoming. Examining six biblical truths in all, this power-packed book will help you see joy and God in a new light. Thirty practical and inspirational daily exercises are also included so you can intentionally practice these truths. If you feel sad or frustrated or angry, you&amp;#039;re not doing something wrong. The difference comes when you ground your joy in the Source of lasting peace and learn to be a joykeeper.</description>
      <author>Suzanne Eller</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914687.mp3" length="1386804" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914687.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JoyKeeper: 6 Truths That Change Everything You Thought You Knew about Joy
Author: Suzanne Eller
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During a long season of sorrow, there were days that Suzanne Eller would whisper to herself, &amp;#039;Joy is more than a feeling; it is a knowing.&amp;#039; She was learning that to keep joy in her life, she needed to sort out her feelings and what she knew to be true, starting with ● What I feel: God is disappointed when I am sad. ● What I know: God cares about how I feel. ● What I feel: I am not enough. ● What I know: God is aware of who I am becoming. Examining six biblical truths in all, this power-packed book will help you see joy and God in a new light. Thirty practical and inspirational daily exercises are also included so you can intentionally practice these truths. If you feel sad or frustrated or angry, you&amp;#039;re not doing something wrong. The difference comes when you ground your joy in the Source of lasting peace and learn to be a joykeeper.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421699</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: JoyKeeper: 6 Truths That Change Everything You Thought You Knew about Joy
Author: Suzanne Eller
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During a long season of sorrow, there were days that Suzanne Eller would whisper to herself, &amp;#039;Joy is more than a feeling; it is a knowing.&amp;#039; She was learning that to keep joy in her life, she needed to sort out her feelings and what she knew to be true, starting with ● What I feel: God is disappointed when I am sad. ● What I know: God cares about how I feel. ● What I feel: I am not enough. ● What I know: God is aware of who I am becoming. Examining six biblical truths in all, this power-packed book will help you see joy and God in a new light. Thirty practical and inspirational daily exercises are also included so you can intentionally practice these truths. If you feel sad or frustrated or angry, you&amp;#039;re not doing something wrong. The difference comes when you ground your joy in the Source of lasting peace and learn to be a joykeeper.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Choose Brave: Embracing Holy Courage and Understanding Godly Fear by Katie Westenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Choose Brave: Embracing Holy Courage and Understanding Godly Fear
Author: Katie Westenberg
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if fear is the new brave? That&amp;#039;s the question that you need answered if you are living afraid. Finding courage begins with fear itself—fear of the Lord. I Choose Brave reveals a countercultural plan to help you where you are—knee-deep in fears of parenting, the future, your marriage, and a world that feels unstable. When you&amp;#039;re feeling fearful, the last thing you need is a social-media meme telling you to simply &amp;#039;power through&amp;#039; your fears. In I Choose Brave, Katie Westenberg digs deep into Scripture and shows that finding the courage to overcome our fears must start with fear of the Lord. Hundreds of passages speak to this foundational truth, yet we have somehow relegated them to antiquity. In sharing her own compelling story of facing her worst fear, Katie serves up theological truth with relatable application. In this book, you will discover a fresh take on an old truth that displaces fear once and for all; understand why the culture&amp;#039;s idea of &amp;#039;fearlessness&amp;#039; is a farce; and access the holy courage you were made for. With this new knowledge comes tremendous freedom. Hidden in the cleft of the Rock, the One truly worthy of our fear, you will begin to understand the only path to real courage.</description>
      <author>Katie Westenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914601.mp3" length="1314908" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914601.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Choose Brave: Embracing Holy Courage and Understanding Godly Fear
Author: Katie Westenberg
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if fear is the new brave? That&amp;#039;s the question that you need answered if you are living afraid. Finding courage begins with fear itself—fear of the Lord. I Choose Brave reveals a countercultural plan to help you where you are—knee-deep in fears of parenting, the future, your marriage, and a world that feels unstable. When you&amp;#039;re feeling fearful, the last thing you need is a social-media meme telling you to simply &amp;#039;power through&amp;#039; your fears. In I Choose Brave, Katie Westenberg digs deep into Scripture and shows that finding the courage to overcome our fears must start with fear of the Lord. Hundreds of passages speak to this foundational truth, yet we have somehow relegated them to antiquity. In sharing her own compelling story of facing her worst fear, Katie serves up theological truth with relatable application. In this book, you will discover a fresh take on an old truth that displaces fear once and for all; understand why the culture&amp;#039;s idea of &amp;#039;fearlessness&amp;#039; is a farce; and access the holy courage you were made for. With this new knowledge comes tremendous freedom. Hidden in the cleft of the Rock, the One truly worthy of our fear, you will begin to understand the only path to real courage.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421697</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: I Choose Brave: Embracing Holy Courage and Understanding Godly Fear
Author: Katie Westenberg
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if fear is the new brave? That&amp;#039;s the question that you need answered if you are living afraid. Finding courage begins with fear itself—fear of the Lord. I Choose Brave reveals a countercultural plan to help you where you are—knee-deep in fears of parenting, the future, your marriage, and a world that feels unstable. When you&amp;#039;re feeling fearful, the last thing you need is a social-media meme telling you to simply &amp;#039;power through&amp;#039; your fears. In I Choose Brave, Katie Westenberg digs deep into Scripture and shows that finding the courage to overcome our fears must start with fear of the Lord. Hundreds of passages speak to this foundational truth, yet we have somehow relegated them to antiquity. In sharing her own compelling story of facing her worst fear, Katie serves up theological truth with relatable application. In this book, you will discover a fresh take on an old truth that displaces fear once and for all; understand why the culture&amp;#039;s idea of &amp;#039;fearlessness&amp;#039; is a farce; and access the holy courage you were made for. With this new knowledge comes tremendous freedom. Hidden in the cleft of the Rock, the One truly worthy of our fear, you will begin to understand the only path to real courage.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unshackled: Breaking the Strongholds of Your Past to Receive Complete Deliverance by Kathy Degraw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unshackled: Breaking the Strongholds of Your Past to Receive Complete Deliverance
Author: Kathy Degraw
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus didn&amp;#039;t come to earth just to save us from hell. He suffered, died, and rose again for the complete deliverance and healing you long for. Soul wounds affect each of us and leave broken places in our lives that need healing. When we seek inner healing but don&amp;#039;t also close demonic doorways to the enemy, we simply mask the issue temporarily and may find ourselves in more bondage than we experienced previously. A respected minister of deliverance, Kathy DeGraw will show you through biblical insights, real-life examples, and practical instruction how you can ● discern and destroy the root of fear, anger, addictions, rejection, and other strongholds that just won&amp;#039;t go away ● use repentance, forgiveness, and robust spiritual warfare prayers and declarations to possess freedom ● minister deliverance and inner healing to others ● and more The Holy Spirit wants to open your eyes to the strongholds that have kept you stuck. It&amp;#039;s time to be unshackled and free!</description>
      <author>Kathy Degraw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914670.mp3" length="1285753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914670.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unshackled: Breaking the Strongholds of Your Past to Receive Complete Deliverance
Author: Kathy Degraw
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus didn&amp;#039;t come to earth just to save us from hell. He suffered, died, and rose again for the complete deliverance and healing you long for. Soul wounds affect each of us and leave broken places in our lives that need healing. When we seek inner healing but don&amp;#039;t also close demonic doorways to the enemy, we simply mask the issue temporarily and may find ourselves in more bondage than we experienced previously. A respected minister of deliverance, Kathy DeGraw will show you through biblical insights, real-life examples, and practical instruction how you can ● discern and destroy the root of fear, anger, addictions, rejection, and other strongholds that just won&amp;#039;t go away ● use repentance, forgiveness, and robust spiritual warfare prayers and declarations to possess freedom ● minister deliverance and inner healing to others ● and more The Holy Spirit wants to open your eyes to the strongholds that have kept you stuck. It&amp;#039;s time to be unshackled and free!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unshackled: Breaking the Strongholds of Your Past to Receive Complete Deliverance
Author: Kathy Degraw
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus didn&amp;#039;t come to earth just to save us from hell. He suffered, died, and rose again for the complete deliverance and healing you long for. Soul wounds affect each of us and leave broken places in our lives that need healing. When we seek inner healing but don&amp;#039;t also close demonic doorways to the enemy, we simply mask the issue temporarily and may find ourselves in more bondage than we experienced previously. A respected minister of deliverance, Kathy DeGraw will show you through biblical insights, real-life examples, and practical instruction how you can ● discern and destroy the root of fear, anger, addictions, rejection, and other strongholds that just won&amp;#039;t go away ● use repentance, forgiveness, and robust spiritual warfare prayers and declarations to possess freedom ● minister deliverance and inner healing to others ● and more The Holy Spirit wants to open your eyes to the strongholds that have kept you stuck. It&amp;#039;s time to be unshackled and free!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cities of God: The Real Story of How Christianity Became an Urban Movement and Conquered Rome by Rodney Stark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cities of God: The Real Story of How Christianity Became an Urban Movement and Conquered Rome
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How did the preaching of a peasant carpenter from Galilee spark a movement that would grow to include over two billion followers? Who listened to this &amp;#039;good news,&amp;#039; and who ignored it? Where did Christianity spread, and how? Based on quantitative data and the latest scholarship, preeminent scholar and journalist Rodney Stark presents new and startling information about the rise of the early church, overturning many prevailing views of how Christianity grew through time to become the largest religion in the world. Drawing on both archaeological and historical evidence, Stark is able to provide hard statistical evidence on the religious life of the Roman Empire to discover the facts that set conventional history on its head. By analyzing concrete data, Stark is able to challenge the conventional wisdom about early Christianity offering the clearest picture ever of how this religion grew from its humble beginnings into the faith of more than one-third of the earth&amp;#039;s population.</description>
      <author>Rodney Stark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705212561.mp3" length="9153210" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705212561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cities of God: The Real Story of How Christianity Became an Urban Movement and Conquered Rome
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How did the preaching of a peasant carpenter from Galilee spark a movement that would grow to include over two billion followers? Who listened to this &amp;#039;good news,&amp;#039; and who ignored it? Where did Christianity spread, and how? Based on quantitative data and the latest scholarship, preeminent scholar and journalist Rodney Stark presents new and startling information about the rise of the early church, overturning many prevailing views of how Christianity grew through time to become the largest religion in the world. Drawing on both archaeological and historical evidence, Stark is able to provide hard statistical evidence on the religious life of the Roman Empire to discover the facts that set conventional history on its head. By analyzing concrete data, Stark is able to challenge the conventional wisdom about early Christianity offering the clearest picture ever of how this religion grew from its humble beginnings into the faith of more than one-third of the earth&amp;#039;s population.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cities of God: The Real Story of How Christianity Became an Urban Movement and Conquered Rome
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: May 26, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How did the preaching of a peasant carpenter from Galilee spark a movement that would grow to include over two billion followers? Who listened to this &amp;#039;good news,&amp;#039; and who ignored it? Where did Christianity spread, and how? Based on quantitative data and the latest scholarship, preeminent scholar and journalist Rodney Stark presents new and startling information about the rise of the early church, overturning many prevailing views of how Christianity grew through time to become the largest religion in the world. Drawing on both archaeological and historical evidence, Stark is able to provide hard statistical evidence on the religious life of the Roman Empire to discover the facts that set conventional history on its head. By analyzing concrete data, Stark is able to challenge the conventional wisdom about early Christianity offering the clearest picture ever of how this religion grew from its humble beginnings into the faith of more than one-third of the earth&amp;#039;s population.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Triumph of Christianity: How the Jesus Movement Became the World&amp;#039;s Largest Religion by Rodney Stark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Christianity: How the Jesus Movement Became the World&amp;#039;s Largest Religion
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated religious and social historian Rodney Stark traces the extraordinary rise of Christianity through its most pivotal and controversial moments to offer fresh perspective on the history of the world&amp;#039;s largest religion. In The Triumph of Christianity, the author of God&amp;#039;s Battalions and The Rise of Christianity gathers and refines decades of powerful research and discovery into one concentrated, concise, and highly accessible volume that explores Christianity&amp;#039;s most crucial episodes. The unique format of The Triumph of Christianity allows Stark to avoid dense chronologies and difficult back stories, bringing listeners right to the heart of Christian history&amp;#039;s most vital controversies and enduring lessons.</description>
      <author>Rodney Stark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705212585.mp3" length="9025037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705212585.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Christianity: How the Jesus Movement Became the World&amp;#039;s Largest Religion
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated religious and social historian Rodney Stark traces the extraordinary rise of Christianity through its most pivotal and controversial moments to offer fresh perspective on the history of the world&amp;#039;s largest religion. In The Triumph of Christianity, the author of God&amp;#039;s Battalions and The Rise of Christianity gathers and refines decades of powerful research and discovery into one concentrated, concise, and highly accessible volume that explores Christianity&amp;#039;s most crucial episodes. The unique format of The Triumph of Christianity allows Stark to avoid dense chronologies and difficult back stories, bringing listeners right to the heart of Christian history&amp;#039;s most vital controversies and enduring lessons.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421620</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Triumph of Christianity: How the Jesus Movement Became the World&amp;#039;s Largest Religion
Author: Rodney Stark
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Celebrated religious and social historian Rodney Stark traces the extraordinary rise of Christianity through its most pivotal and controversial moments to offer fresh perspective on the history of the world&amp;#039;s largest religion. In The Triumph of Christianity, the author of God&amp;#039;s Battalions and The Rise of Christianity gathers and refines decades of powerful research and discovery into one concentrated, concise, and highly accessible volume that explores Christianity&amp;#039;s most crucial episodes. The unique format of The Triumph of Christianity allows Stark to avoid dense chronologies and difficult back stories, bringing listeners right to the heart of Christian history&amp;#039;s most vital controversies and enduring lessons.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growing Together: Taking Mentoring Beyond Small Talk and Prayer Requests by Melissa Kruger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing Together: Taking Mentoring Beyond Small Talk and Prayer Requests
Author: Melissa Kruger
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Women in all seasons of life can feel alone, longing for encouragement, guidance, and wisdom from someone who has been there before. They would value the wealth of knowledge and wisdom from older women&amp;#039;s experiences, but often these women don&amp;#039;t feel equipped to offer help. This book is a starting place, meant to be a springboard for mentoring discussions between older and younger women, setting the biblical basis for mentoring from Titus 2 before outlining eleven lessons that guide their time together. Each lesson focuses on a topic such as God&amp;#039;s word, prayer, contentment, temptation, and church, with activities for before, during, and after the mentoring session. Younger and older women will grow together as they use these lessons to walk through life together.</description>
      <author>Melissa Kruger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915028.mp3" length="1401641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915028.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing Together: Taking Mentoring Beyond Small Talk and Prayer Requests
Author: Melissa Kruger
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Women in all seasons of life can feel alone, longing for encouragement, guidance, and wisdom from someone who has been there before. They would value the wealth of knowledge and wisdom from older women&amp;#039;s experiences, but often these women don&amp;#039;t feel equipped to offer help. This book is a starting place, meant to be a springboard for mentoring discussions between older and younger women, setting the biblical basis for mentoring from Titus 2 before outlining eleven lessons that guide their time together. Each lesson focuses on a topic such as God&amp;#039;s word, prayer, contentment, temptation, and church, with activities for before, during, and after the mentoring session. Younger and older women will grow together as they use these lessons to walk through life together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Growing Together: Taking Mentoring Beyond Small Talk and Prayer Requests
Author: Melissa Kruger
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Women in all seasons of life can feel alone, longing for encouragement, guidance, and wisdom from someone who has been there before. They would value the wealth of knowledge and wisdom from older women&amp;#039;s experiences, but often these women don&amp;#039;t feel equipped to offer help. This book is a starting place, meant to be a springboard for mentoring discussions between older and younger women, setting the biblical basis for mentoring from Titus 2 before outlining eleven lessons that guide their time together. Each lesson focuses on a topic such as God&amp;#039;s word, prayer, contentment, temptation, and church, with activities for before, during, and after the mentoring session. Younger and older women will grow together as they use these lessons to walk through life together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gathered Around the Campfire: S&amp;#039;mores and Stories Under the Stars by Melody A. Carlson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gathered Around the Campfire: S&amp;#039;mores and Stories Under the Stars
Author: Melody A. Carlson
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether your idea of camping is in a tiny tent, a luxury RV, or somewhere in between, nothing beats having fun with family and friends in the fresh air. Relive favorite memories of childhood vacations and get excited for future outdoor adventures with these humorous and heartwarming recollections from bestselling author and camping enthusiast Melody Carlson.   Pack your gear and hit the road with Melody as you encounter: Campfire Connections—how a simple offer of firewood sparks a friendship. Lolly the Bear—an unexpected guest with a sweet tooth pays a morning visit. The Worst Camping Trip Ever—a pregnant woman and a torrential downpour make for a hasty midnight departure. Best-Laid Plans—all it takes is one unhappy camper to spoil an outing. Fireworks on the Fourth—an explosive clash between generations ends with a promise of unconditional love. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll enjoy inspirational quotes and practical tips to make your next camping experience even &amp;#039;s&amp;#039;more&amp;#039; of a success. So gather &amp;#039;round and get ready for some unforgettable stories.</description>
      <author>Melody A. Carlson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914540.mp3" length="1344345" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914540.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gathered Around the Campfire: S&amp;#039;mores and Stories Under the Stars
Author: Melody A. Carlson
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether your idea of camping is in a tiny tent, a luxury RV, or somewhere in between, nothing beats having fun with family and friends in the fresh air. Relive favorite memories of childhood vacations and get excited for future outdoor adventures with these humorous and heartwarming recollections from bestselling author and camping enthusiast Melody Carlson.   Pack your gear and hit the road with Melody as you encounter: Campfire Connections—how a simple offer of firewood sparks a friendship. Lolly the Bear—an unexpected guest with a sweet tooth pays a morning visit. The Worst Camping Trip Ever—a pregnant woman and a torrential downpour make for a hasty midnight departure. Best-Laid Plans—all it takes is one unhappy camper to spoil an outing. Fireworks on the Fourth—an explosive clash between generations ends with a promise of unconditional love. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll enjoy inspirational quotes and practical tips to make your next camping experience even &amp;#039;s&amp;#039;more&amp;#039; of a success. So gather &amp;#039;round and get ready for some unforgettable stories.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gathered Around the Campfire: S&amp;#039;mores and Stories Under the Stars
Author: Melody A. Carlson
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether your idea of camping is in a tiny tent, a luxury RV, or somewhere in between, nothing beats having fun with family and friends in the fresh air. Relive favorite memories of childhood vacations and get excited for future outdoor adventures with these humorous and heartwarming recollections from bestselling author and camping enthusiast Melody Carlson.   Pack your gear and hit the road with Melody as you encounter: Campfire Connections—how a simple offer of firewood sparks a friendship. Lolly the Bear—an unexpected guest with a sweet tooth pays a morning visit. The Worst Camping Trip Ever—a pregnant woman and a torrential downpour make for a hasty midnight departure. Best-Laid Plans—all it takes is one unhappy camper to spoil an outing. Fireworks on the Fourth—an explosive clash between generations ends with a promise of unconditional love. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll enjoy inspirational quotes and practical tips to make your next camping experience even &amp;#039;s&amp;#039;more&amp;#039; of a success. So gather &amp;#039;round and get ready for some unforgettable stories.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Native: Identity, Belonging and Rediscovering God by Kaitlin B. Curtice</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native: Identity, Belonging and Rediscovering God
Author: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Narrator: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Native is about identity, soul-searching, and the never-ending journey of finding ourselves and finding God. As both a citizen of the Potawatomi Nation and a Christian, Kaitlin Curtice offers a unique perspective on these topics. In this book, she shows how reconnecting with her Potawatomi identity both informs and challenges her faith. Curtice draws on her personal journey, poetry, imagery, and stories of the Potawatomi people to address themes at the forefront of today&amp;#039;s discussions of faith and culture in a positive and constructive way. She encourages us to embrace our own origins and to share and listen to each other&amp;#039;s stories so we can build a more inclusive and diverse future. Each of our stories matters for the church to be truly whole. As Curtice shares what it means to experience her faith through the lens of her Indigenous heritage, she reveals that a vibrant spirituality has its origins in identity, belonging, and a sense of place.</description>
      <author>Kaitlin B. Curtice</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914434.mp3" length="1344921" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914434.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native: Identity, Belonging and Rediscovering God
Author: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Narrator: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Native is about identity, soul-searching, and the never-ending journey of finding ourselves and finding God. As both a citizen of the Potawatomi Nation and a Christian, Kaitlin Curtice offers a unique perspective on these topics. In this book, she shows how reconnecting with her Potawatomi identity both informs and challenges her faith. Curtice draws on her personal journey, poetry, imagery, and stories of the Potawatomi people to address themes at the forefront of today&amp;#039;s discussions of faith and culture in a positive and constructive way. She encourages us to embrace our own origins and to share and listen to each other&amp;#039;s stories so we can build a more inclusive and diverse future. Each of our stories matters for the church to be truly whole. As Curtice shares what it means to experience her faith through the lens of her Indigenous heritage, she reveals that a vibrant spirituality has its origins in identity, belonging, and a sense of place.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Native: Identity, Belonging and Rediscovering God
Author: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Narrator: Kaitlin B. Curtice
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 43 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Native is about identity, soul-searching, and the never-ending journey of finding ourselves and finding God. As both a citizen of the Potawatomi Nation and a Christian, Kaitlin Curtice offers a unique perspective on these topics. In this book, she shows how reconnecting with her Potawatomi identity both informs and challenges her faith. Curtice draws on her personal journey, poetry, imagery, and stories of the Potawatomi people to address themes at the forefront of today&amp;#039;s discussions of faith and culture in a positive and constructive way. She encourages us to embrace our own origins and to share and listen to each other&amp;#039;s stories so we can build a more inclusive and diverse future. Each of our stories matters for the church to be truly whole. As Curtice shares what it means to experience her faith through the lens of her Indigenous heritage, she reveals that a vibrant spirituality has its origins in identity, belonging, and a sense of place.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anyone but Me: 10 Ways to Overcome Your Fear and Be Prepared to Share the Gospel by Ray Comfort</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone but Me: 10 Ways to Overcome Your Fear and Be Prepared to Share the Gospel
Author: Ray Comfort
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear is the primary reason we fail to share the gospel with our friends, family, and coworkers. We&amp;#039;re afraid of looking weird or out of touch. We&amp;#039;re afraid we won&amp;#039;t have the right answers to their questions. We&amp;#039;re afraid that if they reject the gospel, they&amp;#039;re really rejecting us. We don&amp;#039;t want to make things awkward or strain our relationships. So we say nothing because our discomfort feels bigger than our loved ones&amp;#039; ultimate destination if they remain outside of the body of Christ. We know it&amp;#039;s not, but it&amp;#039;s just so hard to get over our fear. Apologist Ray Comfort can help. In Anyone but Me, he shows you how to overcome your fears by developing ten critical, biblical characteristics so that you can confidently share the message of salvation with those you care about most. If you&amp;#039;ve been longing to see a dear friend, family member, or coworker come to Christ, now is the time to begin becoming the faithful witness they need. Because we never know how much more time we will have to proclaim God&amp;#039;s good news.</description>
      <author>Ray Comfort</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914397.mp3" length="1468296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone but Me: 10 Ways to Overcome Your Fear and Be Prepared to Share the Gospel
Author: Ray Comfort
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear is the primary reason we fail to share the gospel with our friends, family, and coworkers. We&amp;#039;re afraid of looking weird or out of touch. We&amp;#039;re afraid we won&amp;#039;t have the right answers to their questions. We&amp;#039;re afraid that if they reject the gospel, they&amp;#039;re really rejecting us. We don&amp;#039;t want to make things awkward or strain our relationships. So we say nothing because our discomfort feels bigger than our loved ones&amp;#039; ultimate destination if they remain outside of the body of Christ. We know it&amp;#039;s not, but it&amp;#039;s just so hard to get over our fear. Apologist Ray Comfort can help. In Anyone but Me, he shows you how to overcome your fears by developing ten critical, biblical characteristics so that you can confidently share the message of salvation with those you care about most. If you&amp;#039;ve been longing to see a dear friend, family member, or coworker come to Christ, now is the time to begin becoming the faithful witness they need. Because we never know how much more time we will have to proclaim God&amp;#039;s good news.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421293</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anyone but Me: 10 Ways to Overcome Your Fear and Be Prepared to Share the Gospel
Author: Ray Comfort
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Fear is the primary reason we fail to share the gospel with our friends, family, and coworkers. We&amp;#039;re afraid of looking weird or out of touch. We&amp;#039;re afraid we won&amp;#039;t have the right answers to their questions. We&amp;#039;re afraid that if they reject the gospel, they&amp;#039;re really rejecting us. We don&amp;#039;t want to make things awkward or strain our relationships. So we say nothing because our discomfort feels bigger than our loved ones&amp;#039; ultimate destination if they remain outside of the body of Christ. We know it&amp;#039;s not, but it&amp;#039;s just so hard to get over our fear. Apologist Ray Comfort can help. In Anyone but Me, he shows you how to overcome your fears by developing ten critical, biblical characteristics so that you can confidently share the message of salvation with those you care about most. If you&amp;#039;ve been longing to see a dear friend, family member, or coworker come to Christ, now is the time to begin becoming the faithful witness they need. Because we never know how much more time we will have to proclaim God&amp;#039;s good news.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why?: Trusting God When You Don&amp;#039;t Understand by Anne Graham Lotz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why?: Trusting God When You Don&amp;#039;t Understand
Author: Anne Graham Lotz
Narrator: Anne Lotz, Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Called &amp;#039;the best preacher in the family,&amp;#039; by her father, Billy Graham, Anne Graham Lotz speaks around the globe with the wisdom and the authority of years spent studying God&amp;#039;s Word. In her latest audiobook, Anne shares her heart and God&amp;#039;s teachings on the universal problem of suffering. Drawing her characteristically keen insights from the familiar story of Lazarus in the ninth and eleventh chapters of the Gospel of John, Anne offers Jesus&amp;#039; reassuring answers to our heartfelt cries for understanding:  - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God care? - Why does He let these things happen? - Why me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God answer my prayers? - Why didn&amp;#039;t He protect me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t He perform a miracle? Why? helps us understand and deal with suffering while guiding us to the ultimate answer--the Savior who shares our grief and our tears.</description>
      <author>Anne Graham Lotz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785239352.mp3" length="765067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785239352.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why?: Trusting God When You Don&amp;#039;t Understand
Author: Anne Graham Lotz
Narrator: Anne Lotz, Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Called &amp;#039;the best preacher in the family,&amp;#039; by her father, Billy Graham, Anne Graham Lotz speaks around the globe with the wisdom and the authority of years spent studying God&amp;#039;s Word. In her latest audiobook, Anne shares her heart and God&amp;#039;s teachings on the universal problem of suffering. Drawing her characteristically keen insights from the familiar story of Lazarus in the ninth and eleventh chapters of the Gospel of John, Anne offers Jesus&amp;#039; reassuring answers to our heartfelt cries for understanding:  - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God care? - Why does He let these things happen? - Why me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God answer my prayers? - Why didn&amp;#039;t He protect me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t He perform a miracle? Why? helps us understand and deal with suffering while guiding us to the ultimate answer--the Savior who shares our grief and our tears.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421252</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why?: Trusting God When You Don&amp;#039;t Understand
Author: Anne Graham Lotz
Narrator: Anne Lotz, Cris Dukehart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 20 minutes
Release date: May 12, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Called &amp;#039;the best preacher in the family,&amp;#039; by her father, Billy Graham, Anne Graham Lotz speaks around the globe with the wisdom and the authority of years spent studying God&amp;#039;s Word. In her latest audiobook, Anne shares her heart and God&amp;#039;s teachings on the universal problem of suffering. Drawing her characteristically keen insights from the familiar story of Lazarus in the ninth and eleventh chapters of the Gospel of John, Anne offers Jesus&amp;#039; reassuring answers to our heartfelt cries for understanding:  - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God care? - Why does He let these things happen? - Why me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t God answer my prayers? - Why didn&amp;#039;t He protect me? - Why doesn&amp;#039;t He perform a miracle? Why? helps us understand and deal with suffering while guiding us to the ultimate answer--the Savior who shares our grief and our tears.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Here I Am by Andy Hawthorne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here I Am
Author: Andy Hawthorne
Narrator: Emily Lawson, Andy Hawthorne, Matt Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Here I Am fills readers with a passion for God, personal holiness, and the renewal of the church and wider world. It captures the tension between the power of God’s Word and that of personal stories, combining fresh teaching from Andy Hawthorne with first-hand testimonies from people transformed by Jesus Christ.     Equipped with relevant and thought-provoking discussion questions and a series of short videos for personal reflection or group discussion, this resource provides an encouraging reminder of the impact the gospel can have.</description>
      <author>Andy Hawthorne</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890460.mp3" length="1428634" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890460.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here I Am
Author: Andy Hawthorne
Narrator: Emily Lawson, Andy Hawthorne, Matt Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Here I Am fills readers with a passion for God, personal holiness, and the renewal of the church and wider world. It captures the tension between the power of God’s Word and that of personal stories, combining fresh teaching from Andy Hawthorne with first-hand testimonies from people transformed by Jesus Christ.     Equipped with relevant and thought-provoking discussion questions and a series of short videos for personal reflection or group discussion, this resource provides an encouraging reminder of the impact the gospel can have.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421244</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Here I Am
Author: Andy Hawthorne
Narrator: Emily Lawson, Andy Hawthorne, Matt Britton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Here I Am fills readers with a passion for God, personal holiness, and the renewal of the church and wider world. It captures the tension between the power of God’s Word and that of personal stories, combining fresh teaching from Andy Hawthorne with first-hand testimonies from people transformed by Jesus Christ.     Equipped with relevant and thought-provoking discussion questions and a series of short videos for personal reflection or group discussion, this resource provides an encouraging reminder of the impact the gospel can have.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Done with That: Escape the Struggle of Your Old Life by Bob Merritt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Done with That: Escape the Struggle of Your Old Life
Author: Bob Merritt
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible says the old life is gone and the new life has come (see 2 Cor. 5:17). But we still sin; still get angry, arrogant, and greedy. Sin destroys everything in its path, yet it’s also kind of fun and quite compelling. It often has us holding on to parts of the old life instead of embracing the new life we’ve been promised.     In Done with That, Pastor Bob Merritt exposes the inner battle we all fight with sin. He exposes the cycle of failure and loss and shows readers that no matter how many setbacks they’ve experienced, there is a way to enjoy a new and better life in Christ.</description>
      <author>Bob Merritt</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890187.mp3" length="1277933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890187.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Done with That: Escape the Struggle of Your Old Life
Author: Bob Merritt
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible says the old life is gone and the new life has come (see 2 Cor. 5:17). But we still sin; still get angry, arrogant, and greedy. Sin destroys everything in its path, yet it’s also kind of fun and quite compelling. It often has us holding on to parts of the old life instead of embracing the new life we’ve been promised.     In Done with That, Pastor Bob Merritt exposes the inner battle we all fight with sin. He exposes the cycle of failure and loss and shows readers that no matter how many setbacks they’ve experienced, there is a way to enjoy a new and better life in Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/421175</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Done with That: Escape the Struggle of Your Old Life
Author: Bob Merritt
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible says the old life is gone and the new life has come (see 2 Cor. 5:17). But we still sin; still get angry, arrogant, and greedy. Sin destroys everything in its path, yet it’s also kind of fun and quite compelling. It often has us holding on to parts of the old life instead of embracing the new life we’ve been promised.     In Done with That, Pastor Bob Merritt exposes the inner battle we all fight with sin. He exposes the cycle of failure and loss and shows readers that no matter how many setbacks they’ve experienced, there is a way to enjoy a new and better life in Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Living the Resurrection: The Risen Christ in Everyday Life by Eugene H. Peterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Resurrection: The Risen Christ in Everyday Life
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christ’s friends were utterly transformed by His resurrection. Their friendship, their work, and even their meals together took on a new meaning and purpose. The same can happen to us today.  Eugene Peterson, beloved pastor, scholar, and translator of The Message, takes you back to Jesus’ time so you can experience the Resurrection through the eyes of biblical witnesses. You’ll be a participant in the story, so its meaning and wonder can enliven your soul as never before.</description>
      <author>Eugene H. Peterson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551294.mp3" length="1363157" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551294.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Resurrection: The Risen Christ in Everyday Life
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christ’s friends were utterly transformed by His resurrection. Their friendship, their work, and even their meals together took on a new meaning and purpose. The same can happen to us today.  Eugene Peterson, beloved pastor, scholar, and translator of The Message, takes you back to Jesus’ time so you can experience the Resurrection through the eyes of biblical witnesses. You’ll be a participant in the story, so its meaning and wonder can enliven your soul as never before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Living the Resurrection: The Risen Christ in Everyday Life
Author: Eugene H. Peterson
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christ’s friends were utterly transformed by His resurrection. Their friendship, their work, and even their meals together took on a new meaning and purpose. The same can happen to us today.  Eugene Peterson, beloved pastor, scholar, and translator of The Message, takes you back to Jesus’ time so you can experience the Resurrection through the eyes of biblical witnesses. You’ll be a participant in the story, so its meaning and wonder can enliven your soul as never before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Such Thing As Can&amp;#039;t: A Triumphant Story of Faith and Perseverance by Tyler Sexton, Lisa Sexton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Such Thing As Can&amp;#039;t: A Triumphant Story of Faith and Perseverance
Author: Tyler Sexton, Lisa Sexton
Narrator: Dean Gallagher, Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many books about overcoming obstacles, but this quintessential story of victory over limitations is unique. How many doctors have cerebral palsy? Not many. Yet this disability was part of the Great Physician’s plan for Tyler Sexton. Because of it, Tyler has become a role model for others facing adversity, including his patients. He has also become a humble healer who uses his heart and faith along with his intellect and training to help kids and give them hope. Tyler’s story has been featured on ABC’s 20/20 and was the basis for many episodes of ABC’s new show The Good Doctor. This is a story of a man who says, “I’d rather walk with a limp in Christ than with a strut in the world”; who wears superhero T-shirts and tells his little patients they’re “super” too, despite their physical problems; and whose stint at a medical school in the Caribbean completely erased the islanders’ negative view of disability. Through this inspiring true story, people will be encouraged to face adversity with hope, determination, and the strength of Christ.</description>
      <author>Tyler Sexton, Lisa Sexton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781621889618.mp3" length="1316970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781621889618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Such Thing As Can&amp;#039;t: A Triumphant Story of Faith and Perseverance
Author: Tyler Sexton, Lisa Sexton
Narrator: Dean Gallagher, Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many books about overcoming obstacles, but this quintessential story of victory over limitations is unique. How many doctors have cerebral palsy? Not many. Yet this disability was part of the Great Physician’s plan for Tyler Sexton. Because of it, Tyler has become a role model for others facing adversity, including his patients. He has also become a humble healer who uses his heart and faith along with his intellect and training to help kids and give them hope. Tyler’s story has been featured on ABC’s 20/20 and was the basis for many episodes of ABC’s new show The Good Doctor. This is a story of a man who says, “I’d rather walk with a limp in Christ than with a strut in the world”; who wears superhero T-shirts and tells his little patients they’re “super” too, despite their physical problems; and whose stint at a medical school in the Caribbean completely erased the islanders’ negative view of disability. Through this inspiring true story, people will be encouraged to face adversity with hope, determination, and the strength of Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: No Such Thing As Can&amp;#039;t: A Triumphant Story of Faith and Perseverance
Author: Tyler Sexton, Lisa Sexton
Narrator: Dean Gallagher, Rebecca Gallagher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March  3, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many books about overcoming obstacles, but this quintessential story of victory over limitations is unique. How many doctors have cerebral palsy? Not many. Yet this disability was part of the Great Physician’s plan for Tyler Sexton. Because of it, Tyler has become a role model for others facing adversity, including his patients. He has also become a humble healer who uses his heart and faith along with his intellect and training to help kids and give them hope. Tyler’s story has been featured on ABC’s 20/20 and was the basis for many episodes of ABC’s new show The Good Doctor. This is a story of a man who says, “I’d rather walk with a limp in Christ than with a strut in the world”; who wears superhero T-shirts and tells his little patients they’re “super” too, despite their physical problems; and whose stint at a medical school in the Caribbean completely erased the islanders’ negative view of disability. Through this inspiring true story, people will be encouraged to face adversity with hope, determination, and the strength of Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Faith, Farming, and Family: Cultivating Hope and Harvesting Joy Wherever You Are by Caitlin Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faith, Farming, and Family: Cultivating Hope and Harvesting Joy Wherever You Are
Author: Caitlin Henderson
Narrator: Caitlin Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A young farmer’s wife draws on her life with kids, cows, and a front-porch view to help us see God’s goodness and beauty wherever we are, reminding us that the simple life is not a place to be but a way to be.   “Grab a cup of coffee and join Caitlin on her porch to hear the lessons God has taught her through the good and hard of everyday life.”—Vivian Mabuni, speaker and author of Open Hands, Willing Heart: Discover the Joy of Saying Yes to God When Caitlin, a small-town girl, fell in love with a farm boy named Jake Henderson, she had little idea what farm life—or marriage and motherhood—would bring. But raising a family on a farm is teaching her more about God’s goodness and grace than she could have imagined.   Faith, Farming, and Family is a rich, story-filled walk through farmhouse hallways, harvest-ready fields, and God’s bountiful dreams for our lives. As Caitlin reflects on everything from wayward tractors to watching a marriage grow from surviving to flourishing, she reminds us to see the redemption in our own stories.   Join Caitlin in exploring biblical truth through the eyes of a farmer’s wife, whether you are wrangling kids onto a school bus, sowing creative seeds in a business meeting, or walking the pastures of your own family farm. Faith, Farming, and Family invites us to recognize God’s beauty right in front of us so that we might find the courage to take the next step—or the first step—into His incredible calling.</description>
      <author>Caitlin Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287392.mp3" length="2771891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287392.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faith, Farming, and Family: Cultivating Hope and Harvesting Joy Wherever You Are
Author: Caitlin Henderson
Narrator: Caitlin Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A young farmer’s wife draws on her life with kids, cows, and a front-porch view to help us see God’s goodness and beauty wherever we are, reminding us that the simple life is not a place to be but a way to be.   “Grab a cup of coffee and join Caitlin on her porch to hear the lessons God has taught her through the good and hard of everyday life.”—Vivian Mabuni, speaker and author of Open Hands, Willing Heart: Discover the Joy of Saying Yes to God When Caitlin, a small-town girl, fell in love with a farm boy named Jake Henderson, she had little idea what farm life—or marriage and motherhood—would bring. But raising a family on a farm is teaching her more about God’s goodness and grace than she could have imagined.   Faith, Farming, and Family is a rich, story-filled walk through farmhouse hallways, harvest-ready fields, and God’s bountiful dreams for our lives. As Caitlin reflects on everything from wayward tractors to watching a marriage grow from surviving to flourishing, she reminds us to see the redemption in our own stories.   Join Caitlin in exploring biblical truth through the eyes of a farmer’s wife, whether you are wrangling kids onto a school bus, sowing creative seeds in a business meeting, or walking the pastures of your own family farm. Faith, Farming, and Family invites us to recognize God’s beauty right in front of us so that we might find the courage to take the next step—or the first step—into His incredible calling.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Faith, Farming, and Family: Cultivating Hope and Harvesting Joy Wherever You Are
Author: Caitlin Henderson
Narrator: Caitlin Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A young farmer’s wife draws on her life with kids, cows, and a front-porch view to help us see God’s goodness and beauty wherever we are, reminding us that the simple life is not a place to be but a way to be.   “Grab a cup of coffee and join Caitlin on her porch to hear the lessons God has taught her through the good and hard of everyday life.”—Vivian Mabuni, speaker and author of Open Hands, Willing Heart: Discover the Joy of Saying Yes to God When Caitlin, a small-town girl, fell in love with a farm boy named Jake Henderson, she had little idea what farm life—or marriage and motherhood—would bring. But raising a family on a farm is teaching her more about God’s goodness and grace than she could have imagined.   Faith, Farming, and Family is a rich, story-filled walk through farmhouse hallways, harvest-ready fields, and God’s bountiful dreams for our lives. As Caitlin reflects on everything from wayward tractors to watching a marriage grow from surviving to flourishing, she reminds us to see the redemption in our own stories.   Join Caitlin in exploring biblical truth through the eyes of a farmer’s wife, whether you are wrangling kids onto a school bus, sowing creative seeds in a business meeting, or walking the pastures of your own family farm. Faith, Farming, and Family invites us to recognize God’s beauty right in front of us so that we might find the courage to take the next step—or the first step—into His incredible calling.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wolf Hall, Bring Up the Bodies and The Mirror and the Light by Anna Bentinck, Hilary Mantel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wolf Hall, Bring Up the Bodies and The Mirror and the Light
Series: Part of The Wolf Hall Trilogy
Author: Anna Bentinck, Hilary Mantel
Narrator: Jospeh Kloska, Dan Stevens, Julian Rhind-Tutt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2009           Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2012           Winner of the Costa Book of the Year 2012           Shortlisted for the Women’s Prize for Fiction 2013           Shortlisted for the Orange Prize 2009           Shortlisted for the Costa Novel Award 2009                        ‘A masterpiece’ Guardian                                   ‘It is a book not read, but lived’ Telegraph                                   ‘Her Cromwell novels are, for my money, the greatest English novels of this century’ Observer                                   ‘If you cannot speak truth at a beheading, when can you speak it?’                      England, May 1536. Anne Boleyn is dead, decapitated in the space of a heartbeat by a hired French executioner. As her remains are bundled into oblivion, Thomas Cromwell breakfasts with the victors. The blacksmith’s son from Putney emerges from the spring’s bloodbath to continue his climb to power and wealth, while his formidable master, Henry VIII, settles to short-lived happiness with his third queen, Jane Seymour.           Cromwell is a man with only his wits to rely on; he has no great family to back him, no private army. Despite rebellion at home, traitors plotting abroad and the threat of invasion testing Henry’s regime to breaking point, Cromwell’s robust imagination sees a new country in the mirror of the future. But can a nation, or a person, shed the past like a skin? Do the dead continually unbury themselves? What will you do, the Spanish ambassador asks Cromwell, when the king turns on you, as sooner or later he turns on everyone close to him?           With The Mirror and the Light, Hilary Mantel brings to a triumphant close the trilogy she began with Wolf Hall and Bring Up the Bodies. She traces the final years of Thomas Cromwell, the boy from nowhere who climbs to the heights of power, offering a defining portrait of predator and prey, of a ferocious contest between present and past, between royal will and a common man’s vision: of a modern nation making itself through conflict, passion and courage.                        A Guardian Book of the Year • A Times Book of the Year • A Daily Telegraph Book of the Year</description>
      <author>Anna Bentinck, Hilary Mantel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008408190.mp3" length="1364732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008408190.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>27:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wolf Hall, Bring Up the Bodies and The Mirror and the Light
Series: Part of The Wolf Hall Trilogy
Author: Anna Bentinck, Hilary Mantel
Narrator: Jospeh Kloska, Dan Stevens, Julian Rhind-Tutt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2009           Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2012           Winner of the Costa Book of the Year 2012           Shortlisted for the Women’s Prize for Fiction 2013           Shortlisted for the Orange Prize 2009           Shortlisted for the Costa Novel Award 2009                        ‘A masterpiece’ Guardian                                   ‘It is a book not read, but lived’ Telegraph                                   ‘Her Cromwell novels are, for my money, the greatest English novels of this century’ Observer                                   ‘If you cannot speak truth at a beheading, when can you speak it?’                      England, May 1536. Anne Boleyn is dead, decapitated in the space of a heartbeat by a hired French executioner. As her remains are bundled into oblivion, Thomas Cromwell breakfasts with the victors. The blacksmith’s son from Putney emerges from the spring’s bloodbath to continue his climb to power and wealth, while his formidable master, Henry VIII, settles to short-lived happiness with his third queen, Jane Seymour.           Cromwell is a man with only his wits to rely on; he has no great family to back him, no private army. Despite rebellion at home, traitors plotting abroad and the threat of invasion testing Henry’s regime to breaking point, Cromwell’s robust imagination sees a new country in the mirror of the future. But can a nation, or a person, shed the past like a skin? Do the dead continually unbury themselves? What will you do, the Spanish ambassador asks Cromwell, when the king turns on you, as sooner or later he turns on everyone close to him?           With The Mirror and the Light, Hilary Mantel brings to a triumphant close the trilogy she began with Wolf Hall and Bring Up the Bodies. She traces the final years of Thomas Cromwell, the boy from nowhere who climbs to the heights of power, offering a defining portrait of predator and prey, of a ferocious contest between present and past, between royal will and a common man’s vision: of a modern nation making itself through conflict, passion and courage.                        A Guardian Book of the Year • A Times Book of the Year • A Daily Telegraph Book of the Year</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420892</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wolf Hall, Bring Up the Bodies and The Mirror and the Light
Series: Part of The Wolf Hall Trilogy
Author: Anna Bentinck, Hilary Mantel
Narrator: Jospeh Kloska, Dan Stevens, Julian Rhind-Tutt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2009           Winner of the Man Booker Prize 2012           Winner of the Costa Book of the Year 2012           Shortlisted for the Women’s Prize for Fiction 2013           Shortlisted for the Orange Prize 2009           Shortlisted for the Costa Novel Award 2009                        ‘A masterpiece’ Guardian                                   ‘It is a book not read, but lived’ Telegraph                                   ‘Her Cromwell novels are, for my money, the greatest English novels of this century’ Observer                                   ‘If you cannot speak truth at a beheading, when can you speak it?’                      England, May 1536. Anne Boleyn is dead, decapitated in the space of a heartbeat by a hired French executioner. As her remains are bundled into oblivion, Thomas Cromwell breakfasts with the victors. The blacksmith’s son from Putney emerges from the spring’s bloodbath to continue his climb to power and wealth, while his formidable master, Henry VIII, settles to short-lived happiness with his third queen, Jane Seymour.           Cromwell is a man with only his wits to rely on; he has no great family to back him, no private army. Despite rebellion at home, traitors plotting abroad and the threat of invasion testing Henry’s regime to breaking point, Cromwell’s robust imagination sees a new country in the mirror of the future. But can a nation, or a person, shed the past like a skin? Do the dead continually unbury themselves? What will you do, the Spanish ambassador asks Cromwell, when the king turns on you, as sooner or later he turns on everyone close to him?           With The Mirror and the Light, Hilary Mantel brings to a triumphant close the trilogy she began with Wolf Hall and Bring Up the Bodies. She traces the final years of Thomas Cromwell, the boy from nowhere who climbs to the heights of power, offering a defining portrait of predator and prey, of a ferocious contest between present and past, between royal will and a common man’s vision: of a modern nation making itself through conflict, passion and courage.                        A Guardian Book of the Year • A Times Book of the Year • A Daily Telegraph Book of the Year</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Doble bendición: Cómo recibirla. Cómo compartirla by Mark Batterson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Doble bendición: Cómo recibirla. Cómo compartirla
Author: Mark Batterson
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
El pastor y autor bestseller del New York Times invita a los lectores a buscar, reconocer y aplicar cada bendición de Dios. Él facilita las herramientas necesarias para tomar inventario de nuestras bendiciones y participar en lo que él denomina como una doble bendición, ese momento en que uno aprovecha una bendición recibida para bendecir doblemente a otra persona.  Mark Batterson cree firmemente que es posible aprovechar al máximo las bendiciones de Dios, pero hacer eso puede lucir diferente a lo que uno creería. La primera ola de bendición es lo que Dios te da: tiempo, lo que amas, talento. La doble bendición es la segunda parte en esta relación, es devolverle a Dios ayudando a otros. En estos tiempos donde el crecimiento divino y la organización espiritual se han reducido al hashtag #bendecido, Batterson invita y reta a los lectores a seguir la verdadera bendición glorificadora de Dios y sentir el gran impacto que es participar en la doble bendición.</description>
      <author>Mark Batterson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644731277.mp3" length="1325765" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644731277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Doble bendición: Cómo recibirla. Cómo compartirla
Author: Mark Batterson
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
El pastor y autor bestseller del New York Times invita a los lectores a buscar, reconocer y aplicar cada bendición de Dios. Él facilita las herramientas necesarias para tomar inventario de nuestras bendiciones y participar en lo que él denomina como una doble bendición, ese momento en que uno aprovecha una bendición recibida para bendecir doblemente a otra persona.  Mark Batterson cree firmemente que es posible aprovechar al máximo las bendiciones de Dios, pero hacer eso puede lucir diferente a lo que uno creería. La primera ola de bendición es lo que Dios te da: tiempo, lo que amas, talento. La doble bendición es la segunda parte en esta relación, es devolverle a Dios ayudando a otros. En estos tiempos donde el crecimiento divino y la organización espiritual se han reducido al hashtag #bendecido, Batterson invita y reta a los lectores a seguir la verdadera bendición glorificadora de Dios y sentir el gran impacto que es participar en la doble bendición.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/420389</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Doble bendición: Cómo recibirla. Cómo compartirla
Author: Mark Batterson
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
El pastor y autor bestseller del New York Times invita a los lectores a buscar, reconocer y aplicar cada bendición de Dios. Él facilita las herramientas necesarias para tomar inventario de nuestras bendiciones y participar en lo que él denomina como una doble bendición, ese momento en que uno aprovecha una bendición recibida para bendecir doblemente a otra persona.  Mark Batterson cree firmemente que es posible aprovechar al máximo las bendiciones de Dios, pero hacer eso puede lucir diferente a lo que uno creería. La primera ola de bendición es lo que Dios te da: tiempo, lo que amas, talento. La doble bendición es la segunda parte en esta relación, es devolverle a Dios ayudando a otros. En estos tiempos donde el crecimiento divino y la organización espiritual se han reducido al hashtag #bendecido, Batterson invita y reta a los lectores a seguir la verdadera bendición glorificadora de Dios y sentir el gran impacto que es participar en la doble bendición.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Operating in the Power of God’s Grace: Discover the Secret of Fruitfulness by Robert Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Operating in the Power of God’s Grace: Discover the Secret of Fruitfulness
Author: Robert Henderson
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Does God stare down at us in unyielding disapproval? No, says author Robert Henderson. God’s gaze toward us is one of kindness and love. “Understanding his heart and expression,” he adds, “changes everything.” God is ready to pour out his unmerited favor on his children. It is up to us to receive it. Always keying in on Scripture, global apostolic leader Robert Henderson shows how accessible the grace of God really is. He identifies the benefits of grace and how it will help you to: Overcome hardship,Increase fruitfulness,Live in strength,Walk under the control of the Holy Spirit and be free, And more.God’s grace is abundantly available. Discover how you can receive it in the midst of life’s hardships. You need dwell no longer in weakness but in goodness and holiness.</description>
      <author>Robert Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982697860.mp3" length="892924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982697860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Operating in the Power of God’s Grace: Discover the Secret of Fruitfulness
Author: Robert Henderson
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Does God stare down at us in unyielding disapproval? No, says author Robert Henderson. God’s gaze toward us is one of kindness and love. “Understanding his heart and expression,” he adds, “changes everything.” God is ready to pour out his unmerited favor on his children. It is up to us to receive it. Always keying in on Scripture, global apostolic leader Robert Henderson shows how accessible the grace of God really is. He identifies the benefits of grace and how it will help you to: Overcome hardship,Increase fruitfulness,Live in strength,Walk under the control of the Holy Spirit and be free, And more.God’s grace is abundantly available. Discover how you can receive it in the midst of life’s hardships. You need dwell no longer in weakness but in goodness and holiness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Operating in the Power of God’s Grace: Discover the Secret of Fruitfulness
Author: Robert Henderson
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Does God stare down at us in unyielding disapproval? No, says author Robert Henderson. God’s gaze toward us is one of kindness and love. “Understanding his heart and expression,” he adds, “changes everything.” God is ready to pour out his unmerited favor on his children. It is up to us to receive it. Always keying in on Scripture, global apostolic leader Robert Henderson shows how accessible the grace of God really is. He identifies the benefits of grace and how it will help you to: Overcome hardship,Increase fruitfulness,Live in strength,Walk under the control of the Holy Spirit and be free, And more.God’s grace is abundantly available. Discover how you can receive it in the midst of life’s hardships. You need dwell no longer in weakness but in goodness and holiness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Place to Belong: Learning to Love the Local Church by Megan Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Place to Belong: Learning to Love the Local Church
Author: Megan Hill
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christians know church is important, but sometimes it doesn&amp;#039;t seem worth it. An eclectic assortment of people with differing personalities, political views, and parenting styles can make for awkward interactions and difficult connections. What&amp;#039;s the point of putting in the tough work to build relationships? But the Bible says God&amp;#039;s people ought to be bound together. It uses words like beloved, brothers and sisters, saints, and fellow laborers to describe their mutual relationship in the church. In this book, Megan Hill answers a common question of churchgoers: What&amp;#039;s so great about the church? With rich theology and practical direction, Hill encourages and equips both first-time visitors and regular members to delight in being a part of the local church—no matter how messy and ordinary it seems today. It is only when God&amp;#039;s people begin to see one another as the Lord sees them that they will truly find a place to belong.</description>
      <author>Megan Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915011.mp3" length="1376700" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915011.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Place to Belong: Learning to Love the Local Church
Author: Megan Hill
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christians know church is important, but sometimes it doesn&amp;#039;t seem worth it. An eclectic assortment of people with differing personalities, political views, and parenting styles can make for awkward interactions and difficult connections. What&amp;#039;s the point of putting in the tough work to build relationships? But the Bible says God&amp;#039;s people ought to be bound together. It uses words like beloved, brothers and sisters, saints, and fellow laborers to describe their mutual relationship in the church. In this book, Megan Hill answers a common question of churchgoers: What&amp;#039;s so great about the church? With rich theology and practical direction, Hill encourages and equips both first-time visitors and regular members to delight in being a part of the local church—no matter how messy and ordinary it seems today. It is only when God&amp;#039;s people begin to see one another as the Lord sees them that they will truly find a place to belong.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419627</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Place to Belong: Learning to Love the Local Church
Author: Megan Hill
Narrator: Susan Hanfield
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 15 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christians know church is important, but sometimes it doesn&amp;#039;t seem worth it. An eclectic assortment of people with differing personalities, political views, and parenting styles can make for awkward interactions and difficult connections. What&amp;#039;s the point of putting in the tough work to build relationships? But the Bible says God&amp;#039;s people ought to be bound together. It uses words like beloved, brothers and sisters, saints, and fellow laborers to describe their mutual relationship in the church. In this book, Megan Hill answers a common question of churchgoers: What&amp;#039;s so great about the church? With rich theology and practical direction, Hill encourages and equips both first-time visitors and regular members to delight in being a part of the local church—no matter how messy and ordinary it seems today. It is only when God&amp;#039;s people begin to see one another as the Lord sees them that they will truly find a place to belong.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding the Right Hills to Die On: The Case for Theological Triage by Gavin Ortlund</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Right Hills to Die On: The Case for Theological Triage
Author: Gavin Ortlund
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In theology, just as in battle, some hills are worth dying on. But how do we know which ones? When should doctrine divide, and when should unity prevail? Pastor Gavin Ortlund makes the case that while all doctrines matter, some are more essential than others. He considers how and what to prioritize in doctrine and ministry, encouraging humility and grace along the way. Using four basic categories of doctrine in order of importance, this book helps new and seasoned church leaders alike wisely labor both to uphold doctrine and to preserve unity.</description>
      <author>Gavin Ortlund</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545915004.mp3" length="1416995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545915004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Right Hills to Die On: The Case for Theological Triage
Author: Gavin Ortlund
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In theology, just as in battle, some hills are worth dying on. But how do we know which ones? When should doctrine divide, and when should unity prevail? Pastor Gavin Ortlund makes the case that while all doctrines matter, some are more essential than others. He considers how and what to prioritize in doctrine and ministry, encouraging humility and grace along the way. Using four basic categories of doctrine in order of importance, this book helps new and seasoned church leaders alike wisely labor both to uphold doctrine and to preserve unity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding the Right Hills to Die On: The Case for Theological Triage
Author: Gavin Ortlund
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In theology, just as in battle, some hills are worth dying on. But how do we know which ones? When should doctrine divide, and when should unity prevail? Pastor Gavin Ortlund makes the case that while all doctrines matter, some are more essential than others. He considers how and what to prioritize in doctrine and ministry, encouraging humility and grace along the way. Using four basic categories of doctrine in order of importance, this book helps new and seasoned church leaders alike wisely labor both to uphold doctrine and to preserve unity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Between Life and Death: A Gospel-Centered Guide to End-of-Life Medical Care by Kathryn Butler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Life and Death: A Gospel-Centered Guide to End-of-Life Medical Care
Author: Kathryn Butler
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern medical advances save countless lives. But for all their merits, sophisticated technologies have created a daunting new challenge, namely a blurring of the expanse between life and death. The dying process is often hidden behind a complex web of medical terminology, statistics, and ethical decisions, making it difficult for patients and loved ones to know how to approach the end of life in a dignity-affirming, God-honoring, faith-filled way. This book offers a distinctly Christian guide to end-of-life care. It equips listeners by explaining common medical jargon, exploring biblical principles that connect to common medical situations, and offering guidance for making critical decisions. In this book, listeners will find the medical knowledge and scriptural wisdom they need to navigate this painful and confusing process with clarity, peace, and discernment.</description>
      <author>Kathryn Butler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914977.mp3" length="1308978" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914977.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Life and Death: A Gospel-Centered Guide to End-of-Life Medical Care
Author: Kathryn Butler
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern medical advances save countless lives. But for all their merits, sophisticated technologies have created a daunting new challenge, namely a blurring of the expanse between life and death. The dying process is often hidden behind a complex web of medical terminology, statistics, and ethical decisions, making it difficult for patients and loved ones to know how to approach the end of life in a dignity-affirming, God-honoring, faith-filled way. This book offers a distinctly Christian guide to end-of-life care. It equips listeners by explaining common medical jargon, exploring biblical principles that connect to common medical situations, and offering guidance for making critical decisions. In this book, listeners will find the medical knowledge and scriptural wisdom they need to navigate this painful and confusing process with clarity, peace, and discernment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Between Life and Death: A Gospel-Centered Guide to End-of-Life Medical Care
Author: Kathryn Butler
Narrator: Lisa Larsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Modern medical advances save countless lives. But for all their merits, sophisticated technologies have created a daunting new challenge, namely a blurring of the expanse between life and death. The dying process is often hidden behind a complex web of medical terminology, statistics, and ethical decisions, making it difficult for patients and loved ones to know how to approach the end of life in a dignity-affirming, God-honoring, faith-filled way. This book offers a distinctly Christian guide to end-of-life care. It equips listeners by explaining common medical jargon, exploring biblical principles that connect to common medical situations, and offering guidance for making critical decisions. In this book, listeners will find the medical knowledge and scriptural wisdom they need to navigate this painful and confusing process with clarity, peace, and discernment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Work Worth Doing: Finding God&amp;#039;s Direction and Purpose in Your Career by Tom Heetderks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Worth Doing: Finding God&amp;#039;s Direction and Purpose in Your Career
Author: Tom Heetderks
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find More Than Just a Job Are you in college, just starting in the workforce, or simply trying to figure out what to do with your life? Keep reading. We all need to pay bills and keep a roof over our head, but real satisfaction comes when we pursue careers filled with meaning and purpose according to God&amp;#039;s plan for our lives. No matter where you&amp;#039;re at now, you can find that kind of fulfillment in a career. This book will show you how. Here&amp;#039;s a hint: It&amp;#039;s less about the kind of work you do, but how you do it, and whom you&amp;#039;re doing it for. Once you understand the &amp;#039;why&amp;#039; behind work, you&amp;#039;ll be able to move forward in a career with confidence, be prepared to embrace change, and be equipped to approach your job with a whole heart, one that is fully submitted to God and ready for what He&amp;#039;s called you to do. That is truly work worth doing.</description>
      <author>Tom Heetderks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914007.mp3" length="1365669" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914007.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Worth Doing: Finding God&amp;#039;s Direction and Purpose in Your Career
Author: Tom Heetderks
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find More Than Just a Job Are you in college, just starting in the workforce, or simply trying to figure out what to do with your life? Keep reading. We all need to pay bills and keep a roof over our head, but real satisfaction comes when we pursue careers filled with meaning and purpose according to God&amp;#039;s plan for our lives. No matter where you&amp;#039;re at now, you can find that kind of fulfillment in a career. This book will show you how. Here&amp;#039;s a hint: It&amp;#039;s less about the kind of work you do, but how you do it, and whom you&amp;#039;re doing it for. Once you understand the &amp;#039;why&amp;#039; behind work, you&amp;#039;ll be able to move forward in a career with confidence, be prepared to embrace change, and be equipped to approach your job with a whole heart, one that is fully submitted to God and ready for what He&amp;#039;s called you to do. That is truly work worth doing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419622</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Work Worth Doing: Finding God&amp;#039;s Direction and Purpose in Your Career
Author: Tom Heetderks
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find More Than Just a Job Are you in college, just starting in the workforce, or simply trying to figure out what to do with your life? Keep reading. We all need to pay bills and keep a roof over our head, but real satisfaction comes when we pursue careers filled with meaning and purpose according to God&amp;#039;s plan for our lives. No matter where you&amp;#039;re at now, you can find that kind of fulfillment in a career. This book will show you how. Here&amp;#039;s a hint: It&amp;#039;s less about the kind of work you do, but how you do it, and whom you&amp;#039;re doing it for. Once you understand the &amp;#039;why&amp;#039; behind work, you&amp;#039;ll be able to move forward in a career with confidence, be prepared to embrace change, and be equipped to approach your job with a whole heart, one that is fully submitted to God and ready for what He&amp;#039;s called you to do. That is truly work worth doing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Supernatural Courage: Activating Spiritual Bravery To Win Today&amp;#039;s Battle by Mickey Robinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernatural Courage: Activating Spiritual Bravery To Win Today&amp;#039;s Battle
Author: Mickey Robinson
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is full of fear: fear of death, public speaking, flying, drowning, failure, rejection, snakes, needles, heights, darkness, enclosed places, and countless more. Satan uses fear to steal joy, kill opportunity, and destroy hope. God has an antidote: supernatural courage. Our favorite Bible heroes achieved results greater than their natural abilities because of bravery that came only from God. Followers of Jesus throughout history have had the Holy Spirit come upon them to achieve supernatural outcomes. In Supernatural Courage, Robinson uses biblical examples, interviews, and testimonies, along with Bible promises, prayers, and activations to impart spiritual bravery for strength to live a life beyond what&amp;#039;s normal. This book will help activate supernatural courage in your life so that you can hope—and then persevere through overwhelming challenges, stand against intimidation, believe for the impossible, forgive amid injustice, use spiritual gifts for spiritual victories, and finish the race God has given you.</description>
      <author>Mickey Robinson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913550.mp3" length="1363859" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernatural Courage: Activating Spiritual Bravery To Win Today&amp;#039;s Battle
Author: Mickey Robinson
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is full of fear: fear of death, public speaking, flying, drowning, failure, rejection, snakes, needles, heights, darkness, enclosed places, and countless more. Satan uses fear to steal joy, kill opportunity, and destroy hope. God has an antidote: supernatural courage. Our favorite Bible heroes achieved results greater than their natural abilities because of bravery that came only from God. Followers of Jesus throughout history have had the Holy Spirit come upon them to achieve supernatural outcomes. In Supernatural Courage, Robinson uses biblical examples, interviews, and testimonies, along with Bible promises, prayers, and activations to impart spiritual bravery for strength to live a life beyond what&amp;#039;s normal. This book will help activate supernatural courage in your life so that you can hope—and then persevere through overwhelming challenges, stand against intimidation, believe for the impossible, forgive amid injustice, use spiritual gifts for spiritual victories, and finish the race God has given you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Supernatural Courage: Activating Spiritual Bravery To Win Today&amp;#039;s Battle
Author: Mickey Robinson
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Our world is full of fear: fear of death, public speaking, flying, drowning, failure, rejection, snakes, needles, heights, darkness, enclosed places, and countless more. Satan uses fear to steal joy, kill opportunity, and destroy hope. God has an antidote: supernatural courage. Our favorite Bible heroes achieved results greater than their natural abilities because of bravery that came only from God. Followers of Jesus throughout history have had the Holy Spirit come upon them to achieve supernatural outcomes. In Supernatural Courage, Robinson uses biblical examples, interviews, and testimonies, along with Bible promises, prayers, and activations to impart spiritual bravery for strength to live a life beyond what&amp;#039;s normal. This book will help activate supernatural courage in your life so that you can hope—and then persevere through overwhelming challenges, stand against intimidation, believe for the impossible, forgive amid injustice, use spiritual gifts for spiritual victories, and finish the race God has given you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brave Souls: Experiencing the Audacious Power of Empathy by Belinda Bauman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave Souls: Experiencing the Audacious Power of Empathy
Author: Belinda Bauman
Narrator: Belinda Bauman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if empathy could save us? Belinda Bauman was living a comfortable life as a wife, mother, and nonprofit leader—but her soul was checked out. Then she met Esperance. An assault survivor living in one of the poorest, most dangerous countries in the world, Esperance and other Congolese women shared their harrowing stories with Belinda. Their vulnerability set Belinda on a path of embracing empathy. If Esperance could love in the face of so much pain, maybe there is hope for the world too. From the top of Mount Kilimanjaro to the borders of war-torn Syria, Belinda takes listeners along her journey to empathy. With cutting-edge neuroscience, biblical parables, and stories of brave women from across the globe, she offers us direction for seeing others&amp;#039; perspectives, listening well, and redeeming conflict. She casts a vision for lives and communities transformed by everyday Christians practicing empathy as a spiritual discipline. Join Belinda on a journey to be brave—and see your world changed.</description>
      <author>Belinda Bauman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545911716.mp3" length="1043377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545911716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave Souls: Experiencing the Audacious Power of Empathy
Author: Belinda Bauman
Narrator: Belinda Bauman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if empathy could save us? Belinda Bauman was living a comfortable life as a wife, mother, and nonprofit leader—but her soul was checked out. Then she met Esperance. An assault survivor living in one of the poorest, most dangerous countries in the world, Esperance and other Congolese women shared their harrowing stories with Belinda. Their vulnerability set Belinda on a path of embracing empathy. If Esperance could love in the face of so much pain, maybe there is hope for the world too. From the top of Mount Kilimanjaro to the borders of war-torn Syria, Belinda takes listeners along her journey to empathy. With cutting-edge neuroscience, biblical parables, and stories of brave women from across the globe, she offers us direction for seeing others&amp;#039; perspectives, listening well, and redeeming conflict. She casts a vision for lives and communities transformed by everyday Christians practicing empathy as a spiritual discipline. Join Belinda on a journey to be brave—and see your world changed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brave Souls: Experiencing the Audacious Power of Empathy
Author: Belinda Bauman
Narrator: Belinda Bauman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What if empathy could save us? Belinda Bauman was living a comfortable life as a wife, mother, and nonprofit leader—but her soul was checked out. Then she met Esperance. An assault survivor living in one of the poorest, most dangerous countries in the world, Esperance and other Congolese women shared their harrowing stories with Belinda. Their vulnerability set Belinda on a path of embracing empathy. If Esperance could love in the face of so much pain, maybe there is hope for the world too. From the top of Mount Kilimanjaro to the borders of war-torn Syria, Belinda takes listeners along her journey to empathy. With cutting-edge neuroscience, biblical parables, and stories of brave women from across the globe, she offers us direction for seeing others&amp;#039; perspectives, listening well, and redeeming conflict. She casts a vision for lives and communities transformed by everyday Christians practicing empathy as a spiritual discipline. Join Belinda on a journey to be brave—and see your world changed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pilgrimage: My Journey to A Deeper Faith In The Land Where Jesus Walked by Lynn Austin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrimage: My Journey to A Deeper Faith In The Land Where Jesus Walked
Author: Lynn Austin
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all encounter times when our spirit feels dry, when doubt looms. The opportunity to tour Israel came at a good time. For months, my life has been a mindless plodding through necessary routine, as monotonous as an all-night shift on an assembly line. Life gets that way sometimes, when nothing specific is wrong but the world around us seems drained of color. Even my weekly worship experiences and daily quiet times with God have felt as dry and stale as last year&amp;#039;s crackers. I&amp;#039;m ashamed to confess the malaise I&amp;#039;ve felt. I have been given so much. Shouldn&amp;#039;t a Christian&amp;#039;s life be an abundant one, as exciting as Christmas morning, as joyful as Easter Sunday? With gripping honesty, Lynn Austin pens her struggles with spiritual dryness in a season of loss and unwanted change. Tracing her travels throughout Israel, Austin seamlessly weaves events and insights from the Word . . . and in doing so finds a renewed passion for prayer and encouragement for her spirit, now full of life and hope.</description>
      <author>Lynn Austin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705209363.mp3" length="8249990" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705209363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrimage: My Journey to A Deeper Faith In The Land Where Jesus Walked
Author: Lynn Austin
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all encounter times when our spirit feels dry, when doubt looms. The opportunity to tour Israel came at a good time. For months, my life has been a mindless plodding through necessary routine, as monotonous as an all-night shift on an assembly line. Life gets that way sometimes, when nothing specific is wrong but the world around us seems drained of color. Even my weekly worship experiences and daily quiet times with God have felt as dry and stale as last year&amp;#039;s crackers. I&amp;#039;m ashamed to confess the malaise I&amp;#039;ve felt. I have been given so much. Shouldn&amp;#039;t a Christian&amp;#039;s life be an abundant one, as exciting as Christmas morning, as joyful as Easter Sunday? With gripping honesty, Lynn Austin pens her struggles with spiritual dryness in a season of loss and unwanted change. Tracing her travels throughout Israel, Austin seamlessly weaves events and insights from the Word . . . and in doing so finds a renewed passion for prayer and encouragement for her spirit, now full of life and hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Pilgrimage: My Journey to A Deeper Faith In The Land Where Jesus Walked
Author: Lynn Austin
Narrator: Ann Richardson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 35 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all encounter times when our spirit feels dry, when doubt looms. The opportunity to tour Israel came at a good time. For months, my life has been a mindless plodding through necessary routine, as monotonous as an all-night shift on an assembly line. Life gets that way sometimes, when nothing specific is wrong but the world around us seems drained of color. Even my weekly worship experiences and daily quiet times with God have felt as dry and stale as last year&amp;#039;s crackers. I&amp;#039;m ashamed to confess the malaise I&amp;#039;ve felt. I have been given so much. Shouldn&amp;#039;t a Christian&amp;#039;s life be an abundant one, as exciting as Christmas morning, as joyful as Easter Sunday? With gripping honesty, Lynn Austin pens her struggles with spiritual dryness in a season of loss and unwanted change. Tracing her travels throughout Israel, Austin seamlessly weaves events and insights from the Word . . . and in doing so finds a renewed passion for prayer and encouragement for her spirit, now full of life and hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orthodox Christianity: A Very Short Introduction by A. Edward Siecienski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Christianity: A Very Short Introduction
Author: A. Edward Siecienski
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
To many in the West, Orthodoxy remains shrouded in mystery, an exotic and foreign religion that survived in the East following the Great Schism of 1054 that split the Christian world into two camps—Catholic and Orthodox. However, as the second largest Christian denomination, Orthodox Christianity is anything but foreign to the nearly 300 million worshipers who practice it. For them, Orthodoxy is a living, breathing reality; a way of being Christian ultimately rooted in the person of Jesus and the experience of the early Church.   Whether they are Greek, Russian, or American, Orthodox Christians are united by a common tradition and faith that binds them together despite differences in culture. True, the road has not always been smooth—Orthodox history is littered with tales of schisms and divisions, of persecutions and martyrdom, from the Sack of Constantinople, capital of the Byzantine Empire and seat of the Ecumenical Patriarch, to the experience of the Russian Orthodox Church under the Soviet Union. Still, today Orthodoxy remains a vibrant part of the religious landscape, not only in those lands where it has made its historic home (Greece, Russia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe), but also increasingly in the West.</description>
      <author>A. Edward Siecienski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705203729.mp3" length="8572876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705203729.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Christianity: A Very Short Introduction
Author: A. Edward Siecienski
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
To many in the West, Orthodoxy remains shrouded in mystery, an exotic and foreign religion that survived in the East following the Great Schism of 1054 that split the Christian world into two camps—Catholic and Orthodox. However, as the second largest Christian denomination, Orthodox Christianity is anything but foreign to the nearly 300 million worshipers who practice it. For them, Orthodoxy is a living, breathing reality; a way of being Christian ultimately rooted in the person of Jesus and the experience of the early Church.   Whether they are Greek, Russian, or American, Orthodox Christians are united by a common tradition and faith that binds them together despite differences in culture. True, the road has not always been smooth—Orthodox history is littered with tales of schisms and divisions, of persecutions and martyrdom, from the Sack of Constantinople, capital of the Byzantine Empire and seat of the Ecumenical Patriarch, to the experience of the Russian Orthodox Church under the Soviet Union. Still, today Orthodoxy remains a vibrant part of the religious landscape, not only in those lands where it has made its historic home (Greece, Russia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe), but also increasingly in the West.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Christianity: A Very Short Introduction
Author: A. Edward Siecienski
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
To many in the West, Orthodoxy remains shrouded in mystery, an exotic and foreign religion that survived in the East following the Great Schism of 1054 that split the Christian world into two camps—Catholic and Orthodox. However, as the second largest Christian denomination, Orthodox Christianity is anything but foreign to the nearly 300 million worshipers who practice it. For them, Orthodoxy is a living, breathing reality; a way of being Christian ultimately rooted in the person of Jesus and the experience of the early Church.   Whether they are Greek, Russian, or American, Orthodox Christians are united by a common tradition and faith that binds them together despite differences in culture. True, the road has not always been smooth—Orthodox history is littered with tales of schisms and divisions, of persecutions and martyrdom, from the Sack of Constantinople, capital of the Byzantine Empire and seat of the Ecumenical Patriarch, to the experience of the Russian Orthodox Church under the Soviet Union. Still, today Orthodoxy remains a vibrant part of the religious landscape, not only in those lands where it has made its historic home (Greece, Russia, the Middle East, and Eastern Europe), but also increasingly in the West.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quiet Times with God Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations by Joyce Meyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quiet Times with God Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Jodi Carlisle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Start your day with peaceful meditations, soulful inspirations, and encouraging Bible verses in this 365-day devotional from bestselling author Joyce Meyer -- and grow spiritually as you spend time with God. Life is busy and often uncertain, but you can live in the full peace of God with this easy-to-understand devotional designed to encourage you each day of the year. This includes a daily Bible verse followed by a devotional reading and power thought to meditate upon. With the constant demands and pressures, it can be hard to regularly take time to unplug and simply be with God. But Joyce&amp;#039;s practical teaching format in Quiet Times with God will encourage you to discipline yourself so that you can receive the fullness of God&amp;#039;s healing, revitalizing peace.</description>
      <author>Joyce Meyer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781478985259.mp3" length="864443" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781478985259.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quiet Times with God Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Jodi Carlisle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Start your day with peaceful meditations, soulful inspirations, and encouraging Bible verses in this 365-day devotional from bestselling author Joyce Meyer -- and grow spiritually as you spend time with God. Life is busy and often uncertain, but you can live in the full peace of God with this easy-to-understand devotional designed to encourage you each day of the year. This includes a daily Bible verse followed by a devotional reading and power thought to meditate upon. With the constant demands and pressures, it can be hard to regularly take time to unplug and simply be with God. But Joyce&amp;#039;s practical teaching format in Quiet Times with God will encourage you to discipline yourself so that you can receive the fullness of God&amp;#039;s healing, revitalizing peace.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419209</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Quiet Times with God Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Jodi Carlisle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 51 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Start your day with peaceful meditations, soulful inspirations, and encouraging Bible verses in this 365-day devotional from bestselling author Joyce Meyer -- and grow spiritually as you spend time with God. Life is busy and often uncertain, but you can live in the full peace of God with this easy-to-understand devotional designed to encourage you each day of the year. This includes a daily Bible verse followed by a devotional reading and power thought to meditate upon. With the constant demands and pressures, it can be hard to regularly take time to unplug and simply be with God. But Joyce&amp;#039;s practical teaching format in Quiet Times with God will encourage you to discipline yourself so that you can receive the fullness of God&amp;#039;s healing, revitalizing peace.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>12 Stories of Christmas: Sharing the Smiles, Heart, and Hope of Christmas by Robert J. Morgan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Stories of Christmas: Sharing the Smiles, Heart, and Hope of Christmas
Author: Robert J. Morgan
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Robert J. Morgan, Tavia Gilbert, Kirby Heyborne, Joe Barrett, Robert Fass, Mark Bramhall, Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Experience the wonderment of Christmas with this endearing collection of original stories. Even though he’s got 3.5 million copies of books in print, Pastor Robert Morgan writes only one short fiction story each year—an original work he shares with his church on Christmas Eve. Now with a fresh new cover and six new stories, the entire collection of twelve is available in this beautiful volume. Beginning is a foreword by David Jeremiah, followed by adventures that evoke the splendor and love found at the manger over 2000 years ago. You’ll meet a shy, bookish boy who finds himself center stage in a Christmas pageant, a family whose car full of presents and groceries disappears, and a mountain man trapped in a blizzard with his twelve-year-old grandson. You’ll meet characters you feel you’ve known your whole life who’ll make you laugh one minute and cry the next. So this year, and the years to follow, gather your family and experience the true spirit of adoration and worship at Christmas through this timeless gift of story.</description>
      <author>Robert J. Morgan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400224241.mp3" length="829944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400224241.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Stories of Christmas: Sharing the Smiles, Heart, and Hope of Christmas
Author: Robert J. Morgan
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Robert J. Morgan, Tavia Gilbert, Kirby Heyborne, Joe Barrett, Robert Fass, Mark Bramhall, Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Experience the wonderment of Christmas with this endearing collection of original stories. Even though he’s got 3.5 million copies of books in print, Pastor Robert Morgan writes only one short fiction story each year—an original work he shares with his church on Christmas Eve. Now with a fresh new cover and six new stories, the entire collection of twelve is available in this beautiful volume. Beginning is a foreword by David Jeremiah, followed by adventures that evoke the splendor and love found at the manger over 2000 years ago. You’ll meet a shy, bookish boy who finds himself center stage in a Christmas pageant, a family whose car full of presents and groceries disappears, and a mountain man trapped in a blizzard with his twelve-year-old grandson. You’ll meet characters you feel you’ve known your whole life who’ll make you laugh one minute and cry the next. So this year, and the years to follow, gather your family and experience the true spirit of adoration and worship at Christmas through this timeless gift of story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Stories of Christmas: Sharing the Smiles, Heart, and Hope of Christmas
Author: Robert J. Morgan
Narrator: Carrington Macduffie, Robert J. Morgan, Tavia Gilbert, Kirby Heyborne, Joe Barrett, Robert Fass, Mark Bramhall, Grover Gardner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Experience the wonderment of Christmas with this endearing collection of original stories. Even though he’s got 3.5 million copies of books in print, Pastor Robert Morgan writes only one short fiction story each year—an original work he shares with his church on Christmas Eve. Now with a fresh new cover and six new stories, the entire collection of twelve is available in this beautiful volume. Beginning is a foreword by David Jeremiah, followed by adventures that evoke the splendor and love found at the manger over 2000 years ago. You’ll meet a shy, bookish boy who finds himself center stage in a Christmas pageant, a family whose car full of presents and groceries disappears, and a mountain man trapped in a blizzard with his twelve-year-old grandson. You’ll meet characters you feel you’ve known your whole life who’ll make you laugh one minute and cry the next. So this year, and the years to follow, gather your family and experience the true spirit of adoration and worship at Christmas through this timeless gift of story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear Not Promise Book: For I Am With You Always by Max Lucado</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Not Promise Book: For I Am With You Always
Author: Max Lucado
Narrator: Ben Holland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Although fear fills ours world, it doesn’t have to fill our hearts. No one likes living in a world filled with fear and uncertainty, but God does some of His most important work during challenging times. In Fear Not, New York Times bestselling author Max Lucado provides comfort, encouragement, and truth by addressing six major topics related to fear.  Fear Not helps readers identify the fear they are facing and how God can help them. The top six fear related topics discussed are: - If You Are Afraid of Failure - If You Are Afraid of the Unknown - If You Are Afraid of Financial Difficulties - If You Are Afraid of People - If You Are Afraid of Death - If You Are Afraid for the Welfare of a Loved One With over 200 powerful Bible verses and teachings from America’s pastor, Max Lucado, this edition is great for men and women: - dealing with fear caused by anxiety and grief - needing a gift of encouragement to lift their spirits and recreate joy - needing a morale boost to rebuild confidence and live boldly - looking for a daily devotional or a meaningful resource to ease fear</description>
      <author>Max Lucado</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400224258.mp3" length="815394" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400224258.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Not Promise Book: For I Am With You Always
Author: Max Lucado
Narrator: Ben Holland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Although fear fills ours world, it doesn’t have to fill our hearts. No one likes living in a world filled with fear and uncertainty, but God does some of His most important work during challenging times. In Fear Not, New York Times bestselling author Max Lucado provides comfort, encouragement, and truth by addressing six major topics related to fear.  Fear Not helps readers identify the fear they are facing and how God can help them. The top six fear related topics discussed are: - If You Are Afraid of Failure - If You Are Afraid of the Unknown - If You Are Afraid of Financial Difficulties - If You Are Afraid of People - If You Are Afraid of Death - If You Are Afraid for the Welfare of a Loved One With over 200 powerful Bible verses and teachings from America’s pastor, Max Lucado, this edition is great for men and women: - dealing with fear caused by anxiety and grief - needing a gift of encouragement to lift their spirits and recreate joy - needing a morale boost to rebuild confidence and live boldly - looking for a daily devotional or a meaningful resource to ease fear</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419126</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Not Promise Book: For I Am With You Always
Author: Max Lucado
Narrator: Ben Holland
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Although fear fills ours world, it doesn’t have to fill our hearts. No one likes living in a world filled with fear and uncertainty, but God does some of His most important work during challenging times. In Fear Not, New York Times bestselling author Max Lucado provides comfort, encouragement, and truth by addressing six major topics related to fear.  Fear Not helps readers identify the fear they are facing and how God can help them. The top six fear related topics discussed are: - If You Are Afraid of Failure - If You Are Afraid of the Unknown - If You Are Afraid of Financial Difficulties - If You Are Afraid of People - If You Are Afraid of Death - If You Are Afraid for the Welfare of a Loved One With over 200 powerful Bible verses and teachings from America’s pastor, Max Lucado, this edition is great for men and women: - dealing with fear caused by anxiety and grief - needing a gift of encouragement to lift their spirits and recreate joy - needing a morale boost to rebuild confidence and live boldly - looking for a daily devotional or a meaningful resource to ease fear</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Legacy of Faith: Things I Learned from My Father by Ruth Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legacy of Faith: Things I Learned from My Father
Author: Ruth Graham
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Ruth Graham—third child and youngest daughter of Billy and Ruth Bell Graham—offers a rare, inside look at the twentieth century’s most influential evangelist. In this substantive portrait, Ruth reflects on several different subjects, including her father’s love for the world, his humility, grace, and loyalty. She concludes the book with a chapter on authenticity, written just after Dr. Graham’s final crusade, which was held in New York in June 2005. Includes many previously unpublished Graham family photos and excerpts from personal letters.</description>
      <author>Ruth Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310456452.mp3" length="1322678" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310456452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legacy of Faith: Things I Learned from My Father
Author: Ruth Graham
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Ruth Graham—third child and youngest daughter of Billy and Ruth Bell Graham—offers a rare, inside look at the twentieth century’s most influential evangelist. In this substantive portrait, Ruth reflects on several different subjects, including her father’s love for the world, his humility, grace, and loyalty. She concludes the book with a chapter on authenticity, written just after Dr. Graham’s final crusade, which was held in New York in June 2005. Includes many previously unpublished Graham family photos and excerpts from personal letters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/419124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Legacy of Faith: Things I Learned from My Father
Author: Ruth Graham
Narrator: Pam Ward
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Ruth Graham—third child and youngest daughter of Billy and Ruth Bell Graham—offers a rare, inside look at the twentieth century’s most influential evangelist. In this substantive portrait, Ruth reflects on several different subjects, including her father’s love for the world, his humility, grace, and loyalty. She concludes the book with a chapter on authenticity, written just after Dr. Graham’s final crusade, which was held in New York in June 2005. Includes many previously unpublished Graham family photos and excerpts from personal letters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So the Next Generation Will Know: Preparing Young Christians for a Challenging World by J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: So the Next Generation Will Know: Preparing Young Christians for a Challenging World
Author: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Narrator: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you’re a Christian parent, youth leader, or educator who works with Generation Z, this book was written for you. As powerful ideas in our increasingly secular culture shape more of this generation, trusted leaders must share what they know about Jesus in ways that will reach them. But how? Backed by the latest research and first hand experience, this powerful book shows how to share biblical truth with a generation that desperately needs to hear it in a way that draws them in instead of pushing them away. Written by two youth influencers and experts on Generation Z, Sean McDowell, Ph.D., and J. Warner Wallace, So the Next Generation Will Know is an extraordinarily practical and relatable  guide for anyone concerned with ensuring the next generation understands and embraces a biblical worldview.</description>
      <author>J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890088.mp3" length="1268040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890088.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: So the Next Generation Will Know: Preparing Young Christians for a Challenging World
Author: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Narrator: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you’re a Christian parent, youth leader, or educator who works with Generation Z, this book was written for you. As powerful ideas in our increasingly secular culture shape more of this generation, trusted leaders must share what they know about Jesus in ways that will reach them. But how? Backed by the latest research and first hand experience, this powerful book shows how to share biblical truth with a generation that desperately needs to hear it in a way that draws them in instead of pushing them away. Written by two youth influencers and experts on Generation Z, Sean McDowell, Ph.D., and J. Warner Wallace, So the Next Generation Will Know is an extraordinarily practical and relatable  guide for anyone concerned with ensuring the next generation understands and embraces a biblical worldview.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418898</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: So the Next Generation Will Know: Preparing Young Christians for a Challenging World
Author: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Narrator: J. Warner Wallace, Sean McDowell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whether you’re a Christian parent, youth leader, or educator who works with Generation Z, this book was written for you. As powerful ideas in our increasingly secular culture shape more of this generation, trusted leaders must share what they know about Jesus in ways that will reach them. But how? Backed by the latest research and first hand experience, this powerful book shows how to share biblical truth with a generation that desperately needs to hear it in a way that draws them in instead of pushing them away. Written by two youth influencers and experts on Generation Z, Sean McDowell, Ph.D., and J. Warner Wallace, So the Next Generation Will Know is an extraordinarily practical and relatable  guide for anyone concerned with ensuring the next generation understands and embraces a biblical worldview.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wurmbrand: Tortured for Christ-the Complete Story by The Voice Of The Martyrs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wurmbrand: Tortured for Christ-the Complete Story
Author: The Voice Of The Martyrs
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2020!  On February 29, 1948, Richard Wurmbrand was arrested by the secret police. His crimes? Leading Christian worship and witnessing—both of which were illegal under the atheistic Communist regime of Romania.  Richard spent fourteen years in prison. He was tortured, beaten, and locked into a  solitary confinement cell. Sabina Wurmbrand spent three years in a labor camp,nearly freezing to death as she and other prisoners worked on the Danube Canal. She was repeatedly told her husband had died behind bars.  But Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand had an unshakeable faith in Christ. Neither of them gave up hope, and neither of them would stop talking about Jesus.  Now, for the first time, both sides of this amazing story are told in one book. Wurmbrand tells of Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand, combining stories and research from the following books: The Pastor’s Wife, In God’s Underground, and Tortured for Christ. Your faith will be inspired as you go deep inside the darkest prison cells to see how the light of Christ continues to shine from the hearts of those totally committed to Him.</description>
      <author>The Voice Of The Martyrs</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646890071.mp3" length="1261520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646890071.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wurmbrand: Tortured for Christ-the Complete Story
Author: The Voice Of The Martyrs
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2020!  On February 29, 1948, Richard Wurmbrand was arrested by the secret police. His crimes? Leading Christian worship and witnessing—both of which were illegal under the atheistic Communist regime of Romania.  Richard spent fourteen years in prison. He was tortured, beaten, and locked into a  solitary confinement cell. Sabina Wurmbrand spent three years in a labor camp,nearly freezing to death as she and other prisoners worked on the Danube Canal. She was repeatedly told her husband had died behind bars.  But Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand had an unshakeable faith in Christ. Neither of them gave up hope, and neither of them would stop talking about Jesus.  Now, for the first time, both sides of this amazing story are told in one book. Wurmbrand tells of Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand, combining stories and research from the following books: The Pastor’s Wife, In God’s Underground, and Tortured for Christ. Your faith will be inspired as you go deep inside the darkest prison cells to see how the light of Christ continues to shine from the hearts of those totally committed to Him.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418897</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wurmbrand: Tortured for Christ-the Complete Story
Author: The Voice Of The Martyrs
Narrator: Michael Beck
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 23 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 24 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2020!  On February 29, 1948, Richard Wurmbrand was arrested by the secret police. His crimes? Leading Christian worship and witnessing—both of which were illegal under the atheistic Communist regime of Romania.  Richard spent fourteen years in prison. He was tortured, beaten, and locked into a  solitary confinement cell. Sabina Wurmbrand spent three years in a labor camp,nearly freezing to death as she and other prisoners worked on the Danube Canal. She was repeatedly told her husband had died behind bars.  But Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand had an unshakeable faith in Christ. Neither of them gave up hope, and neither of them would stop talking about Jesus.  Now, for the first time, both sides of this amazing story are told in one book. Wurmbrand tells of Richard and Sabina Wurmbrand, combining stories and research from the following books: The Pastor’s Wife, In God’s Underground, and Tortured for Christ. Your faith will be inspired as you go deep inside the darkest prison cells to see how the light of Christ continues to shine from the hearts of those totally committed to Him.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Broken Signposts: How Christianity Makes Sense of the World by N. T. Wright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Signposts: How Christianity Makes Sense of the World
Author: N. T. Wright
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful follow-up to Simply Christian, today’s leading Bible scholar, Anglican bishop, and acclaimed author uses the Gospel of John to reveal how Christianity presents a compelling and relevant explanation for our world. N. T. Wright argues that every world view must explain seven “signposts,” indicators inherent to humanity: Justice, Spirituality, Relationships, Beauty, Freedom, Truth, and Power.  If we do not live up to these ideals, our societies and individual lives become unbalanced, creating anger and frustration—negative emotions that divide us from ourselves and from God, he contends. Using the Gospel of John as his source, Wright shows how Christianity defines each signpost and illuminates why we so often see them as being &amp;#039;&amp;#039;broken&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and unattainable.  Drawing on the wisdom of the Gospels, Wright explains why these signposts are fractured and damaged and how Christianity provides the vision, guidance, and hope for making them whole once again, ultimately healing ourselves and our world.</description>
      <author>N. T. Wright</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063035294.mp3" length="1406730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063035294.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Signposts: How Christianity Makes Sense of the World
Author: N. T. Wright
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful follow-up to Simply Christian, today’s leading Bible scholar, Anglican bishop, and acclaimed author uses the Gospel of John to reveal how Christianity presents a compelling and relevant explanation for our world. N. T. Wright argues that every world view must explain seven “signposts,” indicators inherent to humanity: Justice, Spirituality, Relationships, Beauty, Freedom, Truth, and Power.  If we do not live up to these ideals, our societies and individual lives become unbalanced, creating anger and frustration—negative emotions that divide us from ourselves and from God, he contends. Using the Gospel of John as his source, Wright shows how Christianity defines each signpost and illuminates why we so often see them as being &amp;#039;&amp;#039;broken&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and unattainable.  Drawing on the wisdom of the Gospels, Wright explains why these signposts are fractured and damaged and how Christianity provides the vision, guidance, and hope for making them whole once again, ultimately healing ourselves and our world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418873</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Signposts: How Christianity Makes Sense of the World
Author: N. T. Wright
Narrator: Ralph Lister
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this thoughtful follow-up to Simply Christian, today’s leading Bible scholar, Anglican bishop, and acclaimed author uses the Gospel of John to reveal how Christianity presents a compelling and relevant explanation for our world. N. T. Wright argues that every world view must explain seven “signposts,” indicators inherent to humanity: Justice, Spirituality, Relationships, Beauty, Freedom, Truth, and Power.  If we do not live up to these ideals, our societies and individual lives become unbalanced, creating anger and frustration—negative emotions that divide us from ourselves and from God, he contends. Using the Gospel of John as his source, Wright shows how Christianity defines each signpost and illuminates why we so often see them as being &amp;#039;&amp;#039;broken&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and unattainable.  Drawing on the wisdom of the Gospels, Wright explains why these signposts are fractured and damaged and how Christianity provides the vision, guidance, and hope for making them whole once again, ultimately healing ourselves and our world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Church of Cowards: A Wake-Up Call to Complacent Christians by Matt Walsh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Church of Cowards: A Wake-Up Call to Complacent Christians
Author: Matt Walsh
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The average Christian in America does not know what his own religion teaches, nor does he care. He may call himself “Christian,” but he lives his life exactly as he wishes, making no attempt to conform his conduct to the commands and tenets of his religion.  Daily Wire writer Matt Walsh confronts his fellow Christians in this bold, clear-eyed book that serves as an urgent reminder of Matthew 7:13 — &amp;#039;For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Matt Walsh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666565577.mp3" length="798128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666565577.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Church of Cowards: A Wake-Up Call to Complacent Christians
Author: Matt Walsh
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The average Christian in America does not know what his own religion teaches, nor does he care. He may call himself “Christian,” but he lives his life exactly as he wishes, making no attempt to conform his conduct to the commands and tenets of his religion.  Daily Wire writer Matt Walsh confronts his fellow Christians in this bold, clear-eyed book that serves as an urgent reminder of Matthew 7:13 — &amp;#039;For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Church of Cowards: A Wake-Up Call to Complacent Christians
Author: Matt Walsh
Narrator: Phil Paonessa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.17 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The average Christian in America does not know what his own religion teaches, nor does he care. He may call himself “Christian,” but he lives his life exactly as he wishes, making no attempt to conform his conduct to the commands and tenets of his religion.  Daily Wire writer Matt Walsh confronts his fellow Christians in this bold, clear-eyed book that serves as an urgent reminder of Matthew 7:13 — &amp;#039;For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Would Anyone Go to Church?: A Young Community&amp;#039;s Quest to Reclaim Church for Good by Kevin Makins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Would Anyone Go to Church?: A Young Community&amp;#039;s Quest to Reclaim Church for Good
Author: Kevin Makins
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are plenty of reasons to criticize, judge, and even walk away from the church. Many of us have been hurt and rejected. We may see church as insular and irrelevant. Despite this, Kevin Makins believes that the church still matters—perhaps more than ever. When Kevin was twenty-three and didn&amp;#039;t know any better, he started a congregation with some friends who were on the edge of faith. Together they hoped to discover if the church was worth fighting for. In this brutally honest account, he shares their story of becoming a community of misfits, outcasts, and oddballs who would learn that, even with all its faults, the church is worth being a part of . . . and must be reclaimed for good. If you&amp;#039;ve been burned or burned out by the church, if you&amp;#039;ve been silenced or misunderstood, if you&amp;#039;ve left or never even joined in the first place, this candid, hopeful book is your invitation to consider what you miss out on when you give up on church—and what the church misses out on when it gives up on you.</description>
      <author>Kevin Makins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914571.mp3" length="1347040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Would Anyone Go to Church?: A Young Community&amp;#039;s Quest to Reclaim Church for Good
Author: Kevin Makins
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are plenty of reasons to criticize, judge, and even walk away from the church. Many of us have been hurt and rejected. We may see church as insular and irrelevant. Despite this, Kevin Makins believes that the church still matters—perhaps more than ever. When Kevin was twenty-three and didn&amp;#039;t know any better, he started a congregation with some friends who were on the edge of faith. Together they hoped to discover if the church was worth fighting for. In this brutally honest account, he shares their story of becoming a community of misfits, outcasts, and oddballs who would learn that, even with all its faults, the church is worth being a part of . . . and must be reclaimed for good. If you&amp;#039;ve been burned or burned out by the church, if you&amp;#039;ve been silenced or misunderstood, if you&amp;#039;ve left or never even joined in the first place, this candid, hopeful book is your invitation to consider what you miss out on when you give up on church—and what the church misses out on when it gives up on you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Would Anyone Go to Church?: A Young Community&amp;#039;s Quest to Reclaim Church for Good
Author: Kevin Makins
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are plenty of reasons to criticize, judge, and even walk away from the church. Many of us have been hurt and rejected. We may see church as insular and irrelevant. Despite this, Kevin Makins believes that the church still matters—perhaps more than ever. When Kevin was twenty-three and didn&amp;#039;t know any better, he started a congregation with some friends who were on the edge of faith. Together they hoped to discover if the church was worth fighting for. In this brutally honest account, he shares their story of becoming a community of misfits, outcasts, and oddballs who would learn that, even with all its faults, the church is worth being a part of . . . and must be reclaimed for good. If you&amp;#039;ve been burned or burned out by the church, if you&amp;#039;ve been silenced or misunderstood, if you&amp;#039;ve left or never even joined in the first place, this candid, hopeful book is your invitation to consider what you miss out on when you give up on church—and what the church misses out on when it gives up on you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Small Book about a Big Problem: Meditations on Anger, Patience, and Peace by Edward T. Welch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Small Book about a Big Problem: Meditations on Anger, Patience, and Peace
Author: Edward T. Welch
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Small Book about a Big Problem by biblical counselor and psychologist Edward T. Welch guides readers to look carefully at how their anger affects them and others through short, daily meditations. In a fifty-day reading plan journey, Welch unpacks anger while encouraging and teaching readers to respond with patience to life’s difficulties. This biblically wise resource is a useful tool for pastors, counselors, and lay helpers who are working with people who struggle with a short fuse. In A Small Book about a Big Problem, Welch invites readers to consider how everyone can find anger in their actions and attitudes, but Jesus, the Prince of Peace, is the only one who can empower his people to grow in patience, peace, and wholeness. How many times today have you been irritated? Frustrated? Anger is so common—yet it also hurts. It not only leaves a mark on us, but it also leaves a mark on others. The wounds we inflict on ourselves and others because of anger—loss of intimacy, trust, security, and enjoyment in our closest relationships—give us compelling reasons to look closely at our anger and lift our eyes to Christ.</description>
      <author>Edward T. Welch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781494547165.mp3" length="7795342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781494547165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Small Book about a Big Problem: Meditations on Anger, Patience, and Peace
Author: Edward T. Welch
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Small Book about a Big Problem by biblical counselor and psychologist Edward T. Welch guides readers to look carefully at how their anger affects them and others through short, daily meditations. In a fifty-day reading plan journey, Welch unpacks anger while encouraging and teaching readers to respond with patience to life’s difficulties. This biblically wise resource is a useful tool for pastors, counselors, and lay helpers who are working with people who struggle with a short fuse. In A Small Book about a Big Problem, Welch invites readers to consider how everyone can find anger in their actions and attitudes, but Jesus, the Prince of Peace, is the only one who can empower his people to grow in patience, peace, and wholeness. How many times today have you been irritated? Frustrated? Anger is so common—yet it also hurts. It not only leaves a mark on us, but it also leaves a mark on others. The wounds we inflict on ourselves and others because of anger—loss of intimacy, trust, security, and enjoyment in our closest relationships—give us compelling reasons to look closely at our anger and lift our eyes to Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/418285</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Small Book about a Big Problem: Meditations on Anger, Patience, and Peace
Author: Edward T. Welch
Narrator: George W. Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 56 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Small Book about a Big Problem by biblical counselor and psychologist Edward T. Welch guides readers to look carefully at how their anger affects them and others through short, daily meditations. In a fifty-day reading plan journey, Welch unpacks anger while encouraging and teaching readers to respond with patience to life’s difficulties. This biblically wise resource is a useful tool for pastors, counselors, and lay helpers who are working with people who struggle with a short fuse. In A Small Book about a Big Problem, Welch invites readers to consider how everyone can find anger in their actions and attitudes, but Jesus, the Prince of Peace, is the only one who can empower his people to grow in patience, peace, and wholeness. How many times today have you been irritated? Frustrated? Anger is so common—yet it also hurts. It not only leaves a mark on us, but it also leaves a mark on others. The wounds we inflict on ourselves and others because of anger—loss of intimacy, trust, security, and enjoyment in our closest relationships—give us compelling reasons to look closely at our anger and lift our eyes to Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Miracle Of Love - The Life &amp;amp; Words of Neem Karoli Baba by Jagannatha Dasa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracle Of Love - The Life &amp;amp; Words of Neem Karoli Baba
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
* &amp;quot;Money should be used to help others.&amp;quot; ... * &amp;quot;Attachment is the strongest block to realization.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Love is the strongest medicine.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;All action is prayer.&amp;quot; * &amp;quot;Whoever works for God, his work will be done by itself.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Keep God in your heart like you keep money in the bank.&amp;quot; Neem Karoli Baba known to his followers as Maharaj-ji - was a Hindu guru, mystic and devotee of the Hindu lord Hanuman. Here is the essence of his remarkable life and teachings.  Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi   Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</description>
      <author>Jagannatha Dasa</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 19 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518907272.mp3" length="872321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518907272.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracle Of Love - The Life &amp;amp; Words of Neem Karoli Baba
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
* &amp;quot;Money should be used to help others.&amp;quot; ... * &amp;quot;Attachment is the strongest block to realization.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Love is the strongest medicine.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;All action is prayer.&amp;quot; * &amp;quot;Whoever works for God, his work will be done by itself.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Keep God in your heart like you keep money in the bank.&amp;quot; Neem Karoli Baba known to his followers as Maharaj-ji - was a Hindu guru, mystic and devotee of the Hindu lord Hanuman. Here is the essence of his remarkable life and teachings.  Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi   Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Miracle Of Love - The Life &amp;amp; Words of Neem Karoli Baba
Author: Jagannatha Dasa
Narrator: Jagannatha Dasa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
* &amp;quot;Money should be used to help others.&amp;quot; ... * &amp;quot;Attachment is the strongest block to realization.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Love is the strongest medicine.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;All action is prayer.&amp;quot; * &amp;quot;Whoever works for God, his work will be done by itself.&amp;quot;  * &amp;quot;Keep God in your heart like you keep money in the bank.&amp;quot; Neem Karoli Baba known to his followers as Maharaj-ji - was a Hindu guru, mystic and devotee of the Hindu lord Hanuman. Here is the essence of his remarkable life and teachings.  Produced by Devin Lawerence in Vrndavana Mixed and assembled by Macc Kay in Bangkok Musical consultant Alex Franchi in Milan Production executive Avalon Giuliano in London ICON Intern Eden Giuliano in Delhi   Dedicated to the sacred memory of two pure devotees, H. G. Srimati Vrndarani Devi Dasi Maharani (1953-2017) and H. G. Srila Bhakti Hirday Mangal Niloy Gosvami Maharaj Special thanks to author Brandon Stickney Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Icon Audio Arts (P) 2020 Icon Audio Arts LLC</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Angels: God&amp;#039;s Secret Agents by Billy Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angels: God&amp;#039;s Secret Agents
Author: Billy Graham
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, angels are real. They are not the product of your imagination.  “If we had open spiritual eyes we would see not only a world filled with evil spirits and powers—but also powerful angels with drawn swords, set for our defense.” —Billy Graham - God&amp;#039;s invisible hosts are better organized than any of the armies of man—or Satan. - Angels &amp;#039;think, feel, will, and display emotions.&amp;#039; - Angels guide, comfort, and provide for people in the midst of suffering and persecution. - At death, the faithful will be ushered by angels into the presence of God. The world continues to be fascinated with angels…but what does the Bible say about these beings? Billy Graham&amp;#039;s book is the definitive resource. With more than a million copies sold, Angels gives ringing assurance that we are assisted and defended by a powerful order of invisible beings.</description>
      <author>Billy Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785239154.mp3" length="795307" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785239154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angels: God&amp;#039;s Secret Agents
Author: Billy Graham
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, angels are real. They are not the product of your imagination.  “If we had open spiritual eyes we would see not only a world filled with evil spirits and powers—but also powerful angels with drawn swords, set for our defense.” —Billy Graham - God&amp;#039;s invisible hosts are better organized than any of the armies of man—or Satan. - Angels &amp;#039;think, feel, will, and display emotions.&amp;#039; - Angels guide, comfort, and provide for people in the midst of suffering and persecution. - At death, the faithful will be ushered by angels into the presence of God. The world continues to be fascinated with angels…but what does the Bible say about these beings? Billy Graham&amp;#039;s book is the definitive resource. With more than a million copies sold, Angels gives ringing assurance that we are assisted and defended by a powerful order of invisible beings.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417808</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Angels: God&amp;#039;s Secret Agents
Author: Billy Graham
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Yes, angels are real. They are not the product of your imagination.  “If we had open spiritual eyes we would see not only a world filled with evil spirits and powers—but also powerful angels with drawn swords, set for our defense.” —Billy Graham - God&amp;#039;s invisible hosts are better organized than any of the armies of man—or Satan. - Angels &amp;#039;think, feel, will, and display emotions.&amp;#039; - Angels guide, comfort, and provide for people in the midst of suffering and persecution. - At death, the faithful will be ushered by angels into the presence of God. The world continues to be fascinated with angels…but what does the Bible say about these beings? Billy Graham&amp;#039;s book is the definitive resource. With more than a million copies sold, Angels gives ringing assurance that we are assisted and defended by a powerful order of invisible beings.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Name by Franklin Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Name
Author: Franklin Graham
Narrator: Matt Baugher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Before offering a prayer at the inauguration of President George W. Bush, Franklin Graham was asked by a fellow participant if he intended to pray in the name of Jesus Christ. Graham assured him that he would and encouraged this pastor to do the same. As Graham reminded him, &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s the only thing we&amp;#039;ve got.&amp;#039; In days of religious confusion and cultural relativism, Franklin Graham reminds us that there are absolutes in the kingdom of God. The Name explains the significance of names in the Hebrew culture, centering on the meaningfulness of the name Jesus. Chapters focus on the different aspects of power in the Lord&amp;#039;s name, such as &amp;#039;Healing in the Name&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Salvation in the Name.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Franklin Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785239130.mp3" length="918001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785239130.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Name
Author: Franklin Graham
Narrator: Matt Baugher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Before offering a prayer at the inauguration of President George W. Bush, Franklin Graham was asked by a fellow participant if he intended to pray in the name of Jesus Christ. Graham assured him that he would and encouraged this pastor to do the same. As Graham reminded him, &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s the only thing we&amp;#039;ve got.&amp;#039; In days of religious confusion and cultural relativism, Franklin Graham reminds us that there are absolutes in the kingdom of God. The Name explains the significance of names in the Hebrew culture, centering on the meaningfulness of the name Jesus. Chapters focus on the different aspects of power in the Lord&amp;#039;s name, such as &amp;#039;Healing in the Name&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Salvation in the Name.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Name
Author: Franklin Graham
Narrator: Matt Baugher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Before offering a prayer at the inauguration of President George W. Bush, Franklin Graham was asked by a fellow participant if he intended to pray in the name of Jesus Christ. Graham assured him that he would and encouraged this pastor to do the same. As Graham reminded him, &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s the only thing we&amp;#039;ve got.&amp;#039; In days of religious confusion and cultural relativism, Franklin Graham reminds us that there are absolutes in the kingdom of God. The Name explains the significance of names in the Hebrew culture, centering on the meaningfulness of the name Jesus. Chapters focus on the different aspects of power in the Lord&amp;#039;s name, such as &amp;#039;Healing in the Name&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Salvation in the Name.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jesus: A Theography by Frank Viola, Leonard Sweet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus: A Theography
Author: Frank Viola, Leonard Sweet
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Introducing a new kind of Jesus biography: Transform the tired and familiar way you have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. In this compelling work, authors Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola reclaim the entire Bible as a gripping narrative about Jesus Christ. Jesus says, “The Scriptures point to me!” (John 5:39 NLT). But what does that mean exactly? Virtually every other “Jesus biography” begins with the nativity account in Bethlehem. In this innovative book, Sweet and Viola begin before time, in the Triune God, and tell the complete interconnected story of Jesus from Genesis to Revelation. Jesus: A Theography is the first book ever written to combine historical Jesus studies with biblical theology, crafting together one breathtaking saga that tells the Jesus story in both Old and New Testaments. This groundbreaking book clearly demonstrates that every bit of Scripture is part of the same stunning drama - what the authors refer to as the theography of Jesus Christ. Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola (authors of Jesus Manifesto and Jesus Speaks) unfold the greatest story ever told in a fresh and invigorating way. Whether you are a seasoned Christian scholar, a new believer, or someone who is intrigued by Jesus, this book unveils the discoveries of a lifetime, transforming the tired and familiar way we have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. Jesus: A Theography: - Tells the complete and interconnected story of Jesus, from Genesis to Revelation - Combines historical Jesus studies with biblical theology - Proves that the main subject of the Old Testament is Jesus Christ - Second, standalone volume in the JESUS trilogy Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola set out on a journey of discovery with one goal: to help restore the sovereignty of Jesus Christ above all else. This led to their national bestseller, Jesus Manifesto. Two years later, they released Jesus: A Theography, beautifully establishing that all Scripture unveils a person—the Lord Jesus Christ. In 2016 they released the final volume in the trilogy: Jesus Speaks. All three volumes of the JESUS trilogy will lead the reader to a deeper understanding of Christ.</description>
      <author>Frank Viola, Leonard Sweet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785239192.mp3" length="793420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785239192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus: A Theography
Author: Frank Viola, Leonard Sweet
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Introducing a new kind of Jesus biography: Transform the tired and familiar way you have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. In this compelling work, authors Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola reclaim the entire Bible as a gripping narrative about Jesus Christ. Jesus says, “The Scriptures point to me!” (John 5:39 NLT). But what does that mean exactly? Virtually every other “Jesus biography” begins with the nativity account in Bethlehem. In this innovative book, Sweet and Viola begin before time, in the Triune God, and tell the complete interconnected story of Jesus from Genesis to Revelation. Jesus: A Theography is the first book ever written to combine historical Jesus studies with biblical theology, crafting together one breathtaking saga that tells the Jesus story in both Old and New Testaments. This groundbreaking book clearly demonstrates that every bit of Scripture is part of the same stunning drama - what the authors refer to as the theography of Jesus Christ. Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola (authors of Jesus Manifesto and Jesus Speaks) unfold the greatest story ever told in a fresh and invigorating way. Whether you are a seasoned Christian scholar, a new believer, or someone who is intrigued by Jesus, this book unveils the discoveries of a lifetime, transforming the tired and familiar way we have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. Jesus: A Theography: - Tells the complete and interconnected story of Jesus, from Genesis to Revelation - Combines historical Jesus studies with biblical theology - Proves that the main subject of the Old Testament is Jesus Christ - Second, standalone volume in the JESUS trilogy Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola set out on a journey of discovery with one goal: to help restore the sovereignty of Jesus Christ above all else. This led to their national bestseller, Jesus Manifesto. Two years later, they released Jesus: A Theography, beautifully establishing that all Scripture unveils a person—the Lord Jesus Christ. In 2016 they released the final volume in the trilogy: Jesus Speaks. All three volumes of the JESUS trilogy will lead the reader to a deeper understanding of Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus: A Theography
Author: Frank Viola, Leonard Sweet
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Introducing a new kind of Jesus biography: Transform the tired and familiar way you have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. In this compelling work, authors Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola reclaim the entire Bible as a gripping narrative about Jesus Christ. Jesus says, “The Scriptures point to me!” (John 5:39 NLT). But what does that mean exactly? Virtually every other “Jesus biography” begins with the nativity account in Bethlehem. In this innovative book, Sweet and Viola begin before time, in the Triune God, and tell the complete interconnected story of Jesus from Genesis to Revelation. Jesus: A Theography is the first book ever written to combine historical Jesus studies with biblical theology, crafting together one breathtaking saga that tells the Jesus story in both Old and New Testaments. This groundbreaking book clearly demonstrates that every bit of Scripture is part of the same stunning drama - what the authors refer to as the theography of Jesus Christ. Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola (authors of Jesus Manifesto and Jesus Speaks) unfold the greatest story ever told in a fresh and invigorating way. Whether you are a seasoned Christian scholar, a new believer, or someone who is intrigued by Jesus, this book unveils the discoveries of a lifetime, transforming the tired and familiar way we have read the Bible into an electrifying journey of rediscovering Christ. Jesus: A Theography: - Tells the complete and interconnected story of Jesus, from Genesis to Revelation - Combines historical Jesus studies with biblical theology - Proves that the main subject of the Old Testament is Jesus Christ - Second, standalone volume in the JESUS trilogy Leonard Sweet and Frank Viola set out on a journey of discovery with one goal: to help restore the sovereignty of Jesus Christ above all else. This led to their national bestseller, Jesus Manifesto. Two years later, they released Jesus: A Theography, beautifully establishing that all Scripture unveils a person—the Lord Jesus Christ. In 2016 they released the final volume in the trilogy: Jesus Speaks. All three volumes of the JESUS trilogy will lead the reader to a deeper understanding of Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chasing Vines: Finding Your Way to an Immensely Fruitful Life by Beth Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing Vines: Finding Your Way to an Immensely Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Christian Book Award for Best Audio Book of 2021     Join bestselling author Beth Moore in her life-changing quest of vine-chasing―and learn how everything changes when you discover the true meaning of a fruitful, God-pleasing, meaning-filled life.  Most of us have times when, if we are honest, we’d admit to feeling like our lives are embarrassingly small and insignificant. Times when it seems like we’re going through a whole lot of pain and striving without much to show for it. Like our daily pursuits don’t really matter in the long run.  At times like that, we can’t help wondering if we really matter―to the world or even to God.  In Chasing Vines, Beth Moore gives us a new hope, revealing the abundant secrets of a fruitful, Kingdom-building, God-pleasing life. Tracing the images of vinedresser, vine, branch, and fruit through Scripture, and sharing stories from her own journey, Beth shows us how nothing in our lives is wasted. Not the place we’ve been planted. Not the painful pruning. Not even the manure that gets dumped on us when we least expect it.  Beth is convinced from Scripture that every person who knows Jesus is meant to thrive in fruitfulness. Life might not always be fun, but in Christ, it can always be immensely fruitful. Nothing is for nothing.  Join Beth on her journey of discovering what it means to chase vines―and learn how everything changes when we understand and fully embrace God’s amazing design for growing us into fruitful, meaningful, abundant life.</description>
      <author>Beth Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551362.mp3" length="1340904" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551362.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing Vines: Finding Your Way to an Immensely Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Christian Book Award for Best Audio Book of 2021     Join bestselling author Beth Moore in her life-changing quest of vine-chasing―and learn how everything changes when you discover the true meaning of a fruitful, God-pleasing, meaning-filled life.  Most of us have times when, if we are honest, we’d admit to feeling like our lives are embarrassingly small and insignificant. Times when it seems like we’re going through a whole lot of pain and striving without much to show for it. Like our daily pursuits don’t really matter in the long run.  At times like that, we can’t help wondering if we really matter―to the world or even to God.  In Chasing Vines, Beth Moore gives us a new hope, revealing the abundant secrets of a fruitful, Kingdom-building, God-pleasing life. Tracing the images of vinedresser, vine, branch, and fruit through Scripture, and sharing stories from her own journey, Beth shows us how nothing in our lives is wasted. Not the place we’ve been planted. Not the painful pruning. Not even the manure that gets dumped on us when we least expect it.  Beth is convinced from Scripture that every person who knows Jesus is meant to thrive in fruitfulness. Life might not always be fun, but in Christ, it can always be immensely fruitful. Nothing is for nothing.  Join Beth on her journey of discovering what it means to chase vines―and learn how everything changes when we understand and fully embrace God’s amazing design for growing us into fruitful, meaningful, abundant life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417423</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Chasing Vines: Finding Your Way to an Immensely Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 64 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Christian Book Award for Best Audio Book of 2021     Join bestselling author Beth Moore in her life-changing quest of vine-chasing―and learn how everything changes when you discover the true meaning of a fruitful, God-pleasing, meaning-filled life.  Most of us have times when, if we are honest, we’d admit to feeling like our lives are embarrassingly small and insignificant. Times when it seems like we’re going through a whole lot of pain and striving without much to show for it. Like our daily pursuits don’t really matter in the long run.  At times like that, we can’t help wondering if we really matter―to the world or even to God.  In Chasing Vines, Beth Moore gives us a new hope, revealing the abundant secrets of a fruitful, Kingdom-building, God-pleasing life. Tracing the images of vinedresser, vine, branch, and fruit through Scripture, and sharing stories from her own journey, Beth shows us how nothing in our lives is wasted. Not the place we’ve been planted. Not the painful pruning. Not even the manure that gets dumped on us when we least expect it.  Beth is convinced from Scripture that every person who knows Jesus is meant to thrive in fruitfulness. Life might not always be fun, but in Christ, it can always be immensely fruitful. Nothing is for nothing.  Join Beth on her journey of discovering what it means to chase vines―and learn how everything changes when we understand and fully embrace God’s amazing design for growing us into fruitful, meaningful, abundant life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Promises For a Fruitful Life by Beth Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promises For a Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawn from passages and Scriptures Beth Moore brings to light in Chasing Vines, this booklet will help you find new hope for Kingdom-building. With each page, you’ll be reminded that your life matters—and nothing you’ve experienced will be wasted by the One who created you. After all, you were created to thrive in fruitfulness.</description>
      <author>Beth Moore</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551522.mp3" length="780415" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551522.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promises For a Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawn from passages and Scriptures Beth Moore brings to light in Chasing Vines, this booklet will help you find new hope for Kingdom-building. With each page, you’ll be reminded that your life matters—and nothing you’ve experienced will be wasted by the One who created you. After all, you were created to thrive in fruitfulness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417422</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Promises For a Fruitful Life
Author: Beth Moore
Narrator: Beth Moore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 36 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Drawn from passages and Scriptures Beth Moore brings to light in Chasing Vines, this booklet will help you find new hope for Kingdom-building. With each page, you’ll be reminded that your life matters—and nothing you’ve experienced will be wasted by the One who created you. After all, you were created to thrive in fruitfulness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crazy Happy: Nine Surprising Ways to Live the Truly Beautiful Life by Daniel Fusco</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy Happy: Nine Surprising Ways to Live the Truly Beautiful Life
Author: Daniel Fusco
Narrator: Daniel Fusco, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it crazy to want a happy life? The host of Jesus Is Real Radio and Hillsong Channel’s Real with Daniel Fusco unlocks the happiness we long for in the most famous teachings of Jesus and the apostle Paul.     “If you want the unshakable happiness Jesus has for you, this book can show you the way.”—Tim Timberlake, lead pastor of Celebration Church, Jacksonville, Florida, and author of Abandon     Dissatisfied with your life? Yeah, most of us have been there. There’s no shame in wanting to be happy, but true satisfaction often eludes us. At best, the fleeting happiness we do find usually dribbles away in our never-ending debts, deadlines, and mindless scrolling. At worst, it’s chased away by anxiety, depression, or fallout from our own selfishness.      Here’s the truth: whether we hunt for happiness in school parties, bars, the workplace hustle, or even in church pews, we’ll wind up shortchanged. Why? Because plain and simple, the only reason we’re so often unhappy with our lives is because we don’t see our lives as beautiful.      But God wants something better for you.     In Crazy Happy, pastor Daniel Fusco unpacks fresh connections in two of the Bible’s most familiar passages—connections that can really, truly, honest-to-goodness change things. If you stick around for the ride, you’ll find the kind of God-given beauty that can change your life and make you crazy happy too—even in the midst of our sometimes-crazy world. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Points to Ponder from the book.</description>
      <author>Daniel Fusco</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287477.mp3" length="2720272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287477.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy Happy: Nine Surprising Ways to Live the Truly Beautiful Life
Author: Daniel Fusco
Narrator: Daniel Fusco, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it crazy to want a happy life? The host of Jesus Is Real Radio and Hillsong Channel’s Real with Daniel Fusco unlocks the happiness we long for in the most famous teachings of Jesus and the apostle Paul.     “If you want the unshakable happiness Jesus has for you, this book can show you the way.”—Tim Timberlake, lead pastor of Celebration Church, Jacksonville, Florida, and author of Abandon     Dissatisfied with your life? Yeah, most of us have been there. There’s no shame in wanting to be happy, but true satisfaction often eludes us. At best, the fleeting happiness we do find usually dribbles away in our never-ending debts, deadlines, and mindless scrolling. At worst, it’s chased away by anxiety, depression, or fallout from our own selfishness.      Here’s the truth: whether we hunt for happiness in school parties, bars, the workplace hustle, or even in church pews, we’ll wind up shortchanged. Why? Because plain and simple, the only reason we’re so often unhappy with our lives is because we don’t see our lives as beautiful.      But God wants something better for you.     In Crazy Happy, pastor Daniel Fusco unpacks fresh connections in two of the Bible’s most familiar passages—connections that can really, truly, honest-to-goodness change things. If you stick around for the ride, you’ll find the kind of God-given beauty that can change your life and make you crazy happy too—even in the midst of our sometimes-crazy world. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Points to Ponder from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417265</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crazy Happy: Nine Surprising Ways to Live the Truly Beautiful Life
Author: Daniel Fusco
Narrator: Daniel Fusco, Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2021
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is it crazy to want a happy life? The host of Jesus Is Real Radio and Hillsong Channel’s Real with Daniel Fusco unlocks the happiness we long for in the most famous teachings of Jesus and the apostle Paul.     “If you want the unshakable happiness Jesus has for you, this book can show you the way.”—Tim Timberlake, lead pastor of Celebration Church, Jacksonville, Florida, and author of Abandon     Dissatisfied with your life? Yeah, most of us have been there. There’s no shame in wanting to be happy, but true satisfaction often eludes us. At best, the fleeting happiness we do find usually dribbles away in our never-ending debts, deadlines, and mindless scrolling. At worst, it’s chased away by anxiety, depression, or fallout from our own selfishness.      Here’s the truth: whether we hunt for happiness in school parties, bars, the workplace hustle, or even in church pews, we’ll wind up shortchanged. Why? Because plain and simple, the only reason we’re so often unhappy with our lives is because we don’t see our lives as beautiful.      But God wants something better for you.     In Crazy Happy, pastor Daniel Fusco unpacks fresh connections in two of the Bible’s most familiar passages—connections that can really, truly, honest-to-goodness change things. If you stick around for the ride, you’ll find the kind of God-given beauty that can change your life and make you crazy happy too—even in the midst of our sometimes-crazy world. This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Points to Ponder from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can We Trust the Gospels? by Peter J. Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Trust the Gospels?
Author: Peter J. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there evidence to believe the Gospels? The Gospels—Matthew, Mark, Luke, John—are four accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s life and teachings while on earth. But should we accept them as historically accurate? What evidence is there that the recorded events actually happened? Presenting a case for the historical reliability of the Gospels, New Testament scholar Peter Williams examines evidence from non-Christian sources, assesses how accurately the four biblical accounts reflect the cultural context of their day, compares different accounts of the same events, and looks at how these texts were handed down throughout the centuries. Everyone from the skeptic to the scholar will find powerful arguments in favor of trusting the Gospels as trustworthy accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s earthly life.</description>
      <author>Peter J. Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914960.mp3" length="1316307" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Trust the Gospels?
Author: Peter J. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there evidence to believe the Gospels? The Gospels—Matthew, Mark, Luke, John—are four accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s life and teachings while on earth. But should we accept them as historically accurate? What evidence is there that the recorded events actually happened? Presenting a case for the historical reliability of the Gospels, New Testament scholar Peter Williams examines evidence from non-Christian sources, assesses how accurately the four biblical accounts reflect the cultural context of their day, compares different accounts of the same events, and looks at how these texts were handed down throughout the centuries. Everyone from the skeptic to the scholar will find powerful arguments in favor of trusting the Gospels as trustworthy accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s earthly life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Can We Trust the Gospels?
Author: Peter J. Williams
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there evidence to believe the Gospels? The Gospels—Matthew, Mark, Luke, John—are four accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s life and teachings while on earth. But should we accept them as historically accurate? What evidence is there that the recorded events actually happened? Presenting a case for the historical reliability of the Gospels, New Testament scholar Peter Williams examines evidence from non-Christian sources, assesses how accurately the four biblical accounts reflect the cultural context of their day, compares different accounts of the same events, and looks at how these texts were handed down throughout the centuries. Everyone from the skeptic to the scholar will find powerful arguments in favor of trusting the Gospels as trustworthy accounts of Jesus&amp;#039;s earthly life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Colors of Culture: The Beauty of Diverse Friendships by Melindajoy Mingo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Colors of Culture: The Beauty of Diverse Friendships
Author: Melindajoy Mingo
Narrator: Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How diverse are your friendships? We are living in a time where fear and mistrust among people of different cultural and ethnic groups is becoming the norm rather than the exception. It appears that cultural and racial divides are expanding rather than shrinking. What can we do? We can learn to see every human being from God&amp;#039;s perspective and value their experiences even when we don&amp;#039;t understand them. To truly connect with people who are different from us will take the grace of God, compassion, and empathy. It will mean risking everything that we think we know about other cultures to initiate small steps toward befriending others. In The Colors of Culture, MelindaJoy Mingo models reaching across cultures. Through vivid stories spanning several countries, Mingo shows the beauty of diverse friendships in her life. She takes risks and learns from her mistakes, recognizing that relationships are worth the cost. Listeners will: be empowered by contemporary stories to initiate culturally diverse relationships; learn from the life of Jesus how to treat people with value and worth; and take intentional steps in their journey away from cultural assumptions and toward humility.</description>
      <author>Melindajoy Mingo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914953.mp3" length="1367380" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Colors of Culture: The Beauty of Diverse Friendships
Author: Melindajoy Mingo
Narrator: Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How diverse are your friendships? We are living in a time where fear and mistrust among people of different cultural and ethnic groups is becoming the norm rather than the exception. It appears that cultural and racial divides are expanding rather than shrinking. What can we do? We can learn to see every human being from God&amp;#039;s perspective and value their experiences even when we don&amp;#039;t understand them. To truly connect with people who are different from us will take the grace of God, compassion, and empathy. It will mean risking everything that we think we know about other cultures to initiate small steps toward befriending others. In The Colors of Culture, MelindaJoy Mingo models reaching across cultures. Through vivid stories spanning several countries, Mingo shows the beauty of diverse friendships in her life. She takes risks and learns from her mistakes, recognizing that relationships are worth the cost. Listeners will: be empowered by contemporary stories to initiate culturally diverse relationships; learn from the life of Jesus how to treat people with value and worth; and take intentional steps in their journey away from cultural assumptions and toward humility.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Colors of Culture: The Beauty of Diverse Friendships
Author: Melindajoy Mingo
Narrator: Machelle Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
How diverse are your friendships? We are living in a time where fear and mistrust among people of different cultural and ethnic groups is becoming the norm rather than the exception. It appears that cultural and racial divides are expanding rather than shrinking. What can we do? We can learn to see every human being from God&amp;#039;s perspective and value their experiences even when we don&amp;#039;t understand them. To truly connect with people who are different from us will take the grace of God, compassion, and empathy. It will mean risking everything that we think we know about other cultures to initiate small steps toward befriending others. In The Colors of Culture, MelindaJoy Mingo models reaching across cultures. Through vivid stories spanning several countries, Mingo shows the beauty of diverse friendships in her life. She takes risks and learns from her mistakes, recognizing that relationships are worth the cost. Listeners will: be empowered by contemporary stories to initiate culturally diverse relationships; learn from the life of Jesus how to treat people with value and worth; and take intentional steps in their journey away from cultural assumptions and toward humility.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Christ in the Classroom: Lesson Planning for the Heart and Mind by Jared Dees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christ in the Classroom: Lesson Planning for the Heart and Mind
Author: Jared Dees
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Dees, creator of the popular website The Religion Teacher, shows how applying the steps of lectio divina to teaching can reorient religious education toward encountering the person of Christ rather than merely sharing information about him. In Christ in the Classroom, Catholic author and speaker Jared Dees applies the five steps of lectio divina—reading/learning, meditation, prayer, contemplation, and action—to the ministry of catechesis. He offers teachers and catechists a practical framework for preparing lessons that broaden the focus of teaching from mostly intellectual learning to also encountering Christ in prayer, reflection, and action. Using this method, students and catechists come to know intimately the person of Christ at the same time that they are learning the tenets and traditions of the Church. Dees shares stories of success and failure from his own teaching experience and he offers dozens of field-tested strategies, tactics, and teaching methods to effectively integrate the steps of lectio divina into the classroom or other catechetical setting. Outfitted with these tools, both experienced and new religious educators will feel confident in their ability to teach effectively and lead their students to a life-changing encounter with Jesus.</description>
      <author>Jared Dees</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914892.mp3" length="1371069" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914892.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christ in the Classroom: Lesson Planning for the Heart and Mind
Author: Jared Dees
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Dees, creator of the popular website The Religion Teacher, shows how applying the steps of lectio divina to teaching can reorient religious education toward encountering the person of Christ rather than merely sharing information about him. In Christ in the Classroom, Catholic author and speaker Jared Dees applies the five steps of lectio divina—reading/learning, meditation, prayer, contemplation, and action—to the ministry of catechesis. He offers teachers and catechists a practical framework for preparing lessons that broaden the focus of teaching from mostly intellectual learning to also encountering Christ in prayer, reflection, and action. Using this method, students and catechists come to know intimately the person of Christ at the same time that they are learning the tenets and traditions of the Church. Dees shares stories of success and failure from his own teaching experience and he offers dozens of field-tested strategies, tactics, and teaching methods to effectively integrate the steps of lectio divina into the classroom or other catechetical setting. Outfitted with these tools, both experienced and new religious educators will feel confident in their ability to teach effectively and lead their students to a life-changing encounter with Jesus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christ in the Classroom: Lesson Planning for the Heart and Mind
Author: Jared Dees
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jared Dees, creator of the popular website The Religion Teacher, shows how applying the steps of lectio divina to teaching can reorient religious education toward encountering the person of Christ rather than merely sharing information about him. In Christ in the Classroom, Catholic author and speaker Jared Dees applies the five steps of lectio divina—reading/learning, meditation, prayer, contemplation, and action—to the ministry of catechesis. He offers teachers and catechists a practical framework for preparing lessons that broaden the focus of teaching from mostly intellectual learning to also encountering Christ in prayer, reflection, and action. Using this method, students and catechists come to know intimately the person of Christ at the same time that they are learning the tenets and traditions of the Church. Dees shares stories of success and failure from his own teaching experience and he offers dozens of field-tested strategies, tactics, and teaching methods to effectively integrate the steps of lectio divina into the classroom or other catechetical setting. Outfitted with these tools, both experienced and new religious educators will feel confident in their ability to teach effectively and lead their students to a life-changing encounter with Jesus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Field Guide for Catholic Parents, Pastors, and Youth Leaders by Roy Petitfils</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Field Guide for Catholic Parents, Pastors, and Youth Leaders
Author: Roy Petitfils
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression, Roy Petitfils gives parents, pastors, and youth leaders the knowledge, courage, and tools they need to step in, make a difference, and be the presence of Christ for teens in crisis. Roy Petitfils knows what it&amp;#039;s like to be an addicted, depressed teenager, filled with self-loathing and desperate for help. He describes himself at high school graduation as by far the largest person in his hometown and yet feeling as though he were &amp;#039;stuck in Harry Potter&amp;#039;s invisibility cloak.&amp;#039; Weighing more than 500 pounds, he was addicted to food and hated himself. Now a leading Catholic voice in youth advocacy, Petitfils entered adulthood a very different person than he is today. His life was radically changed by a handful of people in college who reached out in friendship and helped him set a new course. Using personal life lessons and expertise gleaned from more than twenty-five years in youth ministry and private practice as a licensed counselor, Petitfils teaches parents, pastors, and youth leaders what they need to know about mental health issues among America&amp;#039;s youth. Whether teens need help coping with healthy levels of stress or face persistent, more serious problems with anxiety and depression, Petitfils will help the adults in their lives get comfortable with stepping in.</description>
      <author>Roy Petitfils</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914885.mp3" length="1390300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914885.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Field Guide for Catholic Parents, Pastors, and Youth Leaders
Author: Roy Petitfils
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression, Roy Petitfils gives parents, pastors, and youth leaders the knowledge, courage, and tools they need to step in, make a difference, and be the presence of Christ for teens in crisis. Roy Petitfils knows what it&amp;#039;s like to be an addicted, depressed teenager, filled with self-loathing and desperate for help. He describes himself at high school graduation as by far the largest person in his hometown and yet feeling as though he were &amp;#039;stuck in Harry Potter&amp;#039;s invisibility cloak.&amp;#039; Weighing more than 500 pounds, he was addicted to food and hated himself. Now a leading Catholic voice in youth advocacy, Petitfils entered adulthood a very different person than he is today. His life was radically changed by a handful of people in college who reached out in friendship and helped him set a new course. Using personal life lessons and expertise gleaned from more than twenty-five years in youth ministry and private practice as a licensed counselor, Petitfils teaches parents, pastors, and youth leaders what they need to know about mental health issues among America&amp;#039;s youth. Whether teens need help coping with healthy levels of stress or face persistent, more serious problems with anxiety and depression, Petitfils will help the adults in their lives get comfortable with stepping in.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416964</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression: A Field Guide for Catholic Parents, Pastors, and Youth Leaders
Author: Roy Petitfils
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Helping Teens with Stress, Anxiety, and Depression, Roy Petitfils gives parents, pastors, and youth leaders the knowledge, courage, and tools they need to step in, make a difference, and be the presence of Christ for teens in crisis. Roy Petitfils knows what it&amp;#039;s like to be an addicted, depressed teenager, filled with self-loathing and desperate for help. He describes himself at high school graduation as by far the largest person in his hometown and yet feeling as though he were &amp;#039;stuck in Harry Potter&amp;#039;s invisibility cloak.&amp;#039; Weighing more than 500 pounds, he was addicted to food and hated himself. Now a leading Catholic voice in youth advocacy, Petitfils entered adulthood a very different person than he is today. His life was radically changed by a handful of people in college who reached out in friendship and helped him set a new course. Using personal life lessons and expertise gleaned from more than twenty-five years in youth ministry and private practice as a licensed counselor, Petitfils teaches parents, pastors, and youth leaders what they need to know about mental health issues among America&amp;#039;s youth. Whether teens need help coping with healthy levels of stress or face persistent, more serious problems with anxiety and depression, Petitfils will help the adults in their lives get comfortable with stepping in.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Catholic Hipster: The Next Level: How Some Awesomely Obscure Stuff Helps Us Live Our Faith with Passion by Tommy Tighe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catholic Hipster: The Next Level: How Some Awesomely Obscure Stuff Helps Us Live Our Faith with Passion
Author: Tommy Tighe
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have what it takes to become a next-level Catholic hipster? Building on the overwhelming popularity of The Catholic Hipster Handbook, Tommy Tighe is back with a new cast of fellow hipsters—including Haley Stewart, Samantha Povlock, Matthew Sewell, Fr. Damian Ferrence, and Patrick Neve—to share overlooked saints, forgotten prayers, and profound practices that define the countercultural Catholic lifestyle, inspiring you to live your faith in radical ways. The Catholic Hipster Handbook successfully defined Catholic cool. In Catholic Hipster: The Next Level, editor Tommy Tighe and his squad of hipsters delve even deeper into the Church&amp;#039;s countercultural 2,000-year history and kick it up a notch by helping you answer the call to act on your beliefs. The book is divided into three parts that challenge you to live the theological virtues of faith, hope, and love. Each contributor introduces a forgotten saint and prayer and provides a suggestion for living the beautiful quirkiness of the Catholic faith.</description>
      <author>Tommy Tighe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914861.mp3" length="1368241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914861.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catholic Hipster: The Next Level: How Some Awesomely Obscure Stuff Helps Us Live Our Faith with Passion
Author: Tommy Tighe
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have what it takes to become a next-level Catholic hipster? Building on the overwhelming popularity of The Catholic Hipster Handbook, Tommy Tighe is back with a new cast of fellow hipsters—including Haley Stewart, Samantha Povlock, Matthew Sewell, Fr. Damian Ferrence, and Patrick Neve—to share overlooked saints, forgotten prayers, and profound practices that define the countercultural Catholic lifestyle, inspiring you to live your faith in radical ways. The Catholic Hipster Handbook successfully defined Catholic cool. In Catholic Hipster: The Next Level, editor Tommy Tighe and his squad of hipsters delve even deeper into the Church&amp;#039;s countercultural 2,000-year history and kick it up a notch by helping you answer the call to act on your beliefs. The book is divided into three parts that challenge you to live the theological virtues of faith, hope, and love. Each contributor introduces a forgotten saint and prayer and provides a suggestion for living the beautiful quirkiness of the Catholic faith.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416963</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catholic Hipster: The Next Level: How Some Awesomely Obscure Stuff Helps Us Live Our Faith with Passion
Author: Tommy Tighe
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you have what it takes to become a next-level Catholic hipster? Building on the overwhelming popularity of The Catholic Hipster Handbook, Tommy Tighe is back with a new cast of fellow hipsters—including Haley Stewart, Samantha Povlock, Matthew Sewell, Fr. Damian Ferrence, and Patrick Neve—to share overlooked saints, forgotten prayers, and profound practices that define the countercultural Catholic lifestyle, inspiring you to live your faith in radical ways. The Catholic Hipster Handbook successfully defined Catholic cool. In Catholic Hipster: The Next Level, editor Tommy Tighe and his squad of hipsters delve even deeper into the Church&amp;#039;s countercultural 2,000-year history and kick it up a notch by helping you answer the call to act on your beliefs. The book is divided into three parts that challenge you to live the theological virtues of faith, hope, and love. Each contributor introduces a forgotten saint and prayer and provides a suggestion for living the beautiful quirkiness of the Catholic faith.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Every Christian Needs to Know About the Jewishness of Jesus: A New Way of Seeing the Most Influential Rabbi in History by Evan Moffic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About the Jewishness of Jesus: A New Way of Seeing the Most Influential Rabbi in History
Author: Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus wasn&amp;#039;t a Christian. Jesus lived and died as a Jew. Understanding the Jewishness of Jesus is the secret to knowing him better and understanding his message in the twenty-first century. Walking through Jesus&amp;#039;s life from birth to death, Rabbi Evan Moffic serves as a tour guide to give Christians a new way to look at familiar teachings and practices that are rooted in the Jewish faith and can illuminate our lives today. Among the critically acclaimed highlights of this book, Rabbi Moffic gives fresh insight on how Jesus&amp;#039;s contemporaries understood him; explores how Jesus&amp;#039;s Jewishness shaped him; offers a compelling new perspective on the Lord&amp;#039;s Prayer that will forever change the way you experience these powerful words; and provides renewed appreciation for Jesus&amp;#039;s miracles. In encountering Rabbi Jesus and understanding his Jewish heritage, you will see Jesus differently, gain a better understanding of his message, and enrich your own faith. Victor Hugo once said &amp;#039;All the forces in the world are not as powerful as an idea whose time has come.&amp;#039; Seeing Jesus as a Jew is an idea whose time has come. Listen to this book, and see how Rabbi Moffic weaves together theology, history, and Jewish practices and customs to bring us closer to our God.</description>
      <author>Evan Moffic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914779.mp3" length="1366845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About the Jewishness of Jesus: A New Way of Seeing the Most Influential Rabbi in History
Author: Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus wasn&amp;#039;t a Christian. Jesus lived and died as a Jew. Understanding the Jewishness of Jesus is the secret to knowing him better and understanding his message in the twenty-first century. Walking through Jesus&amp;#039;s life from birth to death, Rabbi Evan Moffic serves as a tour guide to give Christians a new way to look at familiar teachings and practices that are rooted in the Jewish faith and can illuminate our lives today. Among the critically acclaimed highlights of this book, Rabbi Moffic gives fresh insight on how Jesus&amp;#039;s contemporaries understood him; explores how Jesus&amp;#039;s Jewishness shaped him; offers a compelling new perspective on the Lord&amp;#039;s Prayer that will forever change the way you experience these powerful words; and provides renewed appreciation for Jesus&amp;#039;s miracles. In encountering Rabbi Jesus and understanding his Jewish heritage, you will see Jesus differently, gain a better understanding of his message, and enrich your own faith. Victor Hugo once said &amp;#039;All the forces in the world are not as powerful as an idea whose time has come.&amp;#039; Seeing Jesus as a Jew is an idea whose time has come. Listen to this book, and see how Rabbi Moffic weaves together theology, history, and Jewish practices and customs to bring us closer to our God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About the Jewishness of Jesus: A New Way of Seeing the Most Influential Rabbi in History
Author: Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 2 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Jesus wasn&amp;#039;t a Christian. Jesus lived and died as a Jew. Understanding the Jewishness of Jesus is the secret to knowing him better and understanding his message in the twenty-first century. Walking through Jesus&amp;#039;s life from birth to death, Rabbi Evan Moffic serves as a tour guide to give Christians a new way to look at familiar teachings and practices that are rooted in the Jewish faith and can illuminate our lives today. Among the critically acclaimed highlights of this book, Rabbi Moffic gives fresh insight on how Jesus&amp;#039;s contemporaries understood him; explores how Jesus&amp;#039;s Jewishness shaped him; offers a compelling new perspective on the Lord&amp;#039;s Prayer that will forever change the way you experience these powerful words; and provides renewed appreciation for Jesus&amp;#039;s miracles. In encountering Rabbi Jesus and understanding his Jewish heritage, you will see Jesus differently, gain a better understanding of his message, and enrich your own faith. Victor Hugo once said &amp;#039;All the forces in the world are not as powerful as an idea whose time has come.&amp;#039; Seeing Jesus as a Jew is an idea whose time has come. Listen to this book, and see how Rabbi Moffic weaves together theology, history, and Jewish practices and customs to bring us closer to our God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Every Christian Needs to Know About Judaism: Exploring the Ever-Connected World of Christians &amp;amp; Jews by Rabbi Evan Moffic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About Judaism: Exploring the Ever-Connected World of Christians &amp;amp; Jews
Author: Rabbi Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When Christians learn about Jewish tradition and history, they see the Bible and the life of Jesus with a new and enriched perspective. Knowing more about Judaism brings them closer to Jesus because Jesus lived and died as a Jew and consistently quoted the Jewish scripture and stories. In this book Evan Moffic, popular rabbi, author, and guide to Jewish wisdom for people of all faiths, continues the What Every Christian Needs to Know About series with an exploration of the wisdom and traditions of Judaism. Rabbi Moffic provides answers to hundreds of questions he receives about Judaism to provide a deeper understanding of the roots shared by Christians and Jews. Through this book&amp;#039;s explorations, listeners will learn insights of the great Jewish sages to live a richer and more meaningful life, soak up the wisdom and traditions of Judaism,  and a develop closer relationship with God.</description>
      <author>Rabbi Evan Moffic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914700.mp3" length="1380548" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About Judaism: Exploring the Ever-Connected World of Christians &amp;amp; Jews
Author: Rabbi Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When Christians learn about Jewish tradition and history, they see the Bible and the life of Jesus with a new and enriched perspective. Knowing more about Judaism brings them closer to Jesus because Jesus lived and died as a Jew and consistently quoted the Jewish scripture and stories. In this book Evan Moffic, popular rabbi, author, and guide to Jewish wisdom for people of all faiths, continues the What Every Christian Needs to Know About series with an exploration of the wisdom and traditions of Judaism. Rabbi Moffic provides answers to hundreds of questions he receives about Judaism to provide a deeper understanding of the roots shared by Christians and Jews. Through this book&amp;#039;s explorations, listeners will learn insights of the great Jewish sages to live a richer and more meaningful life, soak up the wisdom and traditions of Judaism,  and a develop closer relationship with God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416960</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What Every Christian Needs to Know About Judaism: Exploring the Ever-Connected World of Christians &amp;amp; Jews
Author: Rabbi Evan Moffic
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
When Christians learn about Jewish tradition and history, they see the Bible and the life of Jesus with a new and enriched perspective. Knowing more about Judaism brings them closer to Jesus because Jesus lived and died as a Jew and consistently quoted the Jewish scripture and stories. In this book Evan Moffic, popular rabbi, author, and guide to Jewish wisdom for people of all faiths, continues the What Every Christian Needs to Know About series with an exploration of the wisdom and traditions of Judaism. Rabbi Moffic provides answers to hundreds of questions he receives about Judaism to provide a deeper understanding of the roots shared by Christians and Jews. Through this book&amp;#039;s explorations, listeners will learn insights of the great Jewish sages to live a richer and more meaningful life, soak up the wisdom and traditions of Judaism,  and a develop closer relationship with God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing Family Relationships: A Guide to Peace and Reconciliation by Rob Rienow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Family Relationships: A Guide to Peace and Reconciliation
Author: Rob Rienow
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Every family is hurting, and the wounds that come from our relatives can be deeper than all others. Conflict within a family can range from daily frictions and annoyances to rage and hatred and eventually estrangement. We want things to be different but have no idea where to start. After twenty-five years of ministering to families, Rob Rienow believes reconciliation is at the heart of the gospel—reconciliation with God and one another. You will come away with specific steps you can take in your relationships with your family members to pursue peace and healing in your homes. Each chapter includes key biblical examples as well as present-day stories of families who have experienced God&amp;#039;s help and healing—including the author&amp;#039;s own miraculous healing of his relationship with his father. Our families can bring out the best, as well as the worst, in all of us. May this book guide you in making your home and family a blessing in a broken world.</description>
      <author>Rob Rienow</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914618.mp3" length="1396363" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Family Relationships: A Guide to Peace and Reconciliation
Author: Rob Rienow
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Every family is hurting, and the wounds that come from our relatives can be deeper than all others. Conflict within a family can range from daily frictions and annoyances to rage and hatred and eventually estrangement. We want things to be different but have no idea where to start. After twenty-five years of ministering to families, Rob Rienow believes reconciliation is at the heart of the gospel—reconciliation with God and one another. You will come away with specific steps you can take in your relationships with your family members to pursue peace and healing in your homes. Each chapter includes key biblical examples as well as present-day stories of families who have experienced God&amp;#039;s help and healing—including the author&amp;#039;s own miraculous healing of his relationship with his father. Our families can bring out the best, as well as the worst, in all of us. May this book guide you in making your home and family a blessing in a broken world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Family Relationships: A Guide to Peace and Reconciliation
Author: Rob Rienow
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Every family is hurting, and the wounds that come from our relatives can be deeper than all others. Conflict within a family can range from daily frictions and annoyances to rage and hatred and eventually estrangement. We want things to be different but have no idea where to start. After twenty-five years of ministering to families, Rob Rienow believes reconciliation is at the heart of the gospel—reconciliation with God and one another. You will come away with specific steps you can take in your relationships with your family members to pursue peace and healing in your homes. Each chapter includes key biblical examples as well as present-day stories of families who have experienced God&amp;#039;s help and healing—including the author&amp;#039;s own miraculous healing of his relationship with his father. Our families can bring out the best, as well as the worst, in all of us. May this book guide you in making your home and family a blessing in a broken world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Myth of the American Dream: Reflections On Affluence, Autonomy, Safety and Power by D.L. Mayfield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the American Dream: Reflections On Affluence, Autonomy, Safety and Power
Author: D.L. Mayfield
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Affluence, autonomy, safety, and power. These are the central values of the American dream. But are they actually compatible with Jesus&amp;#039;s command to love our neighbor as ourselves? In essays grouped around these four values, D. L. Mayfield asks us to pay attention to the ways they shape our own choices, and the ways those choices affect our neighbors. Where did these values come from? How have they failed those on the edges of our society? And how can we disentangle ourselves from our culture&amp;#039;s headlong pursuit of these values and live faithful lives of service to God and our neighbors?</description>
      <author>D.L. Mayfield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914069.mp3" length="1211880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the American Dream: Reflections On Affluence, Autonomy, Safety and Power
Author: D.L. Mayfield
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Affluence, autonomy, safety, and power. These are the central values of the American dream. But are they actually compatible with Jesus&amp;#039;s command to love our neighbor as ourselves? In essays grouped around these four values, D. L. Mayfield asks us to pay attention to the ways they shape our own choices, and the ways those choices affect our neighbors. Where did these values come from? How have they failed those on the edges of our society? And how can we disentangle ourselves from our culture&amp;#039;s headlong pursuit of these values and live faithful lives of service to God and our neighbors?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of the American Dream: Reflections On Affluence, Autonomy, Safety and Power
Author: D.L. Mayfield
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Affluence, autonomy, safety, and power. These are the central values of the American dream. But are they actually compatible with Jesus&amp;#039;s command to love our neighbor as ourselves? In essays grouped around these four values, D. L. Mayfield asks us to pay attention to the ways they shape our own choices, and the ways those choices affect our neighbors. Where did these values come from? How have they failed those on the edges of our society? And how can we disentangle ourselves from our culture&amp;#039;s headlong pursuit of these values and live faithful lives of service to God and our neighbors?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Got This, Dad: The Expectant Father’s Guide to Surviving Pregnancy by Aaron E. Sharp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Got This, Dad: The Expectant Father’s Guide to Surviving Pregnancy
Author: Aaron E. Sharp
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What to Expect When Your Wife Is Expecting Pregnancy books for couples abound, but You Got This, Dad is just for guys. Aaron Sharp, a dad of four, draws from his experiences to help husbands, especially first-time dads, navigate the amazing, uncertain, and sometimes scary process of pregnancy and childbirth. With self-deprecating honesty, plenty of humor, and amusing asides from his lovely wife, Elaina, Aaron steers soon-to-be dads through the complex events and emotions surrounding pregnancy. From finding out their spouse is expecting, to bringing baby home, husbands will be equipped to handle whatever the next nine months (or their wife) throws at them. Guys will receive not only practical guidance but also a better appreciation for God&amp;#039;s miraculous gift of a new life to care for. When they know what to expect and how to support their wife, new dads will gain confidence and learn to laugh at their foibles. Give this guide to an expecting father with a reassuring smile and remind him, &amp;#039;You got this.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Aaron E. Sharp</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913987.mp3" length="1360243" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913987.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Got This, Dad: The Expectant Father’s Guide to Surviving Pregnancy
Author: Aaron E. Sharp
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What to Expect When Your Wife Is Expecting Pregnancy books for couples abound, but You Got This, Dad is just for guys. Aaron Sharp, a dad of four, draws from his experiences to help husbands, especially first-time dads, navigate the amazing, uncertain, and sometimes scary process of pregnancy and childbirth. With self-deprecating honesty, plenty of humor, and amusing asides from his lovely wife, Elaina, Aaron steers soon-to-be dads through the complex events and emotions surrounding pregnancy. From finding out their spouse is expecting, to bringing baby home, husbands will be equipped to handle whatever the next nine months (or their wife) throws at them. Guys will receive not only practical guidance but also a better appreciation for God&amp;#039;s miraculous gift of a new life to care for. When they know what to expect and how to support their wife, new dads will gain confidence and learn to laugh at their foibles. Give this guide to an expecting father with a reassuring smile and remind him, &amp;#039;You got this.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Got This, Dad: The Expectant Father’s Guide to Surviving Pregnancy
Author: Aaron E. Sharp
Narrator: Kirby Heyborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What to Expect When Your Wife Is Expecting Pregnancy books for couples abound, but You Got This, Dad is just for guys. Aaron Sharp, a dad of four, draws from his experiences to help husbands, especially first-time dads, navigate the amazing, uncertain, and sometimes scary process of pregnancy and childbirth. With self-deprecating honesty, plenty of humor, and amusing asides from his lovely wife, Elaina, Aaron steers soon-to-be dads through the complex events and emotions surrounding pregnancy. From finding out their spouse is expecting, to bringing baby home, husbands will be equipped to handle whatever the next nine months (or their wife) throws at them. Guys will receive not only practical guidance but also a better appreciation for God&amp;#039;s miraculous gift of a new life to care for. When they know what to expect and how to support their wife, new dads will gain confidence and learn to laugh at their foibles. Give this guide to an expecting father with a reassuring smile and remind him, &amp;#039;You got this.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Little Book for New Theologians: Why and How to Study Theology by Kelly M. Kapic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Little Book for New Theologians: Why and How to Study Theology
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever we read, think, hear, or say anything about God, we are doing theology. Yet theology isn&amp;#039;t just a matter of what we think. It affects who we are. In the tradition of Helmut Thielicke&amp;#039;s A Little Exercise for Young Theologians, Kelly Kapic offers a concise introduction to the study of theology for newcomers to the field. He highlights the value and importance of theological study and explains its unique nature as a serious discipline. Not only concerned with content and method, Kapic explores the skills, attitudes, and spiritual practices needed by those who take up the discipline. This brief, clear, and lively primer draws out the relevance of theology for Christian life, worship, mission, witness, and more. &amp;#039;Theology is about life,&amp;#039; writes Kapic. &amp;#039;It is not a conversation our souls can afford to avoid.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Kelly M. Kapic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705215685.mp3" length="8141083" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705215685.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Little Book for New Theologians: Why and How to Study Theology
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever we read, think, hear, or say anything about God, we are doing theology. Yet theology isn&amp;#039;t just a matter of what we think. It affects who we are. In the tradition of Helmut Thielicke&amp;#039;s A Little Exercise for Young Theologians, Kelly Kapic offers a concise introduction to the study of theology for newcomers to the field. He highlights the value and importance of theological study and explains its unique nature as a serious discipline. Not only concerned with content and method, Kapic explores the skills, attitudes, and spiritual practices needed by those who take up the discipline. This brief, clear, and lively primer draws out the relevance of theology for Christian life, worship, mission, witness, and more. &amp;#039;Theology is about life,&amp;#039; writes Kapic. &amp;#039;It is not a conversation our souls can afford to avoid.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416926</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Little Book for New Theologians: Why and How to Study Theology
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 29 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Whenever we read, think, hear, or say anything about God, we are doing theology. Yet theology isn&amp;#039;t just a matter of what we think. It affects who we are. In the tradition of Helmut Thielicke&amp;#039;s A Little Exercise for Young Theologians, Kelly Kapic offers a concise introduction to the study of theology for newcomers to the field. He highlights the value and importance of theological study and explains its unique nature as a serious discipline. Not only concerned with content and method, Kapic explores the skills, attitudes, and spiritual practices needed by those who take up the discipline. This brief, clear, and lively primer draws out the relevance of theology for Christian life, worship, mission, witness, and more. &amp;#039;Theology is about life,&amp;#039; writes Kapic. &amp;#039;It is not a conversation our souls can afford to avoid.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force that Makes You Unstoppable by Keith Craft</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force that Makes You Unstoppable
Author: Keith Craft
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the key to all your future success and achievement, and learn that what makes you different, makes you great. According to science, ninety-nine percent of our DNA sequence is the same as other humans. Pastor Keith Craft believes that the one percent difference in each of us is a type of glory that God has given us. Within this motivational and inspirational self-help book, Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force That Makes You Unstoppable, are the tools to help you discover a unique fingerprint that you have been given. These tools will help you deploy your unique difference that your family needs, your marriage needs, your job needs, your faith needs—that the world needs. And when you embrace and live in that uniqueness, you celebrate the glory of God.</description>
      <author>Keith Craft</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705212424.mp3" length="8239338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705212424.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force that Makes You Unstoppable
Author: Keith Craft
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the key to all your future success and achievement, and learn that what makes you different, makes you great. According to science, ninety-nine percent of our DNA sequence is the same as other humans. Pastor Keith Craft believes that the one percent difference in each of us is a type of glory that God has given us. Within this motivational and inspirational self-help book, Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force That Makes You Unstoppable, are the tools to help you discover a unique fingerprint that you have been given. These tools will help you deploy your unique difference that your family needs, your marriage needs, your job needs, your faith needs—that the world needs. And when you embrace and live in that uniqueness, you celebrate the glory of God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force that Makes You Unstoppable
Author: Keith Craft
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the key to all your future success and achievement, and learn that what makes you different, makes you great. According to science, ninety-nine percent of our DNA sequence is the same as other humans. Pastor Keith Craft believes that the one percent difference in each of us is a type of glory that God has given us. Within this motivational and inspirational self-help book, Your Divine Fingerprint: The Force That Makes You Unstoppable, are the tools to help you discover a unique fingerprint that you have been given. These tools will help you deploy your unique difference that your family needs, your marriage needs, your job needs, your faith needs—that the world needs. And when you embrace and live in that uniqueness, you celebrate the glory of God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God&amp;#039;s Voice Within: The Ignatian Way to Discover God&amp;#039;s Will by Mark E. Thibodeaux SJ</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Voice Within: The Ignatian Way to Discover God&amp;#039;s Will
Author: Mark E. Thibodeaux SJ
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of us do not trust our own thoughts, feelings, and desires when it comes to discerning God&amp;#039;s will. Instead we look outside ourselves to determine what God wants from and for us. In God&amp;#039;s Voice Within, spiritual director Mark E. Thibodeaux, SJ, shows us how to use Ignatian discernment to access our own spiritual intuition and understand that the most trustworthy wisdom of all comes not from outside sources, but from God working through us. God&amp;#039;s Voice Within is intended for people who know that there is more to the spiritual life than they are currently experiencing and are ready to take the next step in their walk of faith by making effective discernment—specifically Ignatian discernment—a daily practice. Ultimately, God&amp;#039;s Voice Within teaches us to discern what is at the root of our actions and emotions, which in turn allows us to respond to God&amp;#039;s promptings inside us rather than unconsciously reacting to life around us.</description>
      <author>Mark E. Thibodeaux SJ</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705209127.mp3" length="8667884" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705209127.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Voice Within: The Ignatian Way to Discover God&amp;#039;s Will
Author: Mark E. Thibodeaux SJ
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of us do not trust our own thoughts, feelings, and desires when it comes to discerning God&amp;#039;s will. Instead we look outside ourselves to determine what God wants from and for us. In God&amp;#039;s Voice Within, spiritual director Mark E. Thibodeaux, SJ, shows us how to use Ignatian discernment to access our own spiritual intuition and understand that the most trustworthy wisdom of all comes not from outside sources, but from God working through us. God&amp;#039;s Voice Within is intended for people who know that there is more to the spiritual life than they are currently experiencing and are ready to take the next step in their walk of faith by making effective discernment—specifically Ignatian discernment—a daily practice. Ultimately, God&amp;#039;s Voice Within teaches us to discern what is at the root of our actions and emotions, which in turn allows us to respond to God&amp;#039;s promptings inside us rather than unconsciously reacting to life around us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God&amp;#039;s Voice Within: The Ignatian Way to Discover God&amp;#039;s Will
Author: Mark E. Thibodeaux SJ
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Many of us do not trust our own thoughts, feelings, and desires when it comes to discerning God&amp;#039;s will. Instead we look outside ourselves to determine what God wants from and for us. In God&amp;#039;s Voice Within, spiritual director Mark E. Thibodeaux, SJ, shows us how to use Ignatian discernment to access our own spiritual intuition and understand that the most trustworthy wisdom of all comes not from outside sources, but from God working through us. God&amp;#039;s Voice Within is intended for people who know that there is more to the spiritual life than they are currently experiencing and are ready to take the next step in their walk of faith by making effective discernment—specifically Ignatian discernment—a daily practice. Ultimately, God&amp;#039;s Voice Within teaches us to discern what is at the root of our actions and emotions, which in turn allows us to respond to God&amp;#039;s promptings inside us rather than unconsciously reacting to life around us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Interior Castle by St Teresa Of ávila</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Interior Castle
Author: St Teresa Of ávila
Narrator: Lucy Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Interior Castle, Carmelite nun, mystic and patron saint of Spain Teresa of Ávila uses the metaphor of a giant crystal castle to explain her theory of the soul and the various stages it passes through as it progresses towards God. Beginning in the outer rooms, where demons are fought and vices are purged, the soul must reach the inner chambers, where it will enter betrothal and intimate union with God. Prayer is central to the journey, as the soul is guided by its practice and each phase represents a different category of devotion. Originally written as counsel for the sisters in her convent, The Interior Castle is a poignant and poetic reflection on prayer, humility and self- knowledge, and the path towards a deeper communion with God.</description>
      <author>St Teresa Of ávila</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781781982549.mp3" length="876999" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781781982549.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Interior Castle
Author: St Teresa Of ávila
Narrator: Lucy Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Interior Castle, Carmelite nun, mystic and patron saint of Spain Teresa of Ávila uses the metaphor of a giant crystal castle to explain her theory of the soul and the various stages it passes through as it progresses towards God. Beginning in the outer rooms, where demons are fought and vices are purged, the soul must reach the inner chambers, where it will enter betrothal and intimate union with God. Prayer is central to the journey, as the soul is guided by its practice and each phase represents a different category of devotion. Originally written as counsel for the sisters in her convent, The Interior Castle is a poignant and poetic reflection on prayer, humility and self- knowledge, and the path towards a deeper communion with God.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416770</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Interior Castle
Author: St Teresa Of ávila
Narrator: Lucy Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 29, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Interior Castle, Carmelite nun, mystic and patron saint of Spain Teresa of Ávila uses the metaphor of a giant crystal castle to explain her theory of the soul and the various stages it passes through as it progresses towards God. Beginning in the outer rooms, where demons are fought and vices are purged, the soul must reach the inner chambers, where it will enter betrothal and intimate union with God. Prayer is central to the journey, as the soul is guided by its practice and each phase represents a different category of devotion. Originally written as counsel for the sisters in her convent, The Interior Castle is a poignant and poetic reflection on prayer, humility and self- knowledge, and the path towards a deeper communion with God.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life in Christ Vol. 1 by Charles H. Spurgeon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in Christ Vol. 1
Author: Charles H. Spurgeon
Narrator: Saethon Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Original title: Miracles and Parables of Our Lord. Volume 1 Men who were led by the hand or groped their way along the wall to reach Jesus were touched by his finger and went home without a guide, rejoicing that Jesus Christ had opened their eyes. Jesus is still able to perform such miracles. And, with the power of the Holy Spirit, his Word will be expounded and we&amp;#039;ll watch for the signs to follow, expecting to see them at once. Why shouldn&amp;#039;t those who read this be blessed with the light of heaven? This is my heart&amp;#039;s inmost desire. I can&amp;#039;t put fine words together. I&amp;#039;ve never studied speech. In fact, my heart loathes the very thought of intentionally speaking with fine words when souls are in danger of eternal separation from God. No, I work to speak straight to your hearts and consciences, and if there is anyone with faith to receive, God will bless them with fresh revelation. - Charles H. Spurgeon In this first volume, Charles H. Spurgeon expounds on the following miracles: * Jesus heals two blind men by touching their eyes (Matthew 9:27-30) * Jesus uses spit to heal another blind man (Mark 8:22-25) * Jesus passes through the midst of those who would kill him (Luke 4:28-30) * Jesus brings a widow&amp;#039;s son back to life. (Luke 7:11-17) * Jesus releases a woman from a spirit of infirmity (Luke 13:10-13) * Jesus heals ten lepers but only one thanks him (Luke 17:12-16) * Jesus gently rebukes his mother then makes wine for the wedding (John 2:1-5) * Jesus tests a nobleman&amp;#039;s faith and his son is healed (John 4:46-53)</description>
      <author>Charles H. Spurgeon</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518904936.mp3" length="1216950" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518904936.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in Christ Vol. 1
Author: Charles H. Spurgeon
Narrator: Saethon Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Original title: Miracles and Parables of Our Lord. Volume 1 Men who were led by the hand or groped their way along the wall to reach Jesus were touched by his finger and went home without a guide, rejoicing that Jesus Christ had opened their eyes. Jesus is still able to perform such miracles. And, with the power of the Holy Spirit, his Word will be expounded and we&amp;#039;ll watch for the signs to follow, expecting to see them at once. Why shouldn&amp;#039;t those who read this be blessed with the light of heaven? This is my heart&amp;#039;s inmost desire. I can&amp;#039;t put fine words together. I&amp;#039;ve never studied speech. In fact, my heart loathes the very thought of intentionally speaking with fine words when souls are in danger of eternal separation from God. No, I work to speak straight to your hearts and consciences, and if there is anyone with faith to receive, God will bless them with fresh revelation. - Charles H. Spurgeon In this first volume, Charles H. Spurgeon expounds on the following miracles: * Jesus heals two blind men by touching their eyes (Matthew 9:27-30) * Jesus uses spit to heal another blind man (Mark 8:22-25) * Jesus passes through the midst of those who would kill him (Luke 4:28-30) * Jesus brings a widow&amp;#039;s son back to life. (Luke 7:11-17) * Jesus releases a woman from a spirit of infirmity (Luke 13:10-13) * Jesus heals ten lepers but only one thanks him (Luke 17:12-16) * Jesus gently rebukes his mother then makes wine for the wedding (John 2:1-5) * Jesus tests a nobleman&amp;#039;s faith and his son is healed (John 4:46-53)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/416695</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Life in Christ Vol. 1
Author: Charles H. Spurgeon
Narrator: Saethon Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Original title: Miracles and Parables of Our Lord. Volume 1 Men who were led by the hand or groped their way along the wall to reach Jesus were touched by his finger and went home without a guide, rejoicing that Jesus Christ had opened their eyes. Jesus is still able to perform such miracles. And, with the power of the Holy Spirit, his Word will be expounded and we&amp;#039;ll watch for the signs to follow, expecting to see them at once. Why shouldn&amp;#039;t those who read this be blessed with the light of heaven? This is my heart&amp;#039;s inmost desire. I can&amp;#039;t put fine words together. I&amp;#039;ve never studied speech. In fact, my heart loathes the very thought of intentionally speaking with fine words when souls are in danger of eternal separation from God. No, I work to speak straight to your hearts and consciences, and if there is anyone with faith to receive, God will bless them with fresh revelation. - Charles H. Spurgeon In this first volume, Charles H. Spurgeon expounds on the following miracles: * Jesus heals two blind men by touching their eyes (Matthew 9:27-30) * Jesus uses spit to heal another blind man (Mark 8:22-25) * Jesus passes through the midst of those who would kill him (Luke 4:28-30) * Jesus brings a widow&amp;#039;s son back to life. (Luke 7:11-17) * Jesus releases a woman from a spirit of infirmity (Luke 13:10-13) * Jesus heals ten lepers but only one thanks him (Luke 17:12-16) * Jesus gently rebukes his mother then makes wine for the wedding (John 2:1-5) * Jesus tests a nobleman&amp;#039;s faith and his son is healed (John 4:46-53)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cross: Crucified with Christ, and Christ Alive in Me by J. C. Ryle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cross: Crucified with Christ, and Christ Alive in Me
Author: J. C. Ryle
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
I am crucified with Christ; nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ lives in me, and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me. - Galatians 2:20 I want to tell you what perhaps the greatest Christian who ever lived (the Apostle Paul) thought of the cross of Christ. Believe me, the cross is of deepest importance. This is no mere question of controversy; this is not one of those points on which men may agree to differ and feel that differences will not shut them out of heaven. A man must be right on this subject, or he is lost forever. Heaven or hell, happiness or misery, life or death, blessing or cursing in the last day - all hinges on the answer to this question: &amp;quot;What do you think about the cross of Christ?&amp;quot;  Let me show you: 1.	What the apostle Paul did not glory in. 2.	What Paul did glory in. 3.	Why all Christians should think and feel about the cross like Paul.</description>
      <author>J. C. Ryle</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982799717.mp3" length="1376716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982799717.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cross: Crucified with Christ, and Christ Alive in Me
Author: J. C. Ryle
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
I am crucified with Christ; nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ lives in me, and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me. - Galatians 2:20 I want to tell you what perhaps the greatest Christian who ever lived (the Apostle Paul) thought of the cross of Christ. Believe me, the cross is of deepest importance. This is no mere question of controversy; this is not one of those points on which men may agree to differ and feel that differences will not shut them out of heaven. A man must be right on this subject, or he is lost forever. Heaven or hell, happiness or misery, life or death, blessing or cursing in the last day - all hinges on the answer to this question: &amp;quot;What do you think about the cross of Christ?&amp;quot;  Let me show you: 1.	What the apostle Paul did not glory in. 2.	What Paul did glory in. 3.	Why all Christians should think and feel about the cross like Paul.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cross: Crucified with Christ, and Christ Alive in Me
Author: J. C. Ryle
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: January 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
I am crucified with Christ; nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ lives in me, and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me. - Galatians 2:20 I want to tell you what perhaps the greatest Christian who ever lived (the Apostle Paul) thought of the cross of Christ. Believe me, the cross is of deepest importance. This is no mere question of controversy; this is not one of those points on which men may agree to differ and feel that differences will not shut them out of heaven. A man must be right on this subject, or he is lost forever. Heaven or hell, happiness or misery, life or death, blessing or cursing in the last day - all hinges on the answer to this question: &amp;quot;What do you think about the cross of Christ?&amp;quot;  Let me show you: 1.	What the apostle Paul did not glory in. 2.	What Paul did glory in. 3.	Why all Christians should think and feel about the cross like Paul.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mystery of Marriage: 20th Anniversary Edition: Meditations on the Miracle by Mike Mason</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mystery of Marriage: 20th Anniversary Edition: Meditations on the Miracle
Author: Mike Mason
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditate on the Spiritual Significance of Marriage  In the 20th Anniversary Edition of this Gold Medallion Award winner, Mike Mason goes on a poetic search to understand the wondrous dynamics of committed love. In highly readable, first-person style, Mason’s writing stimulates readers’ thoughts and prayers and propels couples to deeper intimacy. “A marriage is not a joining of two worlds,” says the author, “but an abandoning of two worlds in order that one new one might be formed.” Rich chapters on “Otherness,” “Vows,” “Intimacy,” “Sex,” “Submission,” and an all-new chapter on “Oneness” lift readers to view the eternal, spiritual nature of this faith-filled, “impossible,” wild—yet wonderful—frontier.   “An outstanding achievement. Rarely has a book aroused in me so much enthusiasm as has the combination of wisdom, depth, dignity, and glow that I find in these chapters.”   -J.I. Packer  “Absolutely exquisite. It reaches down deep into our innermost being, revealing, revitalizing, rewarding. A real classic.”   -Gigi Graham Tchividjian  “A drop everything book. Mason deals with the stunning paradoxes of the mystery, the problems, and the glories of marriage. I don’t need to read any other book on the subject.”   -Elisabeth Elliot  Story Behind the Book &amp;#039;Over the twenty years since its publication, many couples have told me that they’ve read my book aloud to each other. This always amazes me and gives me great joy. I’m also amazed that many single people have read it. Either way, my goal is for hearts to be warmed by the mystery of divine love. I want couples to enter into deeper intimacy by thinking together about the mystery of marriage—about how their love, besides being a gift of God, reflects the very love He has for Himself in the Trinity. For God is not a bachelor, and throughout the Bible marriage is a supreme picture of the nature of God’s love and of His kingdom. I want people who read my book to feel so soaked in these wonderful, divine mysteries that it deepens their reverence for marriage and inspires them to greater love.&amp;#039;    -Mike Mason</description>
      <author>Mike Mason</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593294352.mp3" length="2768982" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593294352.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mystery of Marriage: 20th Anniversary Edition: Meditations on the Miracle
Author: Mike Mason
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditate on the Spiritual Significance of Marriage  In the 20th Anniversary Edition of this Gold Medallion Award winner, Mike Mason goes on a poetic search to understand the wondrous dynamics of committed love. In highly readable, first-person style, Mason’s writing stimulates readers’ thoughts and prayers and propels couples to deeper intimacy. “A marriage is not a joining of two worlds,” says the author, “but an abandoning of two worlds in order that one new one might be formed.” Rich chapters on “Otherness,” “Vows,” “Intimacy,” “Sex,” “Submission,” and an all-new chapter on “Oneness” lift readers to view the eternal, spiritual nature of this faith-filled, “impossible,” wild—yet wonderful—frontier.   “An outstanding achievement. Rarely has a book aroused in me so much enthusiasm as has the combination of wisdom, depth, dignity, and glow that I find in these chapters.”   -J.I. Packer  “Absolutely exquisite. It reaches down deep into our innermost being, revealing, revitalizing, rewarding. A real classic.”   -Gigi Graham Tchividjian  “A drop everything book. Mason deals with the stunning paradoxes of the mystery, the problems, and the glories of marriage. I don’t need to read any other book on the subject.”   -Elisabeth Elliot  Story Behind the Book &amp;#039;Over the twenty years since its publication, many couples have told me that they’ve read my book aloud to each other. This always amazes me and gives me great joy. I’m also amazed that many single people have read it. Either way, my goal is for hearts to be warmed by the mystery of divine love. I want couples to enter into deeper intimacy by thinking together about the mystery of marriage—about how their love, besides being a gift of God, reflects the very love He has for Himself in the Trinity. For God is not a bachelor, and throughout the Bible marriage is a supreme picture of the nature of God’s love and of His kingdom. I want people who read my book to feel so soaked in these wonderful, divine mysteries that it deepens their reverence for marriage and inspires them to greater love.&amp;#039;    -Mike Mason</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mystery of Marriage: 20th Anniversary Edition: Meditations on the Miracle
Author: Mike Mason
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Meditate on the Spiritual Significance of Marriage  In the 20th Anniversary Edition of this Gold Medallion Award winner, Mike Mason goes on a poetic search to understand the wondrous dynamics of committed love. In highly readable, first-person style, Mason’s writing stimulates readers’ thoughts and prayers and propels couples to deeper intimacy. “A marriage is not a joining of two worlds,” says the author, “but an abandoning of two worlds in order that one new one might be formed.” Rich chapters on “Otherness,” “Vows,” “Intimacy,” “Sex,” “Submission,” and an all-new chapter on “Oneness” lift readers to view the eternal, spiritual nature of this faith-filled, “impossible,” wild—yet wonderful—frontier.   “An outstanding achievement. Rarely has a book aroused in me so much enthusiasm as has the combination of wisdom, depth, dignity, and glow that I find in these chapters.”   -J.I. Packer  “Absolutely exquisite. It reaches down deep into our innermost being, revealing, revitalizing, rewarding. A real classic.”   -Gigi Graham Tchividjian  “A drop everything book. Mason deals with the stunning paradoxes of the mystery, the problems, and the glories of marriage. I don’t need to read any other book on the subject.”   -Elisabeth Elliot  Story Behind the Book &amp;#039;Over the twenty years since its publication, many couples have told me that they’ve read my book aloud to each other. This always amazes me and gives me great joy. I’m also amazed that many single people have read it. Either way, my goal is for hearts to be warmed by the mystery of divine love. I want couples to enter into deeper intimacy by thinking together about the mystery of marriage—about how their love, besides being a gift of God, reflects the very love He has for Himself in the Trinity. For God is not a bachelor, and throughout the Bible marriage is a supreme picture of the nature of God’s love and of His kingdom. I want people who read my book to feel so soaked in these wonderful, divine mysteries that it deepens their reverence for marriage and inspires them to greater love.&amp;#039;    -Mike Mason</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spiritual Conversations with Children: Listening to God Together by Lacy Finn Borgo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Conversations with Children: Listening to God Together
Author: Lacy Finn Borgo
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are born into this world with a natural longing to connect to God and other human beings. When children have a listening companion who hears, acknowledges, and encourages their early experiences with God, it creates a spiritual footprint that shapes their lives. How can we increase our capacity to engage children in spiritual conversations? In this book Lacy Finn Borgo draws on her own experience of practicing spiritual direction with children. She offers an overview of childhood spiritual formation and introduces key skills for engaging conversation—posture, power, and patterns—from a Christ-centered perspective. &amp;#039;When we are fully present and open to another, we will be changed,&amp;#039; Borgo writes. &amp;#039;Indeed, as you listen to God with a child, the child will lead you into a fuller experience of God&amp;#039;s love and acceptance.&amp;#039; In this book you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Sample interactive dialogues with children ● Ideas for engaging children with play, art, and movement ● Prayers to use together Whether you are a parent or grandparent, pastor or spiritual director, you will find this to be a friendly guide into deeper ways of listening.</description>
      <author>Lacy Finn Borgo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914939.mp3" length="1253769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914939.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Conversations with Children: Listening to God Together
Author: Lacy Finn Borgo
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are born into this world with a natural longing to connect to God and other human beings. When children have a listening companion who hears, acknowledges, and encourages their early experiences with God, it creates a spiritual footprint that shapes their lives. How can we increase our capacity to engage children in spiritual conversations? In this book Lacy Finn Borgo draws on her own experience of practicing spiritual direction with children. She offers an overview of childhood spiritual formation and introduces key skills for engaging conversation—posture, power, and patterns—from a Christ-centered perspective. &amp;#039;When we are fully present and open to another, we will be changed,&amp;#039; Borgo writes. &amp;#039;Indeed, as you listen to God with a child, the child will lead you into a fuller experience of God&amp;#039;s love and acceptance.&amp;#039; In this book you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Sample interactive dialogues with children ● Ideas for engaging children with play, art, and movement ● Prayers to use together Whether you are a parent or grandparent, pastor or spiritual director, you will find this to be a friendly guide into deeper ways of listening.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Conversations with Children: Listening to God Together
Author: Lacy Finn Borgo
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are born into this world with a natural longing to connect to God and other human beings. When children have a listening companion who hears, acknowledges, and encourages their early experiences with God, it creates a spiritual footprint that shapes their lives. How can we increase our capacity to engage children in spiritual conversations? In this book Lacy Finn Borgo draws on her own experience of practicing spiritual direction with children. She offers an overview of childhood spiritual formation and introduces key skills for engaging conversation—posture, power, and patterns—from a Christ-centered perspective. &amp;#039;When we are fully present and open to another, we will be changed,&amp;#039; Borgo writes. &amp;#039;Indeed, as you listen to God with a child, the child will lead you into a fuller experience of God&amp;#039;s love and acceptance.&amp;#039; In this book you&amp;#039;ll find: ● Sample interactive dialogues with children ● Ideas for engaging children with play, art, and movement ● Prayers to use together Whether you are a parent or grandparent, pastor or spiritual director, you will find this to be a friendly guide into deeper ways of listening.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Everyday Faithfulness: The Beauty of Ordinary Perseverance In A Demanding World by Glenna Marshall</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Faithfulness: The Beauty of Ordinary Perseverance In A Demanding World
Author: Glenna Marshall
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does the Christian life look like when life is unpredictable, hard, or just plain ordinary? We live in an instant-gratification world, where results are quickly measured and words like discipline and perseverance evoke thoughts of legalism or asceticism. But Everyday Faithfulness explores what daily perseverance in Christ looks like during various seasons when spiritual growth seems especially difficult. Working through the unique challenges that come with seasons of waiting, caretaking, suffering, worry, spiritual dryness, and more, this book delves into practical ways to build habits into everyday life that will aid in spiritual growth throughout a lifetime. Each chapter closes with a real-life example of a woman whose life of regular, everyday faithfulness will encourage listeners to remain steadfast in theirs.</description>
      <author>Glenna Marshall</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914137.mp3" length="1236602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914137.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Faithfulness: The Beauty of Ordinary Perseverance In A Demanding World
Author: Glenna Marshall
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does the Christian life look like when life is unpredictable, hard, or just plain ordinary? We live in an instant-gratification world, where results are quickly measured and words like discipline and perseverance evoke thoughts of legalism or asceticism. But Everyday Faithfulness explores what daily perseverance in Christ looks like during various seasons when spiritual growth seems especially difficult. Working through the unique challenges that come with seasons of waiting, caretaking, suffering, worry, spiritual dryness, and more, this book delves into practical ways to build habits into everyday life that will aid in spiritual growth throughout a lifetime. Each chapter closes with a real-life example of a woman whose life of regular, everyday faithfulness will encourage listeners to remain steadfast in theirs.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Everyday Faithfulness: The Beauty of Ordinary Perseverance In A Demanding World
Author: Glenna Marshall
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does the Christian life look like when life is unpredictable, hard, or just plain ordinary? We live in an instant-gratification world, where results are quickly measured and words like discipline and perseverance evoke thoughts of legalism or asceticism. But Everyday Faithfulness explores what daily perseverance in Christ looks like during various seasons when spiritual growth seems especially difficult. Working through the unique challenges that come with seasons of waiting, caretaking, suffering, worry, spiritual dryness, and more, this book delves into practical ways to build habits into everyday life that will aid in spiritual growth throughout a lifetime. Each chapter closes with a real-life example of a woman whose life of regular, everyday faithfulness will encourage listeners to remain steadfast in theirs.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Embodied Hope: A Theological Meditation on Pain and Suffering by Kelly M. Kapic</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Hope: A Theological Meditation on Pain and Suffering
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Too often the Christian attitude toward suffering is characterized by a detached academic appeal to God&amp;#039;s sovereignty, as if suffering were a game or a math problem. Or maybe we expect that since God is good, everything will just work out all right somehow. But where then is honest lament? Aren&amp;#039;t we shortchanging believers of the riches of the Christian teaching about suffering?   In Embodied Hope Kelly Kapic invites us to consider the example of our Lord Jesus. Only because Jesus has taken on our embodied existence, suffered alongside us, died, and been raised again can we find any hope from the depths of our own dark valleys of pain. As we look to Jesus, we are invited to participate not only in his sufferings, but also in the church, which calls us out of isolation and into the encouragement and consolation of the communal life of Christ.    Drawing on his own family&amp;#039;s experience with prolonged physical pain, Kapic reshapes our understanding of suffering into the image of Jesus, and brings us to a renewed understanding of—and participation in—our embodied hope.</description>
      <author>Kelly M. Kapic</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705215661.mp3" length="8236925" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705215661.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Hope: A Theological Meditation on Pain and Suffering
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Too often the Christian attitude toward suffering is characterized by a detached academic appeal to God&amp;#039;s sovereignty, as if suffering were a game or a math problem. Or maybe we expect that since God is good, everything will just work out all right somehow. But where then is honest lament? Aren&amp;#039;t we shortchanging believers of the riches of the Christian teaching about suffering?   In Embodied Hope Kelly Kapic invites us to consider the example of our Lord Jesus. Only because Jesus has taken on our embodied existence, suffered alongside us, died, and been raised again can we find any hope from the depths of our own dark valleys of pain. As we look to Jesus, we are invited to participate not only in his sufferings, but also in the church, which calls us out of isolation and into the encouragement and consolation of the communal life of Christ.    Drawing on his own family&amp;#039;s experience with prolonged physical pain, Kapic reshapes our understanding of suffering into the image of Jesus, and brings us to a renewed understanding of—and participation in—our embodied hope.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Hope: A Theological Meditation on Pain and Suffering
Author: Kelly M. Kapic
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Too often the Christian attitude toward suffering is characterized by a detached academic appeal to God&amp;#039;s sovereignty, as if suffering were a game or a math problem. Or maybe we expect that since God is good, everything will just work out all right somehow. But where then is honest lament? Aren&amp;#039;t we shortchanging believers of the riches of the Christian teaching about suffering?   In Embodied Hope Kelly Kapic invites us to consider the example of our Lord Jesus. Only because Jesus has taken on our embodied existence, suffered alongside us, died, and been raised again can we find any hope from the depths of our own dark valleys of pain. As we look to Jesus, we are invited to participate not only in his sufferings, but also in the church, which calls us out of isolation and into the encouragement and consolation of the communal life of Christ.    Drawing on his own family&amp;#039;s experience with prolonged physical pain, Kapic reshapes our understanding of suffering into the image of Jesus, and brings us to a renewed understanding of—and participation in—our embodied hope.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Giving is the Good Life: The Unexpected Path to Purpose and Joy by Randy Alcorn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Giving is the Good Life: The Unexpected Path to Purpose and Joy
Author: Randy Alcorn
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Wouldn&amp;#039;t it be great if we could do what pleases God, helps others, and is best for us—at the same time? Can we live the good life without being selfish? In Giving Is the Good Life, bestselling author Randy Alcorn teaches life-changing biblical principles of generosity and tells stories of people who have put those radical principles into practice. Each story is a practical application that can help stimulate your imagination and expand your dreams of serving Jesus in fresh ways. These real-life models give you not just words to remember but footprints to follow. Giving Is the Good Life reveals a grander view of God and generosity—one that stretches far beyond our imagination and teaches us what the good life is really all about.</description>
      <author>Randy Alcorn</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541430235.mp3" length="7624668" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541430235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Giving is the Good Life: The Unexpected Path to Purpose and Joy
Author: Randy Alcorn
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Wouldn&amp;#039;t it be great if we could do what pleases God, helps others, and is best for us—at the same time? Can we live the good life without being selfish? In Giving Is the Good Life, bestselling author Randy Alcorn teaches life-changing biblical principles of generosity and tells stories of people who have put those radical principles into practice. Each story is a practical application that can help stimulate your imagination and expand your dreams of serving Jesus in fresh ways. These real-life models give you not just words to remember but footprints to follow. Giving Is the Good Life reveals a grander view of God and generosity—one that stretches far beyond our imagination and teaches us what the good life is really all about.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415470</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Giving is the Good Life: The Unexpected Path to Purpose and Joy
Author: Randy Alcorn
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Wouldn&amp;#039;t it be great if we could do what pleases God, helps others, and is best for us—at the same time? Can we live the good life without being selfish? In Giving Is the Good Life, bestselling author Randy Alcorn teaches life-changing biblical principles of generosity and tells stories of people who have put those radical principles into practice. Each story is a practical application that can help stimulate your imagination and expand your dreams of serving Jesus in fresh ways. These real-life models give you not just words to remember but footprints to follow. Giving Is the Good Life reveals a grander view of God and generosity—one that stretches far beyond our imagination and teaches us what the good life is really all about.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tyndale: The Man Who Gave God an English Voice by David Teems</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tyndale: The Man Who Gave God an English Voice
Author: David Teems
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
It was an outlawed book, a text so dangerous “it could only be countered by the most vicious burnings, of books and men and women.” But what book could incite such violence and bloodshed? The year is 1526. It is the age of Henry VIII and his tragic Anne Boleyn, of Martin Luther and Thomas More. The times are treacherous. The Catholic Church controls almost every aspect of English life, including access to the very Word of God. And the church will do anything to keep it that way. Enter William Tyndale, the gifted, courageous “heretic” who dared translate the Word of God into English. He worked in secret, in exile, in peril, always on the move. Neither England nor the English language would ever be the same again. With thoughtful clarity and a reverence that comes through in every word, David Teems shares a story of intrigue and atrocity, betrayal and perseverance. This is how the Reformation officially reached English shores—and what it cost the men who brought it there. Praise for David Teems’ previous work Majestie “Teems . . . pulls together the story of this enigmatic king [ James] with humor and pathos . . . [A] delightful read in every way.” —PUBLISHERS WEEKLY</description>
      <author>David Teems</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400224180.mp3" length="861430" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400224180.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tyndale: The Man Who Gave God an English Voice
Author: David Teems
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
It was an outlawed book, a text so dangerous “it could only be countered by the most vicious burnings, of books and men and women.” But what book could incite such violence and bloodshed? The year is 1526. It is the age of Henry VIII and his tragic Anne Boleyn, of Martin Luther and Thomas More. The times are treacherous. The Catholic Church controls almost every aspect of English life, including access to the very Word of God. And the church will do anything to keep it that way. Enter William Tyndale, the gifted, courageous “heretic” who dared translate the Word of God into English. He worked in secret, in exile, in peril, always on the move. Neither England nor the English language would ever be the same again. With thoughtful clarity and a reverence that comes through in every word, David Teems shares a story of intrigue and atrocity, betrayal and perseverance. This is how the Reformation officially reached English shores—and what it cost the men who brought it there. Praise for David Teems’ previous work Majestie “Teems . . . pulls together the story of this enigmatic king [ James] with humor and pathos . . . [A] delightful read in every way.” —PUBLISHERS WEEKLY</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415446</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tyndale: The Man Who Gave God an English Voice
Author: David Teems
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
It was an outlawed book, a text so dangerous “it could only be countered by the most vicious burnings, of books and men and women.” But what book could incite such violence and bloodshed? The year is 1526. It is the age of Henry VIII and his tragic Anne Boleyn, of Martin Luther and Thomas More. The times are treacherous. The Catholic Church controls almost every aspect of English life, including access to the very Word of God. And the church will do anything to keep it that way. Enter William Tyndale, the gifted, courageous “heretic” who dared translate the Word of God into English. He worked in secret, in exile, in peril, always on the move. Neither England nor the English language would ever be the same again. With thoughtful clarity and a reverence that comes through in every word, David Teems shares a story of intrigue and atrocity, betrayal and perseverance. This is how the Reformation officially reached English shores—and what it cost the men who brought it there. Praise for David Teems’ previous work Majestie “Teems . . . pulls together the story of this enigmatic king [ James] with humor and pathos . . . [A] delightful read in every way.” —PUBLISHERS WEEKLY</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demonic Foes: My Twenty-Five Years as a Psychiatrist Investigating Possessions, Diabolic Attacks, and the Paranormal by Richard Gallagher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demonic Foes: My Twenty-Five Years as a Psychiatrist Investigating Possessions, Diabolic Attacks, and the Paranormal
Author: Richard Gallagher
Narrator: Kevin Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The world’s leading psychiatric authority on demonic possession delves into the hidden world of exorcisms and his own transformation from cynic to believer over the course of his twenty-five-year career. Successful New York psychiatrist Richard Gallagher was skeptical yet intrigued when a hard-nosed, no-nonsense Catholic priest asked him to examine a woman for a possible exorcism. Meeting her, Gallagher was astonished. The woman’s behavior defied logic. In an instant, she could pinpoint a person’s secret weaknesses. She knew how individuals she’d never known had died, including Gallagher’s own mother, who passed away after a lengthy battle with ovarian cancer. She spoke fluently in multiple languages, including Latin—but only when she was in a trance.  This was not psychosis, Gallagher concluded. It was, in his scientific estimation, what could only be describe as paranormal ability. The woman wasn’t mentally disturbed—she was possessed. This remarkable case was the first of many that Gallagher would encounter. Sought after today by leaders of all faiths—ministers, priests, rabbis and imams, Gallagher has spent a quarter-century studying demonic activity and exorcisms throughout history and has witnessed more cases than any other psychiatrist in the world today. In this eerie and enthralling book, Gallagher chronicles his most famous cases for the first time, including:  - A professional who claimed her spiritualist mother had “assigned” her a spirit who “turned on her.” - A petite woman—”90 pounds soaking wet”—who threw a 200-pound Lutheran deacon across the room to the horror of onlookers in a church hall; - And “Julia,” the so-called Satanic queen and self-described witch, who exhibited “the most harrowing” case, a “once-in-a-century” possession. Going beyond horror movies and novels, Demonic Foes takes you deep into this hidden world, sharing in full details of these true-life tales of demonic possession.</description>
      <author>Richard Gallagher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063034693.mp3" length="1359016" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063034693.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demonic Foes: My Twenty-Five Years as a Psychiatrist Investigating Possessions, Diabolic Attacks, and the Paranormal
Author: Richard Gallagher
Narrator: Kevin Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The world’s leading psychiatric authority on demonic possession delves into the hidden world of exorcisms and his own transformation from cynic to believer over the course of his twenty-five-year career. Successful New York psychiatrist Richard Gallagher was skeptical yet intrigued when a hard-nosed, no-nonsense Catholic priest asked him to examine a woman for a possible exorcism. Meeting her, Gallagher was astonished. The woman’s behavior defied logic. In an instant, she could pinpoint a person’s secret weaknesses. She knew how individuals she’d never known had died, including Gallagher’s own mother, who passed away after a lengthy battle with ovarian cancer. She spoke fluently in multiple languages, including Latin—but only when she was in a trance.  This was not psychosis, Gallagher concluded. It was, in his scientific estimation, what could only be describe as paranormal ability. The woman wasn’t mentally disturbed—she was possessed. This remarkable case was the first of many that Gallagher would encounter. Sought after today by leaders of all faiths—ministers, priests, rabbis and imams, Gallagher has spent a quarter-century studying demonic activity and exorcisms throughout history and has witnessed more cases than any other psychiatrist in the world today. In this eerie and enthralling book, Gallagher chronicles his most famous cases for the first time, including:  - A professional who claimed her spiritualist mother had “assigned” her a spirit who “turned on her.” - A petite woman—”90 pounds soaking wet”—who threw a 200-pound Lutheran deacon across the room to the horror of onlookers in a church hall; - And “Julia,” the so-called Satanic queen and self-described witch, who exhibited “the most harrowing” case, a “once-in-a-century” possession. Going beyond horror movies and novels, Demonic Foes takes you deep into this hidden world, sharing in full details of these true-life tales of demonic possession.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demonic Foes: My Twenty-Five Years as a Psychiatrist Investigating Possessions, Diabolic Attacks, and the Paranormal
Author: Richard Gallagher
Narrator: Kevin Collins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 8 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The world’s leading psychiatric authority on demonic possession delves into the hidden world of exorcisms and his own transformation from cynic to believer over the course of his twenty-five-year career. Successful New York psychiatrist Richard Gallagher was skeptical yet intrigued when a hard-nosed, no-nonsense Catholic priest asked him to examine a woman for a possible exorcism. Meeting her, Gallagher was astonished. The woman’s behavior defied logic. In an instant, she could pinpoint a person’s secret weaknesses. She knew how individuals she’d never known had died, including Gallagher’s own mother, who passed away after a lengthy battle with ovarian cancer. She spoke fluently in multiple languages, including Latin—but only when she was in a trance.  This was not psychosis, Gallagher concluded. It was, in his scientific estimation, what could only be describe as paranormal ability. The woman wasn’t mentally disturbed—she was possessed. This remarkable case was the first of many that Gallagher would encounter. Sought after today by leaders of all faiths—ministers, priests, rabbis and imams, Gallagher has spent a quarter-century studying demonic activity and exorcisms throughout history and has witnessed more cases than any other psychiatrist in the world today. In this eerie and enthralling book, Gallagher chronicles his most famous cases for the first time, including:  - A professional who claimed her spiritualist mother had “assigned” her a spirit who “turned on her.” - A petite woman—”90 pounds soaking wet”—who threw a 200-pound Lutheran deacon across the room to the horror of onlookers in a church hall; - And “Julia,” the so-called Satanic queen and self-described witch, who exhibited “the most harrowing” case, a “once-in-a-century” possession. Going beyond horror movies and novels, Demonic Foes takes you deep into this hidden world, sharing in full details of these true-life tales of demonic possession.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us by Layton E. Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us
Author: Layton E. Williams
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us.</description>
      <author>Layton E. Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094066264.mp3" length="763531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094066264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us
Author: Layton E. Williams
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us
Author: Layton E. Williams
Narrator: Kate Mulligan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
These days, there’s no dirtier word than “divisive,” especially in religious and political circles. Claiming a controversial opinion, talking about our differences, even sharing our doubts can be seen as threatening to the goal of unity. But what if unity shouldn’t be our goal? In Holy Disunity: How What Separates Us Can Save Us, Layton E. Williams proposes that our primary calling as humans is not to create unity but rather to seek authentic relationship with God, ourselves, one another, and the world around us. And that means actively engaging those with whom we disagree. Our religious, political, social, and cultural differences can create doubt and tension, but disunity also provides surprising gifts of perspective and grace. By analyzing conflict and rifts in both modern culture and scripture, Williams explores how our disagreements and differences—our disunity—can ultimately redeem us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Honor&amp;#039;s Reward: Unlocking the Power of this Forgotten Virtue by John Bevere</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honor&amp;#039;s Reward: Unlocking the Power of this Forgotten Virtue
Author: John Bevere
Narrator: John Bevere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
No Christian wants to place limitations on God, but many of us unknowingly restrict His activity in our lives because we ignore a critical spiritual principle: Honor. It&amp;#039;s a concept largely lost in our culture, but as you&amp;#039;ll see in the pages of this book, it is core to releasing God&amp;#039;s kingdom into all aspects of life. In Honor&amp;#039;s Reward, best-selling author John Bevere unveils how embracing the call to honor aligns you with God&amp;#039;s value system and positions you to receive all he has for you. Pairing profound biblical insights with powerful stories of these principles in action, this book will give you a fresh outlook on this forgotten virtue-and, more importantly, a passion to incorporate it into every area of your life.</description>
      <author>John Bevere</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551577.mp3" length="1343268" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551577.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honor&amp;#039;s Reward: Unlocking the Power of this Forgotten Virtue
Author: John Bevere
Narrator: John Bevere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
No Christian wants to place limitations on God, but many of us unknowingly restrict His activity in our lives because we ignore a critical spiritual principle: Honor. It&amp;#039;s a concept largely lost in our culture, but as you&amp;#039;ll see in the pages of this book, it is core to releasing God&amp;#039;s kingdom into all aspects of life. In Honor&amp;#039;s Reward, best-selling author John Bevere unveils how embracing the call to honor aligns you with God&amp;#039;s value system and positions you to receive all he has for you. Pairing profound biblical insights with powerful stories of these principles in action, this book will give you a fresh outlook on this forgotten virtue-and, more importantly, a passion to incorporate it into every area of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415280</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Honor&amp;#039;s Reward: Unlocking the Power of this Forgotten Virtue
Author: John Bevere
Narrator: John Bevere
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 27 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
No Christian wants to place limitations on God, but many of us unknowingly restrict His activity in our lives because we ignore a critical spiritual principle: Honor. It&amp;#039;s a concept largely lost in our culture, but as you&amp;#039;ll see in the pages of this book, it is core to releasing God&amp;#039;s kingdom into all aspects of life. In Honor&amp;#039;s Reward, best-selling author John Bevere unveils how embracing the call to honor aligns you with God&amp;#039;s value system and positions you to receive all he has for you. Pairing profound biblical insights with powerful stories of these principles in action, this book will give you a fresh outlook on this forgotten virtue-and, more importantly, a passion to incorporate it into every area of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Una vida mejor: Lecciones que transforman vidas by Christy Muller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Una vida mejor: Lecciones que transforman vidas
Author: Christy Muller
Narrator: Christy Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
En Una vida mejor, Christy Muller invita a los lectores a tomar un camino hacia la sanidad emocional y la madurez espiritual. A través de estudios profundos y principios bíblicos, este libro es una extraordinaria herramienta que te permitirá evaluar tu propia vida y te guiará paso a paso para que puedas crear una vida mejor con tu obediencia. El libro incluye una colección de 30 estudios bíblicos enfocados en vivir «una vida mejor» de acuerdo con la sabiduría bíblica. - Una vida mejor en el ámbito emocional - Una vida mejor en el ámbito espiritual - Una vida mejor en el ámbito de las relaciones… entre otros Christy no duda en presentarnos con candor su propia experiencia de vida, además de enseñarnos cómo relacionarnos íntimamente con el Dios Todopoderoso y lleno de amor, quien está dispuesto a guiarnos hacia una vida completamente diferente y renovada. Este libro es reflexivo y práctico al mismo tiempo, una combinación que no es fácil encontrar en la literatura contemporánea. Cada meditación abre con un pensamiento inspiracional (una cita) de la autora, diseñado artísticamente. - Descubrirás la raíz de muchos de los sentimientos que te afectan y no te permiten avanzar. - Obtendrás las herramientas que necesitas para convertirte en una persona emocionalmente sana y estable. - Aprenderás a relacionarte mejor contigo mismo, tu Creador, tu entorno y quienes te rodean. - Tendrás una guía extraordinaria para tomar las decisiones sabias que te permitirán construir una vida mejor. A Better Life In A Better Life, Christy Muller invites readers to walk the path of emotional healing and spiritual maturity. Through in-depth study and biblical principles, this book is an extraordinary tool that will allow you to evaluate your own life and will guide you, step-by-step, towards a better life, through your obedience. The book includes a collection of 30 bible studies focused on living a better lifeaccording to biblical wisdom in the emotional and spiritual realm, as well as in your relationships. - A better life in the emotional realm - A better life in the spiritual realm - A better life in relationships... among others Through the candor of her own  life experience, Christy presents teaches us how to relate intimately with the Almighty and loving God, who is willing to lead us to a completely healing and a renewed life. This book,both thoughtful and practical will you help you to: - Discover the root of  the feelings that affect you and prevent you from moving forward. - Obtain the tools you need to become an emotionally healthy and stable person. - Learn how to better relate to yourself, your Creator, your environment and those around you  A Better Life  is an extraordinary guide in helping you to make wise decisions, enabling you to build a better life.</description>
      <author>Christy Muller</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780829742046.mp3" length="1436700" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780829742046.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Una vida mejor: Lecciones que transforman vidas
Author: Christy Muller
Narrator: Christy Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
En Una vida mejor, Christy Muller invita a los lectores a tomar un camino hacia la sanidad emocional y la madurez espiritual. A través de estudios profundos y principios bíblicos, este libro es una extraordinaria herramienta que te permitirá evaluar tu propia vida y te guiará paso a paso para que puedas crear una vida mejor con tu obediencia. El libro incluye una colección de 30 estudios bíblicos enfocados en vivir «una vida mejor» de acuerdo con la sabiduría bíblica. - Una vida mejor en el ámbito emocional - Una vida mejor en el ámbito espiritual - Una vida mejor en el ámbito de las relaciones… entre otros Christy no duda en presentarnos con candor su propia experiencia de vida, además de enseñarnos cómo relacionarnos íntimamente con el Dios Todopoderoso y lleno de amor, quien está dispuesto a guiarnos hacia una vida completamente diferente y renovada. Este libro es reflexivo y práctico al mismo tiempo, una combinación que no es fácil encontrar en la literatura contemporánea. Cada meditación abre con un pensamiento inspiracional (una cita) de la autora, diseñado artísticamente. - Descubrirás la raíz de muchos de los sentimientos que te afectan y no te permiten avanzar. - Obtendrás las herramientas que necesitas para convertirte en una persona emocionalmente sana y estable. - Aprenderás a relacionarte mejor contigo mismo, tu Creador, tu entorno y quienes te rodean. - Tendrás una guía extraordinaria para tomar las decisiones sabias que te permitirán construir una vida mejor. A Better Life In A Better Life, Christy Muller invites readers to walk the path of emotional healing and spiritual maturity. Through in-depth study and biblical principles, this book is an extraordinary tool that will allow you to evaluate your own life and will guide you, step-by-step, towards a better life, through your obedience. The book includes a collection of 30 bible studies focused on living a better lifeaccording to biblical wisdom in the emotional and spiritual realm, as well as in your relationships. - A better life in the emotional realm - A better life in the spiritual realm - A better life in relationships... among others Through the candor of her own  life experience, Christy presents teaches us how to relate intimately with the Almighty and loving God, who is willing to lead us to a completely healing and a renewed life. This book,both thoughtful and practical will you help you to: - Discover the root of  the feelings that affect you and prevent you from moving forward. - Obtain the tools you need to become an emotionally healthy and stable person. - Learn how to better relate to yourself, your Creator, your environment and those around you  A Better Life  is an extraordinary guide in helping you to make wise decisions, enabling you to build a better life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415277</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Una vida mejor: Lecciones que transforman vidas
Author: Christy Muller
Narrator: Christy Muller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
En Una vida mejor, Christy Muller invita a los lectores a tomar un camino hacia la sanidad emocional y la madurez espiritual. A través de estudios profundos y principios bíblicos, este libro es una extraordinaria herramienta que te permitirá evaluar tu propia vida y te guiará paso a paso para que puedas crear una vida mejor con tu obediencia. El libro incluye una colección de 30 estudios bíblicos enfocados en vivir «una vida mejor» de acuerdo con la sabiduría bíblica. - Una vida mejor en el ámbito emocional - Una vida mejor en el ámbito espiritual - Una vida mejor en el ámbito de las relaciones… entre otros Christy no duda en presentarnos con candor su propia experiencia de vida, además de enseñarnos cómo relacionarnos íntimamente con el Dios Todopoderoso y lleno de amor, quien está dispuesto a guiarnos hacia una vida completamente diferente y renovada. Este libro es reflexivo y práctico al mismo tiempo, una combinación que no es fácil encontrar en la literatura contemporánea. Cada meditación abre con un pensamiento inspiracional (una cita) de la autora, diseñado artísticamente. - Descubrirás la raíz de muchos de los sentimientos que te afectan y no te permiten avanzar. - Obtendrás las herramientas que necesitas para convertirte en una persona emocionalmente sana y estable. - Aprenderás a relacionarte mejor contigo mismo, tu Creador, tu entorno y quienes te rodean. - Tendrás una guía extraordinaria para tomar las decisiones sabias que te permitirán construir una vida mejor. A Better Life In A Better Life, Christy Muller invites readers to walk the path of emotional healing and spiritual maturity. Through in-depth study and biblical principles, this book is an extraordinary tool that will allow you to evaluate your own life and will guide you, step-by-step, towards a better life, through your obedience. The book includes a collection of 30 bible studies focused on living a better lifeaccording to biblical wisdom in the emotional and spiritual realm, as well as in your relationships. - A better life in the emotional realm - A better life in the spiritual realm - A better life in relationships... among others Through the candor of her own  life experience, Christy presents teaches us how to relate intimately with the Almighty and loving God, who is willing to lead us to a completely healing and a renewed life. This book,both thoughtful and practical will you help you to: - Discover the root of  the feelings that affect you and prevent you from moving forward. - Obtain the tools you need to become an emotionally healthy and stable person. - Learn how to better relate to yourself, your Creator, your environment and those around you  A Better Life  is an extraordinary guide in helping you to make wise decisions, enabling you to build a better life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Deep and Wide: Stop Settling for the Life You Have and Live the One Jesus Died to Give You by Shellie Rushing Tomlinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Deep and Wide: Stop Settling for the Life You Have and Live the One Jesus Died to Give You
Author: Shellie Rushing Tomlinson
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We’re meant to live in such ongoing satisfaction in Jesus and transformation by Jesus that others are drawn to Him through us—and all without joining a convent, hauling our sleeping bags to church, or barricading ourselves in the bathroom with our Bibles and prayer journals. The truth is that we can invest in all those religious activities and still be God-starved refugees going through the motions unless we learn how to trust Jesus to do in us what God asks of us.  This book gives us permission to stop trying to please God and learn how to live in a pilgrim’s delicious irony—being satisfied while hungering for more.</description>
      <author>Shellie Rushing Tomlinson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666558470.mp3" length="837808" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666558470.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Deep and Wide: Stop Settling for the Life You Have and Live the One Jesus Died to Give You
Author: Shellie Rushing Tomlinson
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We’re meant to live in such ongoing satisfaction in Jesus and transformation by Jesus that others are drawn to Him through us—and all without joining a convent, hauling our sleeping bags to church, or barricading ourselves in the bathroom with our Bibles and prayer journals. The truth is that we can invest in all those religious activities and still be God-starved refugees going through the motions unless we learn how to trust Jesus to do in us what God asks of us.  This book gives us permission to stop trying to please God and learn how to live in a pilgrim’s delicious irony—being satisfied while hungering for more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415200</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding Deep and Wide: Stop Settling for the Life You Have and Live the One Jesus Died to Give You
Author: Shellie Rushing Tomlinson
Narrator: Jennifer Jill Araya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We’re meant to live in such ongoing satisfaction in Jesus and transformation by Jesus that others are drawn to Him through us—and all without joining a convent, hauling our sleeping bags to church, or barricading ourselves in the bathroom with our Bibles and prayer journals. The truth is that we can invest in all those religious activities and still be God-starved refugees going through the motions unless we learn how to trust Jesus to do in us what God asks of us.  This book gives us permission to stop trying to please God and learn how to live in a pilgrim’s delicious irony—being satisfied while hungering for more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Orthodox Church, Simple Guides by Katherine Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Church, Simple Guides
Author: Katherine Clark
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Orthodoxy is the dominant form of Christianity in Greece, Russia, parts of Eastern Europe, and the Balkans. Its practices are largely unfamiliar in the West and have remained essentially unchanged since the earliest days of the faith. This lucid introduction outlines the tenets, nature, and holy days of Orthodox belief with the Western listener in mind. It describes the physical church, especially icons, services, and common practices, and it offers advice to visitors on how to conduct themselves so that they are accepted and feel comfortable. Several chapters concern the life of Jesus and the beginnings of Christianity; others trace the origins and history of the Church, with particular attention to its great champion, Constantine the Great. The present structure of the Church is described in brief, and the split between the Eastern and the Western Churches is related with differences clearly explained. The great antiquity and beauty of its liturgy, its essentially minimal hierarchy, and its mystical yet pragmatic approach make the Orthodox religion a powerful medium for its profound and universal message.</description>
      <author>Katherine Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666565225.mp3" length="856479" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666565225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Church, Simple Guides
Author: Katherine Clark
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Orthodoxy is the dominant form of Christianity in Greece, Russia, parts of Eastern Europe, and the Balkans. Its practices are largely unfamiliar in the West and have remained essentially unchanged since the earliest days of the faith. This lucid introduction outlines the tenets, nature, and holy days of Orthodox belief with the Western listener in mind. It describes the physical church, especially icons, services, and common practices, and it offers advice to visitors on how to conduct themselves so that they are accepted and feel comfortable. Several chapters concern the life of Jesus and the beginnings of Christianity; others trace the origins and history of the Church, with particular attention to its great champion, Constantine the Great. The present structure of the Church is described in brief, and the split between the Eastern and the Western Churches is related with differences clearly explained. The great antiquity and beauty of its liturgy, its essentially minimal hierarchy, and its mystical yet pragmatic approach make the Orthodox religion a powerful medium for its profound and universal message.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Orthodox Church, Simple Guides
Author: Katherine Clark
Narrator: Steven Crossley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Orthodoxy is the dominant form of Christianity in Greece, Russia, parts of Eastern Europe, and the Balkans. Its practices are largely unfamiliar in the West and have remained essentially unchanged since the earliest days of the faith. This lucid introduction outlines the tenets, nature, and holy days of Orthodox belief with the Western listener in mind. It describes the physical church, especially icons, services, and common practices, and it offers advice to visitors on how to conduct themselves so that they are accepted and feel comfortable. Several chapters concern the life of Jesus and the beginnings of Christianity; others trace the origins and history of the Church, with particular attention to its great champion, Constantine the Great. The present structure of the Church is described in brief, and the split between the Eastern and the Western Churches is related with differences clearly explained. The great antiquity and beauty of its liturgy, its essentially minimal hierarchy, and its mystical yet pragmatic approach make the Orthodox religion a powerful medium for its profound and universal message.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do It Afraid: Embracing Courage in the Face of Fear by Joyce Meyer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do It Afraid: Embracing Courage in the Face of Fear
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Joyce Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 91 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Recognize, confront, and conquer the fears holding you back from living boldly and freely with renowned Bible teacher and New York Times bestselling author, Joyce Meyer. Fear is the devil&amp;#039;s favorite tool in the toolbox of schemes he uses to destroy God&amp;#039;s good plan for you. He uses it to hold you back and prevent progress in your relationships, career, and more. In Do It Afraid, Joyce Meyer explains that fear is everywhere and affects everyone. It rules many people, but it doesn&amp;#039;t have to rule you any longer. She will teach you how to: - Understand fear and recognize how it works in your life. - Confront those fears that are holding you back. - Change your mindset for lasting freedom from some of the most common fears people face. Remember, courage isn&amp;#039;t the absence of fear; it is learning how to move forward in the presence of fear. Courageous people do what they believe in their hearts they should do, no matter how they feel or what doubts fill their minds. When you take ownership of your problems and open your heart to God, He will help bring light into darkness so that you can be free.</description>
      <author>Joyce Meyer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549129049.mp3" length="868458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549129049.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do It Afraid: Embracing Courage in the Face of Fear
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Joyce Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 91 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Recognize, confront, and conquer the fears holding you back from living boldly and freely with renowned Bible teacher and New York Times bestselling author, Joyce Meyer. Fear is the devil&amp;#039;s favorite tool in the toolbox of schemes he uses to destroy God&amp;#039;s good plan for you. He uses it to hold you back and prevent progress in your relationships, career, and more. In Do It Afraid, Joyce Meyer explains that fear is everywhere and affects everyone. It rules many people, but it doesn&amp;#039;t have to rule you any longer. She will teach you how to: - Understand fear and recognize how it works in your life. - Confront those fears that are holding you back. - Change your mindset for lasting freedom from some of the most common fears people face. Remember, courage isn&amp;#039;t the absence of fear; it is learning how to move forward in the presence of fear. Courageous people do what they believe in their hearts they should do, no matter how they feel or what doubts fill their minds. When you take ownership of your problems and open your heart to God, He will help bring light into darkness so that you can be free.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do It Afraid: Embracing Courage in the Face of Fear
Author: Joyce Meyer
Narrator: Joyce Meyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 91 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Recognize, confront, and conquer the fears holding you back from living boldly and freely with renowned Bible teacher and New York Times bestselling author, Joyce Meyer. Fear is the devil&amp;#039;s favorite tool in the toolbox of schemes he uses to destroy God&amp;#039;s good plan for you. He uses it to hold you back and prevent progress in your relationships, career, and more. In Do It Afraid, Joyce Meyer explains that fear is everywhere and affects everyone. It rules many people, but it doesn&amp;#039;t have to rule you any longer. She will teach you how to: - Understand fear and recognize how it works in your life. - Confront those fears that are holding you back. - Change your mindset for lasting freedom from some of the most common fears people face. Remember, courage isn&amp;#039;t the absence of fear; it is learning how to move forward in the presence of fear. Courageous people do what they believe in their hearts they should do, no matter how they feel or what doubts fill their minds. When you take ownership of your problems and open your heart to God, He will help bring light into darkness so that you can be free.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Naked Now: Learning To See As the Mystics See by Richard Rohr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Now: Learning To See As the Mystics See
Author: Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The enlightenment you seek in other religions has been present in Christianity from the beginning. Richard Rohr, a global leader in spiritual awakening, helps you recognize the forces (such as ego resistance and dual thinking) that separate you from your deeper self. Then, drawing from Gospels and the greatest Christian contemplatives, he shows you what it means to be spiritually awake. You will learn why your ego resists change and growth, what is useful about popular ideas such as the law of attraction, what Jesus, the first mythical leader in the West, can teach you, and how you can enhance spiritual awareness without sacrificing reason.</description>
      <author>Richard Rohr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666558241.mp3" length="828076" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666558241.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Now: Learning To See As the Mystics See
Author: Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The enlightenment you seek in other religions has been present in Christianity from the beginning. Richard Rohr, a global leader in spiritual awakening, helps you recognize the forces (such as ego resistance and dual thinking) that separate you from your deeper self. Then, drawing from Gospels and the greatest Christian contemplatives, he shows you what it means to be spiritually awake. You will learn why your ego resists change and growth, what is useful about popular ideas such as the law of attraction, what Jesus, the first mythical leader in the West, can teach you, and how you can enhance spiritual awareness without sacrificing reason.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414868</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Naked Now: Learning To See As the Mystics See
Author: Richard Rohr
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The enlightenment you seek in other religions has been present in Christianity from the beginning. Richard Rohr, a global leader in spiritual awakening, helps you recognize the forces (such as ego resistance and dual thinking) that separate you from your deeper self. Then, drawing from Gospels and the greatest Christian contemplatives, he shows you what it means to be spiritually awake. You will learn why your ego resists change and growth, what is useful about popular ideas such as the law of attraction, what Jesus, the first mythical leader in the West, can teach you, and how you can enhance spiritual awareness without sacrificing reason.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Irresistible Love: A Journey to the Heart of Jesus by Joe White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irresistible Love: A Journey to the Heart of Jesus
Author: Joe White
Narrator: Joe White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Irresistible Love will help you on your journey to draw closer to Jesus. It’s your invitation to hitchhike with an author who has spent decades counseling and encouraging millions of men, women, and students of all ages in their quest for intimacy, inner peace, purpose, and fulfillment.  This book is full of fascinating stories of people finding the love of God and learning what it means to grow closer to God through hardship.  Listen to this book. Watch your faith grow. And fall deeper in love with Jesus than you’ve ever dreamed possible.</description>
      <author>Joe White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551416.mp3" length="1432078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irresistible Love: A Journey to the Heart of Jesus
Author: Joe White
Narrator: Joe White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Irresistible Love will help you on your journey to draw closer to Jesus. It’s your invitation to hitchhike with an author who has spent decades counseling and encouraging millions of men, women, and students of all ages in their quest for intimacy, inner peace, purpose, and fulfillment.  This book is full of fascinating stories of people finding the love of God and learning what it means to grow closer to God through hardship.  Listen to this book. Watch your faith grow. And fall deeper in love with Jesus than you’ve ever dreamed possible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irresistible Love: A Journey to the Heart of Jesus
Author: Joe White
Narrator: Joe White
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: January  7, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Irresistible Love will help you on your journey to draw closer to Jesus. It’s your invitation to hitchhike with an author who has spent decades counseling and encouraging millions of men, women, and students of all ages in their quest for intimacy, inner peace, purpose, and fulfillment.  This book is full of fascinating stories of people finding the love of God and learning what it means to grow closer to God through hardship.  Listen to this book. Watch your faith grow. And fall deeper in love with Jesus than you’ve ever dreamed possible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freefall: Holding Onto Faith When the Unthinkable Strikes by Rhonda Robinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freefall: Holding Onto Faith When the Unthinkable Strikes
Author: Rhonda Robinson
Narrator: Rhonda Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Life can change in an instant.    “He died at the scene.”  “It’s malignant.”   &amp;quot;I want a divorce.”      Certain words, whether whispered or shouted, once uttered, severs us from the life we once knew. Such words can send us into a spiritual free fall, descending into a world we never wanted to enter.  Often times, words meant to comfort can feel empty. Hope seems out of our reach when loss, grief, and depression tries to smother our faith.     FreeFall reminds us the God we serve gave us the tools to survive our darkest hours. Then equips us to hold onto our faith by laying out a clear course of action to regain purpose and meaning within a life we can’t imagine living.</description>
      <author>Rhonda Robinson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645550785.mp3" length="1204447" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645550785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freefall: Holding Onto Faith When the Unthinkable Strikes
Author: Rhonda Robinson
Narrator: Rhonda Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Life can change in an instant.    “He died at the scene.”  “It’s malignant.”   &amp;quot;I want a divorce.”      Certain words, whether whispered or shouted, once uttered, severs us from the life we once knew. Such words can send us into a spiritual free fall, descending into a world we never wanted to enter.  Often times, words meant to comfort can feel empty. Hope seems out of our reach when loss, grief, and depression tries to smother our faith.     FreeFall reminds us the God we serve gave us the tools to survive our darkest hours. Then equips us to hold onto our faith by laying out a clear course of action to regain purpose and meaning within a life we can’t imagine living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freefall: Holding Onto Faith When the Unthinkable Strikes
Author: Rhonda Robinson
Narrator: Rhonda Robinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: January  6, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Life can change in an instant.    “He died at the scene.”  “It’s malignant.”   &amp;quot;I want a divorce.”      Certain words, whether whispered or shouted, once uttered, severs us from the life we once knew. Such words can send us into a spiritual free fall, descending into a world we never wanted to enter.  Often times, words meant to comfort can feel empty. Hope seems out of our reach when loss, grief, and depression tries to smother our faith.     FreeFall reminds us the God we serve gave us the tools to survive our darkest hours. Then equips us to hold onto our faith by laying out a clear course of action to regain purpose and meaning within a life we can’t imagine living.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rule of St. Benedict: An Introduction to the Contemplative Life by St. Benedict</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rule of St. Benedict: An Introduction to the Contemplative Life
Author: St. Benedict
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A timeless source of wisdom for people looking to lead a life of simplicity, purpose, and serenity The Rule of St. Benedict has governed monastic communities for centuries, but it is far more than a standard religious text. The Rule is, above all, a handbook for living a deliberate life—no matter your religious background or beliefs. It teaches the importance of contemplation and silence, of solitude, and the power of community and unity. With lessons focusing on the simple acts of everyday life, like eating and daily work, along with wisdom for the deeply personal and internal facets of living, such as cultivating humility and practicing forgiveness, The Rule of St. Benedict is a profound guide to living a good and meaningful life. An award-winning translator, Philip Freeman’s version of The Rule is beautifully accessible in its language. With a simple and direct style, the book lays out a way of living that is transformative in its simplicity and striking in its power.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Essentials</description>
      <author>St. Benedict</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781250772541.mp3" length="1421802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781250772541.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rule of St. Benedict: An Introduction to the Contemplative Life
Author: St. Benedict
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A timeless source of wisdom for people looking to lead a life of simplicity, purpose, and serenity The Rule of St. Benedict has governed monastic communities for centuries, but it is far more than a standard religious text. The Rule is, above all, a handbook for living a deliberate life—no matter your religious background or beliefs. It teaches the importance of contemplation and silence, of solitude, and the power of community and unity. With lessons focusing on the simple acts of everyday life, like eating and daily work, along with wisdom for the deeply personal and internal facets of living, such as cultivating humility and practicing forgiveness, The Rule of St. Benedict is a profound guide to living a good and meaningful life. An award-winning translator, Philip Freeman’s version of The Rule is beautifully accessible in its language. With a simple and direct style, the book lays out a way of living that is transformative in its simplicity and striking in its power.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Essentials</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rule of St. Benedict: An Introduction to the Contemplative Life
Author: St. Benedict
Narrator: Adam Barr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 55 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A timeless source of wisdom for people looking to lead a life of simplicity, purpose, and serenity The Rule of St. Benedict has governed monastic communities for centuries, but it is far more than a standard religious text. The Rule is, above all, a handbook for living a deliberate life—no matter your religious background or beliefs. It teaches the importance of contemplation and silence, of solitude, and the power of community and unity. With lessons focusing on the simple acts of everyday life, like eating and daily work, along with wisdom for the deeply personal and internal facets of living, such as cultivating humility and practicing forgiveness, The Rule of St. Benedict is a profound guide to living a good and meaningful life. An award-winning translator, Philip Freeman’s version of The Rule is beautifully accessible in its language. With a simple and direct style, the book lays out a way of living that is transformative in its simplicity and striking in its power.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin&amp;#039;s Essentials</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Preparing for Heaven: What Dallas Willard Taught Me About Living, Dying, and Eternal Life by Gary Black Jr.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Preparing for Heaven: What Dallas Willard Taught Me About Living, Dying, and Eternal Life
Author: Gary Black Jr.
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In his acclaimed books, renowned writer, speaker, and philosophy professor Dallas Willard explored the nature of Christian life in God&amp;#039;s Kingdom. Yet one topic remained undisclosed: Willard&amp;#039;s understanding of heaven and eternal life. In the months before his death, Willard engaged in moving and insightful conversations about the meaning of life and the life to come with close friend and theologian Gary Black, Jr. These inspiring dialogues were steeped in biblical theology as well as practical wisdom grounded in the here-and-now. In Preparing for Heaven Black reveals not only Willard&amp;#039;s profound and liberating vision of life after death, he also deftly unpacks the implications these realities hold for our lives today. Black shows how Willard understood our mortal lives as preparation for what comes next—that death is not the end of one life and the beginning of another, but rather a transition through which we continue the transformational work begun on Earth. Informative, challenging, and poignant, Willard and Black&amp;#039;s conversations challenge us to reconsider our beliefs—that perhaps the line separating the afterlife from this life is not as absolute as we think, and that there is work to be done both now and in the glorious life to come. As a result we will find that our faith is more vibrant—and eternal—than we have dared to imagine.</description>
      <author>Gary Black Jr.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914199.mp3" length="1472169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914199.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Preparing for Heaven: What Dallas Willard Taught Me About Living, Dying, and Eternal Life
Author: Gary Black Jr.
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In his acclaimed books, renowned writer, speaker, and philosophy professor Dallas Willard explored the nature of Christian life in God&amp;#039;s Kingdom. Yet one topic remained undisclosed: Willard&amp;#039;s understanding of heaven and eternal life. In the months before his death, Willard engaged in moving and insightful conversations about the meaning of life and the life to come with close friend and theologian Gary Black, Jr. These inspiring dialogues were steeped in biblical theology as well as practical wisdom grounded in the here-and-now. In Preparing for Heaven Black reveals not only Willard&amp;#039;s profound and liberating vision of life after death, he also deftly unpacks the implications these realities hold for our lives today. Black shows how Willard understood our mortal lives as preparation for what comes next—that death is not the end of one life and the beginning of another, but rather a transition through which we continue the transformational work begun on Earth. Informative, challenging, and poignant, Willard and Black&amp;#039;s conversations challenge us to reconsider our beliefs—that perhaps the line separating the afterlife from this life is not as absolute as we think, and that there is work to be done both now and in the glorious life to come. As a result we will find that our faith is more vibrant—and eternal—than we have dared to imagine.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Preparing for Heaven: What Dallas Willard Taught Me About Living, Dying, and Eternal Life
Author: Gary Black Jr.
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 31 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In his acclaimed books, renowned writer, speaker, and philosophy professor Dallas Willard explored the nature of Christian life in God&amp;#039;s Kingdom. Yet one topic remained undisclosed: Willard&amp;#039;s understanding of heaven and eternal life. In the months before his death, Willard engaged in moving and insightful conversations about the meaning of life and the life to come with close friend and theologian Gary Black, Jr. These inspiring dialogues were steeped in biblical theology as well as practical wisdom grounded in the here-and-now. In Preparing for Heaven Black reveals not only Willard&amp;#039;s profound and liberating vision of life after death, he also deftly unpacks the implications these realities hold for our lives today. Black shows how Willard understood our mortal lives as preparation for what comes next—that death is not the end of one life and the beginning of another, but rather a transition through which we continue the transformational work begun on Earth. Informative, challenging, and poignant, Willard and Black&amp;#039;s conversations challenge us to reconsider our beliefs—that perhaps the line separating the afterlife from this life is not as absolute as we think, and that there is work to be done both now and in the glorious life to come. As a result we will find that our faith is more vibrant—and eternal—than we have dared to imagine.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analog Church: Why We Need Real People, Places, and Things in the Digital Age by Jay Y. Kim</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Analog Church: Why We Need Real People, Places, and Things in the Digital Age
Author: Jay Y. Kim
Narrator: Jay Kim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an analog church in a digital age? In recent decades the digital world has taken over our society at nearly every level, and the church has increasingly followed suit—often in ways we&amp;#039;re not fully aware of. But as even the culture at large begins to reckon with the limits of a digital world, it&amp;#039;s time for the church to take stock. Are online churches, video venues, and brighter lights truly the future? What about the digital age&amp;#039;s effect on discipleship, community, and the Bible? As a pastor in Silicon Valley, Jay Kim has experienced the digital church in all its splendor. In Analog Church, he grapples with the ramifications of a digital church, from our worship and experience of Christian community to the way we engage Scripture and sacrament. Could it be that in our efforts to stay relevant in our digital age, we&amp;#039;ve begun to give away the very thing that our age most desperately needs: transcendence? Could it be that the best way to reach new generations is in fact found in a more timeless path? Could it be that at its heart, the church has really been analog all along?</description>
      <author>Jay Y. Kim</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914106.mp3" length="1363166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914106.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Analog Church: Why We Need Real People, Places, and Things in the Digital Age
Author: Jay Y. Kim
Narrator: Jay Kim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an analog church in a digital age? In recent decades the digital world has taken over our society at nearly every level, and the church has increasingly followed suit—often in ways we&amp;#039;re not fully aware of. But as even the culture at large begins to reckon with the limits of a digital world, it&amp;#039;s time for the church to take stock. Are online churches, video venues, and brighter lights truly the future? What about the digital age&amp;#039;s effect on discipleship, community, and the Bible? As a pastor in Silicon Valley, Jay Kim has experienced the digital church in all its splendor. In Analog Church, he grapples with the ramifications of a digital church, from our worship and experience of Christian community to the way we engage Scripture and sacrament. Could it be that in our efforts to stay relevant in our digital age, we&amp;#039;ve begun to give away the very thing that our age most desperately needs: transcendence? Could it be that the best way to reach new generations is in fact found in a more timeless path? Could it be that at its heart, the church has really been analog all along?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Analog Church: Why We Need Real People, Places, and Things in the Digital Age
Author: Jay Y. Kim
Narrator: Jay Kim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be an analog church in a digital age? In recent decades the digital world has taken over our society at nearly every level, and the church has increasingly followed suit—often in ways we&amp;#039;re not fully aware of. But as even the culture at large begins to reckon with the limits of a digital world, it&amp;#039;s time for the church to take stock. Are online churches, video venues, and brighter lights truly the future? What about the digital age&amp;#039;s effect on discipleship, community, and the Bible? As a pastor in Silicon Valley, Jay Kim has experienced the digital church in all its splendor. In Analog Church, he grapples with the ramifications of a digital church, from our worship and experience of Christian community to the way we engage Scripture and sacrament. Could it be that in our efforts to stay relevant in our digital age, we&amp;#039;ve begun to give away the very thing that our age most desperately needs: transcendence? Could it be that the best way to reach new generations is in fact found in a more timeless path? Could it be that at its heart, the church has really been analog all along?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Raising Successful Teens: How to Help Your Child Honor God and Live Wisely by Jeffrey Dean</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Successful Teens: How to Help Your Child Honor God and Live Wisely
Author: Jeffrey Dean
Narrator: Jeffrey Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This revised and updated edition of The Fight of Your Life features a new title and 70% new content. From every side—the Internet, social media, interactions with friends, in both their public and private lives—teens are persuaded to follow the world&amp;#039;s way over God&amp;#039;s every day. Culture&amp;#039;s mantra &amp;#039;live for today&amp;#039; has become the slogan of this generation! But, one thing remains true—mom and dad are still the greatest influence in the life of their child.   Based on timeless biblical truths, Raising Successful Teens equips parents with positive, encouraging, and practical advice. A family and teen culture expert with more than twenty-five years of ministry experience, Jeffrey Dean gives parents the street-level approach they need to help their teens wisely and safely navigate technology, friendships, dating relationships, social media, and more. Parents will learn how to keep the lines of communication open and stay involved in their teens&amp;#039; lives.</description>
      <author>Jeffrey Dean</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913055.mp3" length="1449696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913055.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Successful Teens: How to Help Your Child Honor God and Live Wisely
Author: Jeffrey Dean
Narrator: Jeffrey Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This revised and updated edition of The Fight of Your Life features a new title and 70% new content. From every side—the Internet, social media, interactions with friends, in both their public and private lives—teens are persuaded to follow the world&amp;#039;s way over God&amp;#039;s every day. Culture&amp;#039;s mantra &amp;#039;live for today&amp;#039; has become the slogan of this generation! But, one thing remains true—mom and dad are still the greatest influence in the life of their child.   Based on timeless biblical truths, Raising Successful Teens equips parents with positive, encouraging, and practical advice. A family and teen culture expert with more than twenty-five years of ministry experience, Jeffrey Dean gives parents the street-level approach they need to help their teens wisely and safely navigate technology, friendships, dating relationships, social media, and more. Parents will learn how to keep the lines of communication open and stay involved in their teens&amp;#039; lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Raising Successful Teens: How to Help Your Child Honor God and Live Wisely
Author: Jeffrey Dean
Narrator: Jeffrey Dean
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 36 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This revised and updated edition of The Fight of Your Life features a new title and 70% new content. From every side—the Internet, social media, interactions with friends, in both their public and private lives—teens are persuaded to follow the world&amp;#039;s way over God&amp;#039;s every day. Culture&amp;#039;s mantra &amp;#039;live for today&amp;#039; has become the slogan of this generation! But, one thing remains true—mom and dad are still the greatest influence in the life of their child.   Based on timeless biblical truths, Raising Successful Teens equips parents with positive, encouraging, and practical advice. A family and teen culture expert with more than twenty-five years of ministry experience, Jeffrey Dean gives parents the street-level approach they need to help their teens wisely and safely navigate technology, friendships, dating relationships, social media, and more. Parents will learn how to keep the lines of communication open and stay involved in their teens&amp;#039; lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Grace Awakening: Believing in Grace is One Thing.  Living it is Another. by Charles R. Swindoll</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Grace Awakening: Believing in Grace is One Thing.  Living it is Another.
Author: Charles R. Swindoll
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find freedom for your soul and joy for your spirit when you discover the secret of a living a grace-filled life. Have we forgotten the meaning of grace? Preachers preach it. Teachers teach it. Theologians analyze it. Then we forget about it. In The Grace Awakening author and trusted pastor Chuck Swindoll calls you (and all Christians) to wake up and reject living in a legalistic, performance-oriented bondage. He says, &amp;#039;Bound and shackled by legalists&amp;#039; lists of do&amp;#039;s and don&amp;#039;ts, intimidated and immobilized by others&amp;#039; demands and expectations, far too many in God&amp;#039;s family merely exist in the tight radius of bondage, dictated by those who have appointed themselves our judge and jury.&amp;#039; But, the God of the universe has given you, and every other Christian, the amazing, revolutionary gift of grace and freedom. This freedom and grace sets Christianity apart from every other &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; on the face of the earth. With his characteristic style and gentle authority, Swindoll disarms the counterattack of those who do not preach grace-filled living and claim that focusing on grace would fill our churches with wild, undisciplined people with no godliness in evidence. Yes, Swindoll says, teaching and preaching grace is risky. Some may push the limits and misuse their freedom. But grace is the message of the gospel...the good news of salvation. As Christians, we sing about God&amp;#039;s amazing grace. We understand that we are saved by grace. Let&amp;#039;s learn to live by grace! In this best-selling classic, Chuck Swindoll urges you not to miss living a grace-filled life. Freedom and joy - not lists and demands and duties - await all who believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. The Grace Awakening will help you begin your journey toward grace-filled living.</description>
      <author>Charles R. Swindoll</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400223183.mp3" length="814983" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400223183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Grace Awakening: Believing in Grace is One Thing.  Living it is Another.
Author: Charles R. Swindoll
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find freedom for your soul and joy for your spirit when you discover the secret of a living a grace-filled life. Have we forgotten the meaning of grace? Preachers preach it. Teachers teach it. Theologians analyze it. Then we forget about it. In The Grace Awakening author and trusted pastor Chuck Swindoll calls you (and all Christians) to wake up and reject living in a legalistic, performance-oriented bondage. He says, &amp;#039;Bound and shackled by legalists&amp;#039; lists of do&amp;#039;s and don&amp;#039;ts, intimidated and immobilized by others&amp;#039; demands and expectations, far too many in God&amp;#039;s family merely exist in the tight radius of bondage, dictated by those who have appointed themselves our judge and jury.&amp;#039; But, the God of the universe has given you, and every other Christian, the amazing, revolutionary gift of grace and freedom. This freedom and grace sets Christianity apart from every other &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; on the face of the earth. With his characteristic style and gentle authority, Swindoll disarms the counterattack of those who do not preach grace-filled living and claim that focusing on grace would fill our churches with wild, undisciplined people with no godliness in evidence. Yes, Swindoll says, teaching and preaching grace is risky. Some may push the limits and misuse their freedom. But grace is the message of the gospel...the good news of salvation. As Christians, we sing about God&amp;#039;s amazing grace. We understand that we are saved by grace. Let&amp;#039;s learn to live by grace! In this best-selling classic, Chuck Swindoll urges you not to miss living a grace-filled life. Freedom and joy - not lists and demands and duties - await all who believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. The Grace Awakening will help you begin your journey toward grace-filled living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414173</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Grace Awakening: Believing in Grace is One Thing.  Living it is Another.
Author: Charles R. Swindoll
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 41 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find freedom for your soul and joy for your spirit when you discover the secret of a living a grace-filled life. Have we forgotten the meaning of grace? Preachers preach it. Teachers teach it. Theologians analyze it. Then we forget about it. In The Grace Awakening author and trusted pastor Chuck Swindoll calls you (and all Christians) to wake up and reject living in a legalistic, performance-oriented bondage. He says, &amp;#039;Bound and shackled by legalists&amp;#039; lists of do&amp;#039;s and don&amp;#039;ts, intimidated and immobilized by others&amp;#039; demands and expectations, far too many in God&amp;#039;s family merely exist in the tight radius of bondage, dictated by those who have appointed themselves our judge and jury.&amp;#039; But, the God of the universe has given you, and every other Christian, the amazing, revolutionary gift of grace and freedom. This freedom and grace sets Christianity apart from every other &amp;#039;religion&amp;#039; on the face of the earth. With his characteristic style and gentle authority, Swindoll disarms the counterattack of those who do not preach grace-filled living and claim that focusing on grace would fill our churches with wild, undisciplined people with no godliness in evidence. Yes, Swindoll says, teaching and preaching grace is risky. Some may push the limits and misuse their freedom. But grace is the message of the gospel...the good news of salvation. As Christians, we sing about God&amp;#039;s amazing grace. We understand that we are saved by grace. Let&amp;#039;s learn to live by grace! In this best-selling classic, Chuck Swindoll urges you not to miss living a grace-filled life. Freedom and joy - not lists and demands and duties - await all who believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. The Grace Awakening will help you begin your journey toward grace-filled living.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deeply Formed Life: Five Transformative Values to Root Us in the Way of Jesus by Rich Villodas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deeply Formed Life: Five Transformative Values to Root Us in the Way of Jesus
Author: Rich Villodas
Narrator: Rich Villodas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During our chaotic times, discover five forgotten values that can spark internal growth and help us reconcile our Christian faith with the complexities of race, sexuality, and social justice. WINNER OF THE CHRISTIANITY TODAY BOOK AWARD Most believers live in the state of “being a Christian” without ever being deeply formed by Christ. Our pace is too frenetic to be in union with God, and we don’t know how to quiet our hearts and minds to be present. Our emotions are unhealthy and compartmentalized. We feel unable to love well or live differently from the rest of the world—to live as people of the good news. New York pastor Rich Villodas says we must restore balance, focus, and meaning for our souls. The Deeply Formed Life lays out a fresh vision for spiritual breakthrough following five key values: • Contemplative Rhythms Value: slowing down our lives to be with God. • Racial Justice Value: examining a multi-layered approach to pursuing racial justice and reconciliation. • Interior Examination Value: looking beneath the surface of our lives to live free and love well. • Sexual Wholeness Value: exploring how our sexuality connects with our spirituality. • Missional Presence Value: living as the presence of Christ in a broken world.  The Deeply Formed Life is a roadmap to live in the richly rooted place we all yearn for: a place of communion with God, a place where we find our purpose.  Praise for The Deeply Formed Life “The Deeply Formed Life is a book for our time. Honest, wise, insightful, funny, and—above all—deep. The way Rich and New Life Fellowship hold emotional health and racial justice together is beyond inspiring. This is spiritual formation for the future of the church.”—John Mark Comer, pastor of teaching and vision at Bridgetown Church and author of The Ruthless Elimination of Hurry  “I’ve studied the Bible under Pastor Rich’s leadership for close to a decade. The core values he shares in this book serve as guidance, not only for how we should live as Christians in an ever-changing world but also for how we can live a life of purpose—that consistently and enthusiastically points to Jesus.”—Susan Kelechi Watson, actress from the awardwinning television series This Is Us</description>
      <author>Rich Villodas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593286968.mp3" length="2716135" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593286968.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deeply Formed Life: Five Transformative Values to Root Us in the Way of Jesus
Author: Rich Villodas
Narrator: Rich Villodas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During our chaotic times, discover five forgotten values that can spark internal growth and help us reconcile our Christian faith with the complexities of race, sexuality, and social justice. WINNER OF THE CHRISTIANITY TODAY BOOK AWARD Most believers live in the state of “being a Christian” without ever being deeply formed by Christ. Our pace is too frenetic to be in union with God, and we don’t know how to quiet our hearts and minds to be present. Our emotions are unhealthy and compartmentalized. We feel unable to love well or live differently from the rest of the world—to live as people of the good news. New York pastor Rich Villodas says we must restore balance, focus, and meaning for our souls. The Deeply Formed Life lays out a fresh vision for spiritual breakthrough following five key values: • Contemplative Rhythms Value: slowing down our lives to be with God. • Racial Justice Value: examining a multi-layered approach to pursuing racial justice and reconciliation. • Interior Examination Value: looking beneath the surface of our lives to live free and love well. • Sexual Wholeness Value: exploring how our sexuality connects with our spirituality. • Missional Presence Value: living as the presence of Christ in a broken world.  The Deeply Formed Life is a roadmap to live in the richly rooted place we all yearn for: a place of communion with God, a place where we find our purpose.  Praise for The Deeply Formed Life “The Deeply Formed Life is a book for our time. Honest, wise, insightful, funny, and—above all—deep. The way Rich and New Life Fellowship hold emotional health and racial justice together is beyond inspiring. This is spiritual formation for the future of the church.”—John Mark Comer, pastor of teaching and vision at Bridgetown Church and author of The Ruthless Elimination of Hurry  “I’ve studied the Bible under Pastor Rich’s leadership for close to a decade. The core values he shares in this book serve as guidance, not only for how we should live as Christians in an ever-changing world but also for how we can live a life of purpose—that consistently and enthusiastically points to Jesus.”—Susan Kelechi Watson, actress from the awardwinning television series This Is Us</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deeply Formed Life: Five Transformative Values to Root Us in the Way of Jesus
Author: Rich Villodas
Narrator: Rich Villodas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
During our chaotic times, discover five forgotten values that can spark internal growth and help us reconcile our Christian faith with the complexities of race, sexuality, and social justice. WINNER OF THE CHRISTIANITY TODAY BOOK AWARD Most believers live in the state of “being a Christian” without ever being deeply formed by Christ. Our pace is too frenetic to be in union with God, and we don’t know how to quiet our hearts and minds to be present. Our emotions are unhealthy and compartmentalized. We feel unable to love well or live differently from the rest of the world—to live as people of the good news. New York pastor Rich Villodas says we must restore balance, focus, and meaning for our souls. The Deeply Formed Life lays out a fresh vision for spiritual breakthrough following five key values: • Contemplative Rhythms Value: slowing down our lives to be with God. • Racial Justice Value: examining a multi-layered approach to pursuing racial justice and reconciliation. • Interior Examination Value: looking beneath the surface of our lives to live free and love well. • Sexual Wholeness Value: exploring how our sexuality connects with our spirituality. • Missional Presence Value: living as the presence of Christ in a broken world.  The Deeply Formed Life is a roadmap to live in the richly rooted place we all yearn for: a place of communion with God, a place where we find our purpose.  Praise for The Deeply Formed Life “The Deeply Formed Life is a book for our time. Honest, wise, insightful, funny, and—above all—deep. The way Rich and New Life Fellowship hold emotional health and racial justice together is beyond inspiring. This is spiritual formation for the future of the church.”—John Mark Comer, pastor of teaching and vision at Bridgetown Church and author of The Ruthless Elimination of Hurry  “I’ve studied the Bible under Pastor Rich’s leadership for close to a decade. The core values he shares in this book serve as guidance, not only for how we should live as Christians in an ever-changing world but also for how we can live a life of purpose—that consistently and enthusiastically points to Jesus.”—Susan Kelechi Watson, actress from the awardwinning television series This Is Us</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of the Legendary Catholic Social Activist by Dorothy Day</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of the Legendary Catholic Social Activist
Author: Dorothy Day
Narrator: Nancy Linari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The compelling autobiography of a remarkable Catholic woman, sainted by many, who championed the rights of the poor in America’s inner cities.  When Dorothy Day died in 1980, the New York Times eulogized her as “a nonviolent social radical of luminous personality . . . founder of the Catholic Worker Movement and leader for more than fifty years in numerous battles of social justice.” Here, in her own words, this remarkable woman tells of her early life as a young journalist in the crucible of Greenwich Village political and literary thought in the 1920s, and of her momentous conversion to Catholicism that meant the end of a Bohemian lifestyle and common-law marriage.  The Long Loneliness chronilces Dorothy Day’s lifelong association with Peter Maurin and the genesis of the Catholic Worker Movement. Unstinting in her commitment to peace, nonviolence, racial justice, and the cuase of the poor and the outcast, she became an inspiration to such activists as Thomas Merton, Michael Harrinton, Daniel Berrigan, Ceasr Chavez, and countless others.  This edition of The Long Loneliness begins with an eloquent introduction by Robert Coles, the Pulitzer Prize-winning author and longtime friend, admirer, and biographer of Dorothy Day.</description>
      <author>Dorothy Day</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063030015.mp3" length="1415101" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063030015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of the Legendary Catholic Social Activist
Author: Dorothy Day
Narrator: Nancy Linari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The compelling autobiography of a remarkable Catholic woman, sainted by many, who championed the rights of the poor in America’s inner cities.  When Dorothy Day died in 1980, the New York Times eulogized her as “a nonviolent social radical of luminous personality . . . founder of the Catholic Worker Movement and leader for more than fifty years in numerous battles of social justice.” Here, in her own words, this remarkable woman tells of her early life as a young journalist in the crucible of Greenwich Village political and literary thought in the 1920s, and of her momentous conversion to Catholicism that meant the end of a Bohemian lifestyle and common-law marriage.  The Long Loneliness chronilces Dorothy Day’s lifelong association with Peter Maurin and the genesis of the Catholic Worker Movement. Unstinting in her commitment to peace, nonviolence, racial justice, and the cuase of the poor and the outcast, she became an inspiration to such activists as Thomas Merton, Michael Harrinton, Daniel Berrigan, Ceasr Chavez, and countless others.  This edition of The Long Loneliness begins with an eloquent introduction by Robert Coles, the Pulitzer Prize-winning author and longtime friend, admirer, and biographer of Dorothy Day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long Loneliness: The Autobiography of the Legendary Catholic Social Activist
Author: Dorothy Day
Narrator: Nancy Linari
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 3 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The compelling autobiography of a remarkable Catholic woman, sainted by many, who championed the rights of the poor in America’s inner cities.  When Dorothy Day died in 1980, the New York Times eulogized her as “a nonviolent social radical of luminous personality . . . founder of the Catholic Worker Movement and leader for more than fifty years in numerous battles of social justice.” Here, in her own words, this remarkable woman tells of her early life as a young journalist in the crucible of Greenwich Village political and literary thought in the 1920s, and of her momentous conversion to Catholicism that meant the end of a Bohemian lifestyle and common-law marriage.  The Long Loneliness chronilces Dorothy Day’s lifelong association with Peter Maurin and the genesis of the Catholic Worker Movement. Unstinting in her commitment to peace, nonviolence, racial justice, and the cuase of the poor and the outcast, she became an inspiration to such activists as Thomas Merton, Michael Harrinton, Daniel Berrigan, Ceasr Chavez, and countless others.  This edition of The Long Loneliness begins with an eloquent introduction by Robert Coles, the Pulitzer Prize-winning author and longtime friend, admirer, and biographer of Dorothy Day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mom Babble: The Messy Truth About Motherhood by Marty Katherine Backstrom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Babble: The Messy Truth About Motherhood
Author: Marty Katherine Backstrom
Narrator: Mary Katherine Backstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood from the founder of Mom Babble. Mary Katherine Backstrom spends her days mending booboos, conquering the boogie man, comforting heartaches, laughing at knock-knock jokes, cooking pancakes, throwing baseballs, and mopping muddy floors. In other words she spends her days relishing in the beautiful, constant noise that is a life with children. In Mom Babble Mary Katherine (MK) Backstrom, founder and personality behind the Mom Babble online community, offers up hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood. With laughter, crying, and eye-rolls, MK&amp;#039;s oh so real essays about raising littles will delight all the not perfect, not always holy, not completely normal, messy, honest and wonderful moms that hear them. MK&amp;#039;s conversational approach connects with listeners like dear friends cozied up on a coffee date.</description>
      <author>Marty Katherine Backstrom</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914724.mp3" length="1322247" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914724.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Babble: The Messy Truth About Motherhood
Author: Marty Katherine Backstrom
Narrator: Mary Katherine Backstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood from the founder of Mom Babble. Mary Katherine Backstrom spends her days mending booboos, conquering the boogie man, comforting heartaches, laughing at knock-knock jokes, cooking pancakes, throwing baseballs, and mopping muddy floors. In other words she spends her days relishing in the beautiful, constant noise that is a life with children. In Mom Babble Mary Katherine (MK) Backstrom, founder and personality behind the Mom Babble online community, offers up hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood. With laughter, crying, and eye-rolls, MK&amp;#039;s oh so real essays about raising littles will delight all the not perfect, not always holy, not completely normal, messy, honest and wonderful moms that hear them. MK&amp;#039;s conversational approach connects with listeners like dear friends cozied up on a coffee date.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mom Babble: The Messy Truth About Motherhood
Author: Marty Katherine Backstrom
Narrator: Mary Katherine Backstrom
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood from the founder of Mom Babble. Mary Katherine Backstrom spends her days mending booboos, conquering the boogie man, comforting heartaches, laughing at knock-knock jokes, cooking pancakes, throwing baseballs, and mopping muddy floors. In other words she spends her days relishing in the beautiful, constant noise that is a life with children. In Mom Babble Mary Katherine (MK) Backstrom, founder and personality behind the Mom Babble online community, offers up hope, humor, and spiritual inspiration to families in the trenches of parenthood. With laughter, crying, and eye-rolls, MK&amp;#039;s oh so real essays about raising littles will delight all the not perfect, not always holy, not completely normal, messy, honest and wonderful moms that hear them. MK&amp;#039;s conversational approach connects with listeners like dear friends cozied up on a coffee date.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 25 Biblical Laws of Success: Powerful Principles to Transform Your Career and Business by Rubens Teixeira, William Douglas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 25 Biblical Laws of Success: Powerful Principles to Transform Your Career and Business
Author: Rubens Teixeira, William Douglas
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible provides ancient wisdom and values that can lead to a life of great success today. After years of biblical study and personal experience, William Douglas and Rubens Teixeira have identified twenty-five key principles that are of central importance to the pursuit of a successful career and life. In this practical and powerful book, listeners will learn twenty-five biblical laws of success; cures for seven sins that block success; what Solomon teaches in Proverbs about professional accomplishments; the mindset that encourages personal development; ten personal virtues coveted by the market; and how to have money and success with harmony and balance in life. Anyone who wants to succeed in a career or business will benefit from The 25 Biblical Laws of Success.</description>
      <author>Rubens Teixeira, William Douglas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914502.mp3" length="1387111" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 25 Biblical Laws of Success: Powerful Principles to Transform Your Career and Business
Author: Rubens Teixeira, William Douglas
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible provides ancient wisdom and values that can lead to a life of great success today. After years of biblical study and personal experience, William Douglas and Rubens Teixeira have identified twenty-five key principles that are of central importance to the pursuit of a successful career and life. In this practical and powerful book, listeners will learn twenty-five biblical laws of success; cures for seven sins that block success; what Solomon teaches in Proverbs about professional accomplishments; the mindset that encourages personal development; ten personal virtues coveted by the market; and how to have money and success with harmony and balance in life. Anyone who wants to succeed in a career or business will benefit from The 25 Biblical Laws of Success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413742</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 25 Biblical Laws of Success: Powerful Principles to Transform Your Career and Business
Author: Rubens Teixeira, William Douglas
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 47 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Bible provides ancient wisdom and values that can lead to a life of great success today. After years of biblical study and personal experience, William Douglas and Rubens Teixeira have identified twenty-five key principles that are of central importance to the pursuit of a successful career and life. In this practical and powerful book, listeners will learn twenty-five biblical laws of success; cures for seven sins that block success; what Solomon teaches in Proverbs about professional accomplishments; the mindset that encourages personal development; ten personal virtues coveted by the market; and how to have money and success with harmony and balance in life. Anyone who wants to succeed in a career or business will benefit from The 25 Biblical Laws of Success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Highest Calling: Discover the Secret Processes That Fulfill Your Destiny by Dr. Bill Hamon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Highest Calling: Discover the Secret Processes That Fulfill Your Destiny
Author: Dr. Bill Hamon
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a glorious purpose for His people. And those who understand this will rule and reign with Jesus for eternity. God, in the eternal past, planned for mankind to live on the earth and fulfill a great purpose in the eternal future. Bishop Hamon, a pioneer of restoration in the Church, stands firmly on biblical truth as he explores that great purpose: being conformed to the likeness of Jesus. By tracking the eight major reasons God created human beings, Dr. Hamon tackles the hard issues believers face as the highest race in the universe—including the problem of pain. It is only as we understand the process through which God conforms us to the likeness of His Son that we accomplish our highest calling.</description>
      <author>Dr. Bill Hamon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914649.mp3" length="1391607" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914649.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Highest Calling: Discover the Secret Processes That Fulfill Your Destiny
Author: Dr. Bill Hamon
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a glorious purpose for His people. And those who understand this will rule and reign with Jesus for eternity. God, in the eternal past, planned for mankind to live on the earth and fulfill a great purpose in the eternal future. Bishop Hamon, a pioneer of restoration in the Church, stands firmly on biblical truth as he explores that great purpose: being conformed to the likeness of Jesus. By tracking the eight major reasons God created human beings, Dr. Hamon tackles the hard issues believers face as the highest race in the universe—including the problem of pain. It is only as we understand the process through which God conforms us to the likeness of His Son that we accomplish our highest calling.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your Highest Calling: Discover the Secret Processes That Fulfill Your Destiny
Author: Dr. Bill Hamon
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a glorious purpose for His people. And those who understand this will rule and reign with Jesus for eternity. God, in the eternal past, planned for mankind to live on the earth and fulfill a great purpose in the eternal future. Bishop Hamon, a pioneer of restoration in the Church, stands firmly on biblical truth as he explores that great purpose: being conformed to the likeness of Jesus. By tracking the eight major reasons God created human beings, Dr. Hamon tackles the hard issues believers face as the highest race in the universe—including the problem of pain. It is only as we understand the process through which God conforms us to the likeness of His Son that we accomplish our highest calling.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Acres of Diamonds: Discovering God&amp;#039;s Best Right Where You Are by Jentezen Franklin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acres of Diamonds: Discovering God&amp;#039;s Best Right Where You Are
Author: Jentezen Franklin
Narrator: Jentezen Franklin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you in a season of life where every search for direction, encouragement, or fulfillment seems to come up empty? You thought God had you in a place to thrive and grow, but you are ready to call it quits. There has to be something better. You don&amp;#039;t need a new garden; you just need to learn how to dig! In Acres of Diamonds, pastor and New York Times bestselling author Jentezen Franklin helps you discover the unfathomable riches Jesus Christ has for you. Rather than chase after a better life, you can celebrate the untold spiritual provision to be found even in the midst of spiritual deprivation. Listeners will learn to cherish where God has placed them as they uncover the hidden potential within their families, jobs, ministries, and communities . . . right where they are.</description>
      <author>Jentezen Franklin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913635.mp3" length="1391042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913635.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acres of Diamonds: Discovering God&amp;#039;s Best Right Where You Are
Author: Jentezen Franklin
Narrator: Jentezen Franklin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you in a season of life where every search for direction, encouragement, or fulfillment seems to come up empty? You thought God had you in a place to thrive and grow, but you are ready to call it quits. There has to be something better. You don&amp;#039;t need a new garden; you just need to learn how to dig! In Acres of Diamonds, pastor and New York Times bestselling author Jentezen Franklin helps you discover the unfathomable riches Jesus Christ has for you. Rather than chase after a better life, you can celebrate the untold spiritual provision to be found even in the midst of spiritual deprivation. Listeners will learn to cherish where God has placed them as they uncover the hidden potential within their families, jobs, ministries, and communities . . . right where they are.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Acres of Diamonds: Discovering God&amp;#039;s Best Right Where You Are
Author: Jentezen Franklin
Narrator: Jentezen Franklin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you in a season of life where every search for direction, encouragement, or fulfillment seems to come up empty? You thought God had you in a place to thrive and grow, but you are ready to call it quits. There has to be something better. You don&amp;#039;t need a new garden; you just need to learn how to dig! In Acres of Diamonds, pastor and New York Times bestselling author Jentezen Franklin helps you discover the unfathomable riches Jesus Christ has for you. Rather than chase after a better life, you can celebrate the untold spiritual provision to be found even in the midst of spiritual deprivation. Listeners will learn to cherish where God has placed them as they uncover the hidden potential within their families, jobs, ministries, and communities . . . right where they are.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning to Live Again in a New World: A Journey from Loss to New Life by Marlene Anderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning to Live Again in a New World: A Journey from Loss to New Life
Author: Marlene Anderson
Narrator: Marlene Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Loss brings with it many layers of grief that need to be addressed. Healing from losses requires more than just talking about our pain; it involves working through the twists and turns of conflicting emotions and confronting questions that often have no satisfactory answers. It is reassembling the pieces of life that have been shattered by assumptions and expectations in order to create a new beginning. Within the process we begin to heal and recover. But as we close one chapter of life, we need tools and information to begin a new chapter and make that transition from what was to what is now. It requires challenging old assumptions and creating a new identity and road map for life going forward.</description>
      <author>Marlene Anderson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400330690.mp3" length="882384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400330690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning to Live Again in a New World: A Journey from Loss to New Life
Author: Marlene Anderson
Narrator: Marlene Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Loss brings with it many layers of grief that need to be addressed. Healing from losses requires more than just talking about our pain; it involves working through the twists and turns of conflicting emotions and confronting questions that often have no satisfactory answers. It is reassembling the pieces of life that have been shattered by assumptions and expectations in order to create a new beginning. Within the process we begin to heal and recover. But as we close one chapter of life, we need tools and information to begin a new chapter and make that transition from what was to what is now. It requires challenging old assumptions and creating a new identity and road map for life going forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning to Live Again in a New World: A Journey from Loss to New Life
Author: Marlene Anderson
Narrator: Marlene Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Loss brings with it many layers of grief that need to be addressed. Healing from losses requires more than just talking about our pain; it involves working through the twists and turns of conflicting emotions and confronting questions that often have no satisfactory answers. It is reassembling the pieces of life that have been shattered by assumptions and expectations in order to create a new beginning. Within the process we begin to heal and recover. But as we close one chapter of life, we need tools and information to begin a new chapter and make that transition from what was to what is now. It requires challenging old assumptions and creating a new identity and road map for life going forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Biblical Psychology by Oswald Chambers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biblical Psychology
Author: Oswald Chambers
Narrator: Glen Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Oswald Chambers (1874-1917) was a famous Baptist evangelist.  In &amp;#039;Biblical Psychology&amp;#039;, Chambers writes a treatise to the soul.  It remains one of his most beloved books.</description>
      <author>Oswald Chambers</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Dec 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982794439.mp3" length="1240255" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982794439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biblical Psychology
Author: Oswald Chambers
Narrator: Glen Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Oswald Chambers (1874-1917) was a famous Baptist evangelist.  In &amp;#039;Biblical Psychology&amp;#039;, Chambers writes a treatise to the soul.  It remains one of his most beloved books.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413348</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Biblical Psychology
Author: Oswald Chambers
Narrator: Glen Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 44 minutes
Release date: December 11, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Oswald Chambers (1874-1917) was a famous Baptist evangelist.  In &amp;#039;Biblical Psychology&amp;#039;, Chambers writes a treatise to the soul.  It remains one of his most beloved books.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revival Starts Here by Dave Clayton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revival Starts Here
Author: Dave Clayton
Narrator: Dave Clayton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Revival Starts Here is a short and pointed conversation about the way in which biblical prayer and fasting can prepare the way for fresh revival in our churches, our cities, our nation-and beyond. In this book, Dave Clayton lights a signal fire as he calls the 21st-century church to return to the Lord through prayer and fasting. If you long to experience revival, then this conversation is for you. Will you join what God is doing? DAVE CLAYTON is a follower of Jesus, husband to Sydney, and dad to Micah, Jack, and Judah. He lives in Nashville, Tennessee, where he helps lead Ethos Church, Onward Church Planting, and Awaken Nashville. Dave is passionate about making disciples, planting churches, and awakening a movement for the glory of God, the joy of the church, and the good of the multitudes who don&amp;#039;t yet know Jesus.</description>
      <author>Dave Clayton</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Jan 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781970102307.mp3" length="1423843" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781970102307.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revival Starts Here
Author: Dave Clayton
Narrator: Dave Clayton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Revival Starts Here is a short and pointed conversation about the way in which biblical prayer and fasting can prepare the way for fresh revival in our churches, our cities, our nation-and beyond. In this book, Dave Clayton lights a signal fire as he calls the 21st-century church to return to the Lord through prayer and fasting. If you long to experience revival, then this conversation is for you. Will you join what God is doing? DAVE CLAYTON is a follower of Jesus, husband to Sydney, and dad to Micah, Jack, and Judah. He lives in Nashville, Tennessee, where he helps lead Ethos Church, Onward Church Planting, and Awaken Nashville. Dave is passionate about making disciples, planting churches, and awakening a movement for the glory of God, the joy of the church, and the good of the multitudes who don&amp;#039;t yet know Jesus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413212</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revival Starts Here
Author: Dave Clayton
Narrator: Dave Clayton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 22 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Revival Starts Here is a short and pointed conversation about the way in which biblical prayer and fasting can prepare the way for fresh revival in our churches, our cities, our nation-and beyond. In this book, Dave Clayton lights a signal fire as he calls the 21st-century church to return to the Lord through prayer and fasting. If you long to experience revival, then this conversation is for you. Will you join what God is doing? DAVE CLAYTON is a follower of Jesus, husband to Sydney, and dad to Micah, Jack, and Judah. He lives in Nashville, Tennessee, where he helps lead Ethos Church, Onward Church Planting, and Awaken Nashville. Dave is passionate about making disciples, planting churches, and awakening a movement for the glory of God, the joy of the church, and the good of the multitudes who don&amp;#039;t yet know Jesus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Therefore I Have Hope: 12 Truths That Comfort, Sustain, and Redeem in Tragedy by Cameron Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Therefore I Have Hope: 12 Truths That Comfort, Sustain, and Redeem in Tragedy
Author: Cameron Cole
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Throughout the journey of my worst nightmare—my descent into a dark, sad valley—the Holy Spirit would remind me of truths that comforted my soul and sustained my life.&amp;#039; After the sudden death of their three-year-old son, Cameron Cole and his wife found themselves clinging to Christ through twelve key theological truths—truths that became their lifeline in the midst of unthinkable grief. Weaving together their own story of tragic loss and abiding faith, Cole explores these twelve life-giving truths to offer hope and comfort to those in the midst of tragedy.</description>
      <author>Cameron Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914267.mp3" length="1387641" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Therefore I Have Hope: 12 Truths That Comfort, Sustain, and Redeem in Tragedy
Author: Cameron Cole
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Throughout the journey of my worst nightmare—my descent into a dark, sad valley—the Holy Spirit would remind me of truths that comforted my soul and sustained my life.&amp;#039; After the sudden death of their three-year-old son, Cameron Cole and his wife found themselves clinging to Christ through twelve key theological truths—truths that became their lifeline in the midst of unthinkable grief. Weaving together their own story of tragic loss and abiding faith, Cole explores these twelve life-giving truths to offer hope and comfort to those in the midst of tragedy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413187</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Therefore I Have Hope: 12 Truths That Comfort, Sustain, and Redeem in Tragedy
Author: Cameron Cole
Narrator: Al Kessel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Throughout the journey of my worst nightmare—my descent into a dark, sad valley—the Holy Spirit would remind me of truths that comforted my soul and sustained my life.&amp;#039; After the sudden death of their three-year-old son, Cameron Cole and his wife found themselves clinging to Christ through twelve key theological truths—truths that became their lifeline in the midst of unthinkable grief. Weaving together their own story of tragic loss and abiding faith, Cole explores these twelve life-giving truths to offer hope and comfort to those in the midst of tragedy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Created for Purpose by Guillermo Maldonado</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Created for Purpose
Author: Guillermo Maldonado
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You are no accident. Your presence on this earth is not a mistake. Neither is it insignificant. On the contrary, you are wanted here—and needed! You are a creation of God with a unique purpose. Many people &amp;#039;do&amp;#039; things to try to gain acceptance by others, so that they can &amp;#039;be&amp;#039; someone. They become slaves to public opinion and never really know who they were meant to be. When we know that we are God&amp;#039;s beloved children, chosen from the foundation of the world, and discover who He designed us to be, we will think and act from that perspective. Everything else will develop from our identity and existence in Him. That identity goes beyond even our personal purpose to God&amp;#039;s eternal plans for the world and our exciting role in them. In Created for Purpose, you will discover God&amp;#039;s plan for your life as a loved and valuable member of His creation, what it means to be called by God, and how to know and live in your purpose throughout your life. You are not an accident. You are present on this earth for a significant reason. Find out who you were meant to be!</description>
      <author>Guillermo Maldonado</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914250.mp3" length="1493702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Created for Purpose
Author: Guillermo Maldonado
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You are no accident. Your presence on this earth is not a mistake. Neither is it insignificant. On the contrary, you are wanted here—and needed! You are a creation of God with a unique purpose. Many people &amp;#039;do&amp;#039; things to try to gain acceptance by others, so that they can &amp;#039;be&amp;#039; someone. They become slaves to public opinion and never really know who they were meant to be. When we know that we are God&amp;#039;s beloved children, chosen from the foundation of the world, and discover who He designed us to be, we will think and act from that perspective. Everything else will develop from our identity and existence in Him. That identity goes beyond even our personal purpose to God&amp;#039;s eternal plans for the world and our exciting role in them. In Created for Purpose, you will discover God&amp;#039;s plan for your life as a loved and valuable member of His creation, what it means to be called by God, and how to know and live in your purpose throughout your life. You are not an accident. You are present on this earth for a significant reason. Find out who you were meant to be!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Created for Purpose
Author: Guillermo Maldonado
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You are no accident. Your presence on this earth is not a mistake. Neither is it insignificant. On the contrary, you are wanted here—and needed! You are a creation of God with a unique purpose. Many people &amp;#039;do&amp;#039; things to try to gain acceptance by others, so that they can &amp;#039;be&amp;#039; someone. They become slaves to public opinion and never really know who they were meant to be. When we know that we are God&amp;#039;s beloved children, chosen from the foundation of the world, and discover who He designed us to be, we will think and act from that perspective. Everything else will develop from our identity and existence in Him. That identity goes beyond even our personal purpose to God&amp;#039;s eternal plans for the world and our exciting role in them. In Created for Purpose, you will discover God&amp;#039;s plan for your life as a loved and valuable member of His creation, what it means to be called by God, and how to know and live in your purpose throughout your life. You are not an accident. You are present on this earth for a significant reason. Find out who you were meant to be!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peace: Hope and Healing for the Anxious Momma&amp;#039;s Heart by Becky Thompson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace: Hope and Healing for the Anxious Momma&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Becky Thompson
Narrator: Becky Thompson, Tim Clinton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Love Unending and Midnight Mom Devotional reassures anxious women that even if you can&amp;#039;t shake off fear, your faith is not broken. For years, Christian women have been told, &amp;#039;If you just prayed more, had more faith, and trusted Jesus, you&amp;#039;d have more peace.&amp;#039; But what does it mean when a Christian momma continues to worry? How does she reconcile her feelings of fear with her faith in God? And how does she raise her children in a home full of peace when she feels anything but peaceful?  Becky Thompson, a best-selling author with a degree in biblical studies, knows firsthand what it is like to suffer from the crippling effects of anxiety--a condition she has struggled to overcome for most of her life. For her and many others, the fear she faces is not a faith issue. It&amp;#039;s a physical one that affects over 40 million adults in the US.   As Becky examines the relationship between the promise of peace in Scripture and the reality of life, motherhood, and anxiety, she brings both a practical and spiritual approach to the discussion of anxiety and how it impacts your mind, body, and spirit. Peace meets moms in the forest of fear where they have felt isolated and alone and walks them toward hope, reminding them that there are millions of other women who walk the same dark, uncertain trails they do and there isn&amp;#039;t something wrong with their faith because they can&amp;#039;t shake the fear. Peace is a lifeline for the Christian mom desperate for solid advice based on sound doctrine and presented in a way that makes her feel understood and far less alone on her journey toward healing.</description>
      <author>Becky Thompson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593287613.mp3" length="2679323" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593287613.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace: Hope and Healing for the Anxious Momma&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Becky Thompson
Narrator: Becky Thompson, Tim Clinton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Love Unending and Midnight Mom Devotional reassures anxious women that even if you can&amp;#039;t shake off fear, your faith is not broken. For years, Christian women have been told, &amp;#039;If you just prayed more, had more faith, and trusted Jesus, you&amp;#039;d have more peace.&amp;#039; But what does it mean when a Christian momma continues to worry? How does she reconcile her feelings of fear with her faith in God? And how does she raise her children in a home full of peace when she feels anything but peaceful?  Becky Thompson, a best-selling author with a degree in biblical studies, knows firsthand what it is like to suffer from the crippling effects of anxiety--a condition she has struggled to overcome for most of her life. For her and many others, the fear she faces is not a faith issue. It&amp;#039;s a physical one that affects over 40 million adults in the US.   As Becky examines the relationship between the promise of peace in Scripture and the reality of life, motherhood, and anxiety, she brings both a practical and spiritual approach to the discussion of anxiety and how it impacts your mind, body, and spirit. Peace meets moms in the forest of fear where they have felt isolated and alone and walks them toward hope, reminding them that there are millions of other women who walk the same dark, uncertain trails they do and there isn&amp;#039;t something wrong with their faith because they can&amp;#039;t shake the fear. Peace is a lifeline for the Christian mom desperate for solid advice based on sound doctrine and presented in a way that makes her feel understood and far less alone on her journey toward healing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413174</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Peace: Hope and Healing for the Anxious Momma&amp;#039;s Heart
Author: Becky Thompson
Narrator: Becky Thompson, Tim Clinton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The bestselling author of Love Unending and Midnight Mom Devotional reassures anxious women that even if you can&amp;#039;t shake off fear, your faith is not broken. For years, Christian women have been told, &amp;#039;If you just prayed more, had more faith, and trusted Jesus, you&amp;#039;d have more peace.&amp;#039; But what does it mean when a Christian momma continues to worry? How does she reconcile her feelings of fear with her faith in God? And how does she raise her children in a home full of peace when she feels anything but peaceful?  Becky Thompson, a best-selling author with a degree in biblical studies, knows firsthand what it is like to suffer from the crippling effects of anxiety--a condition she has struggled to overcome for most of her life. For her and many others, the fear she faces is not a faith issue. It&amp;#039;s a physical one that affects over 40 million adults in the US.   As Becky examines the relationship between the promise of peace in Scripture and the reality of life, motherhood, and anxiety, she brings both a practical and spiritual approach to the discussion of anxiety and how it impacts your mind, body, and spirit. Peace meets moms in the forest of fear where they have felt isolated and alone and walks them toward hope, reminding them that there are millions of other women who walk the same dark, uncertain trails they do and there isn&amp;#039;t something wrong with their faith because they can&amp;#039;t shake the fear. Peace is a lifeline for the Christian mom desperate for solid advice based on sound doctrine and presented in a way that makes her feel understood and far less alone on her journey toward healing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para hombres by Harvest House Publishers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para hombres
Author: Harvest House Publishers
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Comienza tu día con Dios Fortalece tu relación con Dios que te ama, hablando con él frecuentemente.  Estas oraciones rápidas de un minuto te ayudarán a enfocarte en Dios y en Sus planes para tu día. Este gran libro de oraciones incluye temas importantes, como:    # Familia    # Salud    # Sexualidad    # El éxito    # Tentaciones;    # Trabajo</description>
      <author>Harvest House Publishers</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644731543.mp3" length="1430779" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644731543.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para hombres
Author: Harvest House Publishers
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Comienza tu día con Dios Fortalece tu relación con Dios que te ama, hablando con él frecuentemente.  Estas oraciones rápidas de un minuto te ayudarán a enfocarte en Dios y en Sus planes para tu día. Este gran libro de oraciones incluye temas importantes, como:    # Familia    # Salud    # Sexualidad    # El éxito    # Tentaciones;    # Trabajo</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413131</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para hombres
Author: Harvest House Publishers
Narrator: Kevin Fuentes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 14, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Comienza tu día con Dios Fortalece tu relación con Dios que te ama, hablando con él frecuentemente.  Estas oraciones rápidas de un minuto te ayudarán a enfocarte en Dios y en Sus planes para tu día. Este gran libro de oraciones incluye temas importantes, como:    # Familia    # Salud    # Sexualidad    # El éxito    # Tentaciones;    # Trabajo</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para mujeres by Hope Lyda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para mujeres
Author: Hope Lyda
Narrator: Yuliana Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Acércate a Dios hoy  Acércate a Dios con alabanza y acción de gracias con estas reflexivas y profundas oraciones.    Esta encantadora recopilación de conversaciones de un minuto con Dios te ayudará a compartir el deseo de tu corazón de caminar con Jesús, crecer espiritualmente, compartir con otras personas y encontrar consuelo.    Ya sea que comiences tu mañana con Dios, encuentres fuerzas a media tarde o cierres el día con Él, experimentarás Su paz, abrazarás Su gracia y encontrarás gozo en Su presencia.</description>
      <author>Hope Lyda</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644731536.mp3" length="1439623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644731536.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para mujeres
Author: Hope Lyda
Narrator: Yuliana Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Acércate a Dios hoy  Acércate a Dios con alabanza y acción de gracias con estas reflexivas y profundas oraciones.    Esta encantadora recopilación de conversaciones de un minuto con Dios te ayudará a compartir el deseo de tu corazón de caminar con Jesús, crecer espiritualmente, compartir con otras personas y encontrar consuelo.    Ya sea que comiences tu mañana con Dios, encuentres fuerzas a media tarde o cierres el día con Él, experimentarás Su paz, abrazarás Su gracia y encontrarás gozo en Su presencia.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413130</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Oraciones de un minuto para mujeres
Author: Hope Lyda
Narrator: Yuliana Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Acércate a Dios hoy  Acércate a Dios con alabanza y acción de gracias con estas reflexivas y profundas oraciones.    Esta encantadora recopilación de conversaciones de un minuto con Dios te ayudará a compartir el deseo de tu corazón de caminar con Jesús, crecer espiritualmente, compartir con otras personas y encontrar consuelo.    Ya sea que comiences tu mañana con Dios, encuentres fuerzas a media tarde o cierres el día con Él, experimentarás Su paz, abrazarás Su gracia y encontrarás gozo en Su presencia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Student&amp;#039;s Guide to Culture by Brett Kunkle, John Stonestreet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Student&amp;#039;s Guide to Culture
Author: Brett Kunkle, John Stonestreet
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The student edition of the popular A Practical Guide to Culture by John Stonestreet and Brett Kunkle delivers a hopeful message to listeners ages fifteen through twenty-five who live every day with increasing cultural pressure. These young people struggle to navigate contemporary challenges to their Christian faith and values but are encouraged to emerge as leaders. In A Student’s Guide to Culture, Stonestreet and Kunkle write in a highly relatable style, sharing insight and experience. Jumping off from the original version, this guide includes all-new discussion questions and stories that remind young listeners that they can live differently and be a light in a culture that sometimes feels overwhelming.</description>
      <author>Brett Kunkle, John Stonestreet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666560855.mp3" length="863489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666560855.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Student&amp;#039;s Guide to Culture
Author: Brett Kunkle, John Stonestreet
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The student edition of the popular A Practical Guide to Culture by John Stonestreet and Brett Kunkle delivers a hopeful message to listeners ages fifteen through twenty-five who live every day with increasing cultural pressure. These young people struggle to navigate contemporary challenges to their Christian faith and values but are encouraged to emerge as leaders. In A Student’s Guide to Culture, Stonestreet and Kunkle write in a highly relatable style, sharing insight and experience. Jumping off from the original version, this guide includes all-new discussion questions and stories that remind young listeners that they can live differently and be a light in a culture that sometimes feels overwhelming.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Student&amp;#039;s Guide to Culture
Author: Brett Kunkle, John Stonestreet
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The student edition of the popular A Practical Guide to Culture by John Stonestreet and Brett Kunkle delivers a hopeful message to listeners ages fifteen through twenty-five who live every day with increasing cultural pressure. These young people struggle to navigate contemporary challenges to their Christian faith and values but are encouraged to emerge as leaders. In A Student’s Guide to Culture, Stonestreet and Kunkle write in a highly relatable style, sharing insight and experience. Jumping off from the original version, this guide includes all-new discussion questions and stories that remind young listeners that they can live differently and be a light in a culture that sometimes feels overwhelming.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Certain Sound: A Primer on Open Air Preaching by Ryan Denton And Scott Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Certain Sound: A Primer on Open Air Preaching
Author: Ryan Denton And Scott Smith
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Certain Sound is an introduction to the theology and practice of preaching the gospel in public. The book is concise, gracious, and uncompromising. It is saturated with Scripture, church history, and practical experience. It is a handbook and encouragement for open air preachers. It is an apologetic for frontline evangelism. It is written for both individuals and study groups, pastors and laymen, open air preachers and Christians who evangelize. He who has ears to hear, let him read this book!</description>
      <author>Ryan Denton And Scott Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982793944.mp3" length="1403604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982793944.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Certain Sound: A Primer on Open Air Preaching
Author: Ryan Denton And Scott Smith
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Certain Sound is an introduction to the theology and practice of preaching the gospel in public. The book is concise, gracious, and uncompromising. It is saturated with Scripture, church history, and practical experience. It is a handbook and encouragement for open air preachers. It is an apologetic for frontline evangelism. It is written for both individuals and study groups, pastors and laymen, open air preachers and Christians who evangelize. He who has ears to hear, let him read this book!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/413028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Certain Sound: A Primer on Open Air Preaching
Author: Ryan Denton And Scott Smith
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: December  9, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A Certain Sound is an introduction to the theology and practice of preaching the gospel in public. The book is concise, gracious, and uncompromising. It is saturated with Scripture, church history, and practical experience. It is a handbook and encouragement for open air preachers. It is an apologetic for frontline evangelism. It is written for both individuals and study groups, pastors and laymen, open air preachers and Christians who evangelize. He who has ears to hear, let him read this book!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day: Revitalize Your Spirit and Empower Your Leadership by John C. Maxwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day: Revitalize Your Spirit and Empower Your Leadership
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Henry O. Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership can be a heavy load, wearing you down over time. In The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will learn the daily habit that can transform your leadership and organization from the world&amp;#039;s #1 leadership expert. John Maxwell, the #1 New York Times bestselling author, coach, and speaker, gives the roadmap to becoming a more principled and effective leader. Each chapter offers simple to read and understand laws of leadership, inspired by Maxwell&amp;#039;s The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, the bestselling leadership book of all time. These pages are filled with practical insights and memorable tips that can be easily incorporated into your daily routine. Whether you&amp;#039;re an executive, a pastor, or a leader in any capacity, this guide will empower you to lead with integrity and purpose. In 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will get: - Daily Leadership Lessons: Each chapter introduces a new rule of leadership to live by, making it easy to integrate into your daily routine. - Proven Strategies: Based on the best-selling The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, this book offers tried-and-true methods to enhance your leadership skills. - Transformative Insights: Practical and simple advice that can change not only your day but your entire life as a leader.   Maxwell&amp;#039;s wisdom is not only easy to read but also profoundly transformative. By setting aside just 21 minutes a day, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey that will revitalize your spirit and sharpen your leadership skills. Imagine the impact of daily reflection and devotion, guided by principles that have influenced Fortune 500 companies, international governments, and world-renowned organizations! Dive into The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day and unlock your full potential as a leader, one powerful minute at a time.</description>
      <author>John C. Maxwell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400222841.mp3" length="825700" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400222841.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day: Revitalize Your Spirit and Empower Your Leadership
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Henry O. Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership can be a heavy load, wearing you down over time. In The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will learn the daily habit that can transform your leadership and organization from the world&amp;#039;s #1 leadership expert. John Maxwell, the #1 New York Times bestselling author, coach, and speaker, gives the roadmap to becoming a more principled and effective leader. Each chapter offers simple to read and understand laws of leadership, inspired by Maxwell&amp;#039;s The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, the bestselling leadership book of all time. These pages are filled with practical insights and memorable tips that can be easily incorporated into your daily routine. Whether you&amp;#039;re an executive, a pastor, or a leader in any capacity, this guide will empower you to lead with integrity and purpose. In 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will get: - Daily Leadership Lessons: Each chapter introduces a new rule of leadership to live by, making it easy to integrate into your daily routine. - Proven Strategies: Based on the best-selling The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, this book offers tried-and-true methods to enhance your leadership skills. - Transformative Insights: Practical and simple advice that can change not only your day but your entire life as a leader.   Maxwell&amp;#039;s wisdom is not only easy to read but also profoundly transformative. By setting aside just 21 minutes a day, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey that will revitalize your spirit and sharpen your leadership skills. Imagine the impact of daily reflection and devotion, guided by principles that have influenced Fortune 500 companies, international governments, and world-renowned organizations! Dive into The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day and unlock your full potential as a leader, one powerful minute at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412959</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day: Revitalize Your Spirit and Empower Your Leadership
Author: John C. Maxwell
Narrator: Henry O. Arnold
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Leadership can be a heavy load, wearing you down over time. In The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will learn the daily habit that can transform your leadership and organization from the world&amp;#039;s #1 leadership expert. John Maxwell, the #1 New York Times bestselling author, coach, and speaker, gives the roadmap to becoming a more principled and effective leader. Each chapter offers simple to read and understand laws of leadership, inspired by Maxwell&amp;#039;s The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, the bestselling leadership book of all time. These pages are filled with practical insights and memorable tips that can be easily incorporated into your daily routine. Whether you&amp;#039;re an executive, a pastor, or a leader in any capacity, this guide will empower you to lead with integrity and purpose. In 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day, you will get: - Daily Leadership Lessons: Each chapter introduces a new rule of leadership to live by, making it easy to integrate into your daily routine. - Proven Strategies: Based on the best-selling The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership, this book offers tried-and-true methods to enhance your leadership skills. - Transformative Insights: Practical and simple advice that can change not only your day but your entire life as a leader.   Maxwell&amp;#039;s wisdom is not only easy to read but also profoundly transformative. By setting aside just 21 minutes a day, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a journey that will revitalize your spirit and sharpen your leadership skills. Imagine the impact of daily reflection and devotion, guided by principles that have influenced Fortune 500 companies, international governments, and world-renowned organizations! Dive into The 21 Most Powerful Minutes in a Leader&amp;#039;s Day and unlock your full potential as a leader, one powerful minute at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures: Four Simple Habits for Turning Down the Noise by Clay Scroggins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures: Four Simple Habits for Turning Down the Noise
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Clay Scroggins
Narrator: Clay Scroggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we&amp;#039;re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in these lectures, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. Designed for use with How to Lead in a World of Distraction Study Guide (9780310115168); sold separately.</description>
      <author>Clay Scroggins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310109471.mp3" length="1472651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310109471.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures: Four Simple Habits for Turning Down the Noise
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Clay Scroggins
Narrator: Clay Scroggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we&amp;#039;re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in these lectures, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. Designed for use with How to Lead in a World of Distraction Study Guide (9780310115168); sold separately.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412945</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures: Four Simple Habits for Turning Down the Noise
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Clay Scroggins
Narrator: Clay Scroggins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Are distractions holding you back from living abundantly? Our world is filled with distractions. They take a toll on our work, our parenting, our marriages, and our souls. Constant tugs on our attention have us spinning our wheels, unable to gain momentum to move forward. Much like white noise, these distractions tune out what matters most within, and we&amp;#039;re all susceptible. As distractions grow louder, we become deaf to the issues that most need our attention. In How to Lead in a World of Distraction: Audio Lectures, pastor Clay Scroggins shows you how to take the next step in your personal growth by limiting the distractions in your life. Through the practices described in these lectures, you will be empowered to replace the chaos in your increasingly busy schedule with emotional competence that leads to a calmer and more fulfilling life. Designed for use with How to Lead in a World of Distraction Study Guide (9780310115168); sold separately.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Has a Name: Learning to Love the Different, the Difficult, and Everyone Else by Adam Weber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Has a Name: Learning to Love the Different, the Difficult, and Everyone Else
Author: Adam Weber
Narrator: Adam Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the joy of stepping out and intentionally loving the people around you.   “Love has a name, and that name isn’t Mark or Adam or even yours! That name is Jesus, and when we make love about him, everything else falls into place. Struggling to love? Pick up this book!”—Mark Batterson, New York Times bestselling author of The Circle Maker and lead pastor of National Community Church   Who does Jesus love? The stranger who looks strange. The driver who cuts us off in traffic. The person online who thinks differently than we do.   Loving people is hard. Especially when it involves the difficult people in our lives and those different from us. We say we love others, but really we don’t. Instead of loving, we hurt, belittle, and overlook people. Which is precisely why we need to learn how to love—from Jesus and from one another. Adam Weber knows firsthand how important it is to learn to love. And he’s learned incredible lessons from incredible people—some of them quite unexpected. With hope, humor, stretched comfort zones, biblical truth, and (maybe) a few tears, Love Has a Name looks at the most powerful of these stories, showing us twenty-seven people (and one school) who have taught Adam how to love like Jesus. One name at a time.</description>
      <author>Adam Weber</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593207598.mp3" length="2641211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593207598.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Has a Name: Learning to Love the Different, the Difficult, and Everyone Else
Author: Adam Weber
Narrator: Adam Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the joy of stepping out and intentionally loving the people around you.   “Love has a name, and that name isn’t Mark or Adam or even yours! That name is Jesus, and when we make love about him, everything else falls into place. Struggling to love? Pick up this book!”—Mark Batterson, New York Times bestselling author of The Circle Maker and lead pastor of National Community Church   Who does Jesus love? The stranger who looks strange. The driver who cuts us off in traffic. The person online who thinks differently than we do.   Loving people is hard. Especially when it involves the difficult people in our lives and those different from us. We say we love others, but really we don’t. Instead of loving, we hurt, belittle, and overlook people. Which is precisely why we need to learn how to love—from Jesus and from one another. Adam Weber knows firsthand how important it is to learn to love. And he’s learned incredible lessons from incredible people—some of them quite unexpected. With hope, humor, stretched comfort zones, biblical truth, and (maybe) a few tears, Love Has a Name looks at the most powerful of these stories, showing us twenty-seven people (and one school) who have taught Adam how to love like Jesus. One name at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411990</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Has a Name: Learning to Love the Different, the Difficult, and Everyone Else
Author: Adam Weber
Narrator: Adam Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 45 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the joy of stepping out and intentionally loving the people around you.   “Love has a name, and that name isn’t Mark or Adam or even yours! That name is Jesus, and when we make love about him, everything else falls into place. Struggling to love? Pick up this book!”—Mark Batterson, New York Times bestselling author of The Circle Maker and lead pastor of National Community Church   Who does Jesus love? The stranger who looks strange. The driver who cuts us off in traffic. The person online who thinks differently than we do.   Loving people is hard. Especially when it involves the difficult people in our lives and those different from us. We say we love others, but really we don’t. Instead of loving, we hurt, belittle, and overlook people. Which is precisely why we need to learn how to love—from Jesus and from one another. Adam Weber knows firsthand how important it is to learn to love. And he’s learned incredible lessons from incredible people—some of them quite unexpected. With hope, humor, stretched comfort zones, biblical truth, and (maybe) a few tears, Love Has a Name looks at the most powerful of these stories, showing us twenty-seven people (and one school) who have taught Adam how to love like Jesus. One name at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Awake Thou That Sleepest by John Wesley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awake Thou That Sleepest
Author: John Wesley
Narrator: Cj Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December  2, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Wesley led one of the greatest Christian revivals in the history of England. The &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039; which he compiled for use by Methodist preachers remains a timeless classic and a definitive collection of the core Wesleyan doctrine. &amp;#039;Awake Thou Who Sleepest!&amp;#039; is the third message from the &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039;. It was originally preached by Charles Wesley, on Sunday April 4, 1742, to the congregants at Christ Church, University of Oxford. The sermon was based on Ephesians 5:14;&amp;#039;Awake, O sleeper, rise up from the dead, and Christ will give you light.&amp;#039;In this sermon, Wesley discusses the identity of the &amp;#039;sleepers&amp;#039; referred to in scripture, challenges his hearers to wake up to Christ, and explains the great reward of those to whom Christ gives light.</description>
      <author>John Wesley</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Dec 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982792312.mp3" length="602223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982792312.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awake Thou That Sleepest
Author: John Wesley
Narrator: Cj Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December  2, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Wesley led one of the greatest Christian revivals in the history of England. The &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039; which he compiled for use by Methodist preachers remains a timeless classic and a definitive collection of the core Wesleyan doctrine. &amp;#039;Awake Thou Who Sleepest!&amp;#039; is the third message from the &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039;. It was originally preached by Charles Wesley, on Sunday April 4, 1742, to the congregants at Christ Church, University of Oxford. The sermon was based on Ephesians 5:14;&amp;#039;Awake, O sleeper, rise up from the dead, and Christ will give you light.&amp;#039;In this sermon, Wesley discusses the identity of the &amp;#039;sleepers&amp;#039; referred to in scripture, challenges his hearers to wake up to Christ, and explains the great reward of those to whom Christ gives light.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411707</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awake Thou That Sleepest
Author: John Wesley
Narrator: Cj Miller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December  2, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Wesley led one of the greatest Christian revivals in the history of England. The &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039; which he compiled for use by Methodist preachers remains a timeless classic and a definitive collection of the core Wesleyan doctrine. &amp;#039;Awake Thou Who Sleepest!&amp;#039; is the third message from the &amp;#039;Forty-Four Sermons&amp;#039;. It was originally preached by Charles Wesley, on Sunday April 4, 1742, to the congregants at Christ Church, University of Oxford. The sermon was based on Ephesians 5:14;&amp;#039;Awake, O sleeper, rise up from the dead, and Christ will give you light.&amp;#039;In this sermon, Wesley discusses the identity of the &amp;#039;sleepers&amp;#039; referred to in scripture, challenges his hearers to wake up to Christ, and explains the great reward of those to whom Christ gives light.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Broken Bread: How to Stop Using Food and Fear to Fill Spiritual Hunger by Tilly Dillehay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Bread: How to Stop Using Food and Fear to Fill Spiritual Hunger
Author: Tilly Dillehay
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Food was no longer a means of division—no longer a curtain. The curtain had become a tablecloth, and the table was laid with Christ the son. Ever notice how much time Jesus spent around a table? If he wasn&amp;#039;t sharing a meal with others, he was handing out free meals.    If Jesus called himself the &amp;#039;bread of life,&amp;#039; why is it that our relationship with food is so complicated? We love it. We hate it. We hate that we love it.  Whether we&amp;#039;re obsessing over what not to consume—carbs, sugar, alcohol—or what we will devour—fat free, dairy free, gluten free—food has become burdensome.   Christian Book Award® winner Tilly Dillehay tackles the way we approach food.  In Broken Bread, Dillehay identifies the four major food sins and the fears that drive them, and she offers a new way of thinking about food less in order to focus on more important matters. When we take the business of breaking bread together seriously, as the early church did, we not only use the table to build community, faith, and love, but the act of preparing and eating food becomes sweeter, more savory, and much more enjoyable.</description>
      <author>Tilly Dillehay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914366.mp3" length="1368722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914366.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Bread: How to Stop Using Food and Fear to Fill Spiritual Hunger
Author: Tilly Dillehay
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Food was no longer a means of division—no longer a curtain. The curtain had become a tablecloth, and the table was laid with Christ the son. Ever notice how much time Jesus spent around a table? If he wasn&amp;#039;t sharing a meal with others, he was handing out free meals.    If Jesus called himself the &amp;#039;bread of life,&amp;#039; why is it that our relationship with food is so complicated? We love it. We hate it. We hate that we love it.  Whether we&amp;#039;re obsessing over what not to consume—carbs, sugar, alcohol—or what we will devour—fat free, dairy free, gluten free—food has become burdensome.   Christian Book Award® winner Tilly Dillehay tackles the way we approach food.  In Broken Bread, Dillehay identifies the four major food sins and the fears that drive them, and she offers a new way of thinking about food less in order to focus on more important matters. When we take the business of breaking bread together seriously, as the early church did, we not only use the table to build community, faith, and love, but the act of preparing and eating food becomes sweeter, more savory, and much more enjoyable.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411372</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Broken Bread: How to Stop Using Food and Fear to Fill Spiritual Hunger
Author: Tilly Dillehay
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Food was no longer a means of division—no longer a curtain. The curtain had become a tablecloth, and the table was laid with Christ the son. Ever notice how much time Jesus spent around a table? If he wasn&amp;#039;t sharing a meal with others, he was handing out free meals.    If Jesus called himself the &amp;#039;bread of life,&amp;#039; why is it that our relationship with food is so complicated? We love it. We hate it. We hate that we love it.  Whether we&amp;#039;re obsessing over what not to consume—carbs, sugar, alcohol—or what we will devour—fat free, dairy free, gluten free—food has become burdensome.   Christian Book Award® winner Tilly Dillehay tackles the way we approach food.  In Broken Bread, Dillehay identifies the four major food sins and the fears that drive them, and she offers a new way of thinking about food less in order to focus on more important matters. When we take the business of breaking bread together seriously, as the early church did, we not only use the table to build community, faith, and love, but the act of preparing and eating food becomes sweeter, more savory, and much more enjoyable.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Character Still Counts: It Is Time to Restore Our Lasting Values by James Merritt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Still Counts: It Is Time to Restore Our Lasting Values
Author: James Merritt
Narrator: James Merritt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You Can Develop Attributes for Authentic Living How often are we more concerned with our outward image than with our inner qualities? Your reputation is what others think is true about you, but your character is who you are on the inside. And in the end, it&amp;#039;s your character that counts.   If you long to invest your life in what matters most—the content of your character—join bestselling author James Merritt as he looks at twelve traits that are an essential part of godly living. As you discover from role models in the Bible, good character is built brick by brick, thought by thought, action by action, and habit by habit on a daily basis. In this book you&amp;#039;ll find the keys to growing in integrity, humility, respect, forgiveness, perseverance, self-control, honesty, loyalty, authenticity, courage, generosity, and faithfulness.                   Learn how to build up God&amp;#039;s kind of character qualities and live a life of authenticity. Let the past examples in Scripture inspire you today as you live out this truth: Character still counts, and it always will.</description>
      <author>James Merritt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914328.mp3" length="1358148" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914328.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Still Counts: It Is Time to Restore Our Lasting Values
Author: James Merritt
Narrator: James Merritt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You Can Develop Attributes for Authentic Living How often are we more concerned with our outward image than with our inner qualities? Your reputation is what others think is true about you, but your character is who you are on the inside. And in the end, it&amp;#039;s your character that counts.   If you long to invest your life in what matters most—the content of your character—join bestselling author James Merritt as he looks at twelve traits that are an essential part of godly living. As you discover from role models in the Bible, good character is built brick by brick, thought by thought, action by action, and habit by habit on a daily basis. In this book you&amp;#039;ll find the keys to growing in integrity, humility, respect, forgiveness, perseverance, self-control, honesty, loyalty, authenticity, courage, generosity, and faithfulness.                   Learn how to build up God&amp;#039;s kind of character qualities and live a life of authenticity. Let the past examples in Scripture inspire you today as you live out this truth: Character still counts, and it always will.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411370</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Still Counts: It Is Time to Restore Our Lasting Values
Author: James Merritt
Narrator: James Merritt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: March 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You Can Develop Attributes for Authentic Living How often are we more concerned with our outward image than with our inner qualities? Your reputation is what others think is true about you, but your character is who you are on the inside. And in the end, it&amp;#039;s your character that counts.   If you long to invest your life in what matters most—the content of your character—join bestselling author James Merritt as he looks at twelve traits that are an essential part of godly living. As you discover from role models in the Bible, good character is built brick by brick, thought by thought, action by action, and habit by habit on a daily basis. In this book you&amp;#039;ll find the keys to growing in integrity, humility, respect, forgiveness, perseverance, self-control, honesty, loyalty, authenticity, courage, generosity, and faithfulness.                   Learn how to build up God&amp;#039;s kind of character qualities and live a life of authenticity. Let the past examples in Scripture inspire you today as you live out this truth: Character still counts, and it always will.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Experiencing God Together: How Your Connection with Others Deepens Your Relationship with God by Tony Evans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing God Together: How Your Connection with Others Deepens Your Relationship with God
Author: Tony Evans
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to Love Well When You Give Love Away Jesus has empowered you to be His hands and feet to others. And you don&amp;#039;t have to go far to be Jesus to others. You can share His life and love with the people you meet every day. In Experiencing God Together, Dr. Tony Evans demonstrates how you can be a channel of God&amp;#039;s blessings to others. Whether you are learning to love those around you, providing hospitality for strangers, or offering forgiveness to those who harm you, Scripture offers instruction for how you can show God&amp;#039;s love for others as you live in community. When you give God&amp;#039;s love away to others through tangible acts, you will experience His presence in new and meaningful ways.</description>
      <author>Tony Evans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914311.mp3" length="1346153" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing God Together: How Your Connection with Others Deepens Your Relationship with God
Author: Tony Evans
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to Love Well When You Give Love Away Jesus has empowered you to be His hands and feet to others. And you don&amp;#039;t have to go far to be Jesus to others. You can share His life and love with the people you meet every day. In Experiencing God Together, Dr. Tony Evans demonstrates how you can be a channel of God&amp;#039;s blessings to others. Whether you are learning to love those around you, providing hospitality for strangers, or offering forgiveness to those who harm you, Scripture offers instruction for how you can show God&amp;#039;s love for others as you live in community. When you give God&amp;#039;s love away to others through tangible acts, you will experience His presence in new and meaningful ways.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Experiencing God Together: How Your Connection with Others Deepens Your Relationship with God
Author: Tony Evans
Narrator: Mirron Willis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn to Love Well When You Give Love Away Jesus has empowered you to be His hands and feet to others. And you don&amp;#039;t have to go far to be Jesus to others. You can share His life and love with the people you meet every day. In Experiencing God Together, Dr. Tony Evans demonstrates how you can be a channel of God&amp;#039;s blessings to others. Whether you are learning to love those around you, providing hospitality for strangers, or offering forgiveness to those who harm you, Scripture offers instruction for how you can show God&amp;#039;s love for others as you live in community. When you give God&amp;#039;s love away to others through tangible acts, you will experience His presence in new and meaningful ways.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keep the Doors Open: Lessons Learned from a Year of Foster Parenting by Kristin Berry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keep the Doors Open: Lessons Learned from a Year of Foster Parenting
Author: Kristin Berry
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Will You Open Your Heart and Home to Children in Need? As a teenager, Kristin Berry had heard all the horror stories surrounding foster care and adoption—abuse, neglect, rejection, anger, and misunderstandings. But instead of closing her heart, God opened it wide. This is Kristin&amp;#039;s honest, unvarnished story of some of her experiences as a foster parent of twenty-three children over the course of nine years.     What she learned is that living in a foster home is like living with a revolving door. You never know who will arrive or who you will have to say goodbye to. Leaving the door open means there will be heartache and pain, but also adventure and unexpected joy. Kristin and her husband, Mike, have been through it all in their unique parenting journey. If you have ever wondered what it&amp;#039;s really like to be a foster parent, this book will help you gain a true understanding of the everyday trials and triumphs these moms and dads face. It will also inspire you to consider opening your door . . . and to leave it wide open.</description>
      <author>Kristin Berry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914304.mp3" length="1363756" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914304.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keep the Doors Open: Lessons Learned from a Year of Foster Parenting
Author: Kristin Berry
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Will You Open Your Heart and Home to Children in Need? As a teenager, Kristin Berry had heard all the horror stories surrounding foster care and adoption—abuse, neglect, rejection, anger, and misunderstandings. But instead of closing her heart, God opened it wide. This is Kristin&amp;#039;s honest, unvarnished story of some of her experiences as a foster parent of twenty-three children over the course of nine years.     What she learned is that living in a foster home is like living with a revolving door. You never know who will arrive or who you will have to say goodbye to. Leaving the door open means there will be heartache and pain, but also adventure and unexpected joy. Kristin and her husband, Mike, have been through it all in their unique parenting journey. If you have ever wondered what it&amp;#039;s really like to be a foster parent, this book will help you gain a true understanding of the everyday trials and triumphs these moms and dads face. It will also inspire you to consider opening your door . . . and to leave it wide open.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Keep the Doors Open: Lessons Learned from a Year of Foster Parenting
Author: Kristin Berry
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 1 minute
Release date: February  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Will You Open Your Heart and Home to Children in Need? As a teenager, Kristin Berry had heard all the horror stories surrounding foster care and adoption—abuse, neglect, rejection, anger, and misunderstandings. But instead of closing her heart, God opened it wide. This is Kristin&amp;#039;s honest, unvarnished story of some of her experiences as a foster parent of twenty-three children over the course of nine years.     What she learned is that living in a foster home is like living with a revolving door. You never know who will arrive or who you will have to say goodbye to. Leaving the door open means there will be heartache and pain, but also adventure and unexpected joy. Kristin and her husband, Mike, have been through it all in their unique parenting journey. If you have ever wondered what it&amp;#039;s really like to be a foster parent, this book will help you gain a true understanding of the everyday trials and triumphs these moms and dads face. It will also inspire you to consider opening your door . . . and to leave it wide open.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Soul: How We Know It&amp;#039;s Real and Why It Matters by J.P. Moreland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul: How We Know It&amp;#039;s Real and Why It Matters
Author: J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In a culture in which science is believed to hold the answers to every question, spiritual realities like the soul are often ignored or ridiculed. We are told that neuroscience holds the key to explaining every aspect of human behavior. Yet Christian philosopher J. P. Moreland argues that Scripture, sound philosophical reasoning, and everyday experience all point to the reality of an immaterial soul. Countering the arguments of both naturalists and Christian scholars who embrace a material-only view of humanity, Moreland demonstrates why it is both biblical and reasonable to believe humans are essentially spiritual beings.  He also describes the various components of the soul and how Christians can nurture their souls as disciples of Christ. Moreland shows that neuroscience and the soul are not competing explanations of human activity, but that both coexist and influence one another.</description>
      <author>J.P. Moreland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914243.mp3" length="1467204" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914243.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul: How We Know It&amp;#039;s Real and Why It Matters
Author: J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In a culture in which science is believed to hold the answers to every question, spiritual realities like the soul are often ignored or ridiculed. We are told that neuroscience holds the key to explaining every aspect of human behavior. Yet Christian philosopher J. P. Moreland argues that Scripture, sound philosophical reasoning, and everyday experience all point to the reality of an immaterial soul. Countering the arguments of both naturalists and Christian scholars who embrace a material-only view of humanity, Moreland demonstrates why it is both biblical and reasonable to believe humans are essentially spiritual beings.  He also describes the various components of the soul and how Christians can nurture their souls as disciples of Christ. Moreland shows that neuroscience and the soul are not competing explanations of human activity, but that both coexist and influence one another.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul: How We Know It&amp;#039;s Real and Why It Matters
Author: J.P. Moreland
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 4 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In a culture in which science is believed to hold the answers to every question, spiritual realities like the soul are often ignored or ridiculed. We are told that neuroscience holds the key to explaining every aspect of human behavior. Yet Christian philosopher J. P. Moreland argues that Scripture, sound philosophical reasoning, and everyday experience all point to the reality of an immaterial soul. Countering the arguments of both naturalists and Christian scholars who embrace a material-only view of humanity, Moreland demonstrates why it is both biblical and reasonable to believe humans are essentially spiritual beings.  He also describes the various components of the soul and how Christians can nurture their souls as disciples of Christ. Moreland shows that neuroscience and the soul are not competing explanations of human activity, but that both coexist and influence one another.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Revealing Heaven: The Eyewitness Accounts That Changed How a Pastor Thinks About the Afterlife by John W. Price</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revealing Heaven: The Eyewitness Accounts That Changed How a Pastor Thinks About the Afterlife
Author: John W. Price
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Revealing Heaven, Reverend John W. Price makes the case for how near-death experiences can be gifts from God and are fully compatible with Christian spirituality and the Bible. As a pastor open to near-death experiences, he has heard more than 200 personal accounts of this phenomena. Todd Burpo&amp;#039;s bestelling book Heaven Is for Real, the story of a young child&amp;#039;s near-death experience, has validated the existence of heaven and of God for many. Yet there are Christians who remain uncomfortable with the idea of near-death experiences; they wonder if these events are in line with the Bible and Christian teaching. In Revealing Heaven: The Christian Case for Near-Death Experiences, Reverend Price shares compelling testimonies that prove that Christians can not only trust near-death experiences as valid and consistent with Biblical teaching, but he demonstrates how they can help us understand death, grief, and what happens after this life is over, and provides ample reasons for us to be open to these amazing stories and to hope for what we&amp;#039;ve always dreamed about.</description>
      <author>John W. Price</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914182.mp3" length="1419845" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revealing Heaven: The Eyewitness Accounts That Changed How a Pastor Thinks About the Afterlife
Author: John W. Price
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Revealing Heaven, Reverend John W. Price makes the case for how near-death experiences can be gifts from God and are fully compatible with Christian spirituality and the Bible. As a pastor open to near-death experiences, he has heard more than 200 personal accounts of this phenomena. Todd Burpo&amp;#039;s bestelling book Heaven Is for Real, the story of a young child&amp;#039;s near-death experience, has validated the existence of heaven and of God for many. Yet there are Christians who remain uncomfortable with the idea of near-death experiences; they wonder if these events are in line with the Bible and Christian teaching. In Revealing Heaven: The Christian Case for Near-Death Experiences, Reverend Price shares compelling testimonies that prove that Christians can not only trust near-death experiences as valid and consistent with Biblical teaching, but he demonstrates how they can help us understand death, grief, and what happens after this life is over, and provides ample reasons for us to be open to these amazing stories and to hope for what we&amp;#039;ve always dreamed about.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411362</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Revealing Heaven: The Eyewitness Accounts That Changed How a Pastor Thinks About the Afterlife
Author: John W. Price
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In Revealing Heaven, Reverend John W. Price makes the case for how near-death experiences can be gifts from God and are fully compatible with Christian spirituality and the Bible. As a pastor open to near-death experiences, he has heard more than 200 personal accounts of this phenomena. Todd Burpo&amp;#039;s bestelling book Heaven Is for Real, the story of a young child&amp;#039;s near-death experience, has validated the existence of heaven and of God for many. Yet there are Christians who remain uncomfortable with the idea of near-death experiences; they wonder if these events are in line with the Bible and Christian teaching. In Revealing Heaven: The Christian Case for Near-Death Experiences, Reverend Price shares compelling testimonies that prove that Christians can not only trust near-death experiences as valid and consistent with Biblical teaching, but he demonstrates how they can help us understand death, grief, and what happens after this life is over, and provides ample reasons for us to be open to these amazing stories and to hope for what we&amp;#039;ve always dreamed about.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Narcissism Comes to Church: Healing Your Community From Emotional and Spiritual Abuse by Chuck DeGroat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Narcissism Comes to Church: Healing Your Community From Emotional and Spiritual Abuse
Author: Chuck DeGroat
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does narcissism seem to thrive in our churches? We&amp;#039;ve seen the news stories and heard the rumors. Maybe we ourselves have been hurt by a narcissistic church leader. It&amp;#039;s easy to throw the term around and diagnose others from afar. But what is narcissism, really? And how does it infiltrate the church? Chuck DeGroat has been counseling pastors with Narcissistic Personality Disorder, as well as those wounded by narcissistic leaders and systems, for over twenty years. He knows firsthand the devastation narcissism leaves in its wake and how insidious and painful it is. In When Narcissism Comes to Church, DeGroat takes a close look at narcissism, not only in ministry leaders but also in church systems. He offers compassion and hope for those affected by its destructive power and imparts wise counsel for churches looking to heal from its systemic effects. DeGroat also offers hope for narcissists themselves—not by any shortcut, but by the long, slow road of genuine recovery, possible only through repentance and trust in the humble gospel of Jesus.</description>
      <author>Chuck DeGroat</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914090.mp3" length="1508251" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914090.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Narcissism Comes to Church: Healing Your Community From Emotional and Spiritual Abuse
Author: Chuck DeGroat
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does narcissism seem to thrive in our churches? We&amp;#039;ve seen the news stories and heard the rumors. Maybe we ourselves have been hurt by a narcissistic church leader. It&amp;#039;s easy to throw the term around and diagnose others from afar. But what is narcissism, really? And how does it infiltrate the church? Chuck DeGroat has been counseling pastors with Narcissistic Personality Disorder, as well as those wounded by narcissistic leaders and systems, for over twenty years. He knows firsthand the devastation narcissism leaves in its wake and how insidious and painful it is. In When Narcissism Comes to Church, DeGroat takes a close look at narcissism, not only in ministry leaders but also in church systems. He offers compassion and hope for those affected by its destructive power and imparts wise counsel for churches looking to heal from its systemic effects. DeGroat also offers hope for narcissists themselves—not by any shortcut, but by the long, slow road of genuine recovery, possible only through repentance and trust in the humble gospel of Jesus.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411361</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: When Narcissism Comes to Church: Healing Your Community From Emotional and Spiritual Abuse
Author: Chuck DeGroat
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does narcissism seem to thrive in our churches? We&amp;#039;ve seen the news stories and heard the rumors. Maybe we ourselves have been hurt by a narcissistic church leader. It&amp;#039;s easy to throw the term around and diagnose others from afar. But what is narcissism, really? And how does it infiltrate the church? Chuck DeGroat has been counseling pastors with Narcissistic Personality Disorder, as well as those wounded by narcissistic leaders and systems, for over twenty years. He knows firsthand the devastation narcissism leaves in its wake and how insidious and painful it is. In When Narcissism Comes to Church, DeGroat takes a close look at narcissism, not only in ministry leaders but also in church systems. He offers compassion and hope for those affected by its destructive power and imparts wise counsel for churches looking to heal from its systemic effects. DeGroat also offers hope for narcissists themselves—not by any shortcut, but by the long, slow road of genuine recovery, possible only through repentance and trust in the humble gospel of Jesus.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fight: A Practical Handbook For Christian Living by John White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight: A Practical Handbook For Christian Living
Author: John White
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is joy and triumph in the Christian life. But the victory can come through struggle. John White knows this balance and gives us the encouragement to persevere. Here is a guide through the basic areas of Christian living we wrestle with throughout our lives: faith, prayer, temptation, evangelism, guidance, Bible study, fellowship, work. In this very personal book he offers new Christians sound first steps and older Christians refreshing insights into the struggles and the joys of freedom in Christ.</description>
      <author>John White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914076.mp3" length="1268247" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914076.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight: A Practical Handbook For Christian Living
Author: John White
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is joy and triumph in the Christian life. But the victory can come through struggle. John White knows this balance and gives us the encouragement to persevere. Here is a guide through the basic areas of Christian living we wrestle with throughout our lives: faith, prayer, temptation, evangelism, guidance, Bible study, fellowship, work. In this very personal book he offers new Christians sound first steps and older Christians refreshing insights into the struggles and the joys of freedom in Christ.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411360</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Fight: A Practical Handbook For Christian Living
Author: John White
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is joy and triumph in the Christian life. But the victory can come through struggle. John White knows this balance and gives us the encouragement to persevere. Here is a guide through the basic areas of Christian living we wrestle with throughout our lives: faith, prayer, temptation, evangelism, guidance, Bible study, fellowship, work. In this very personal book he offers new Christians sound first steps and older Christians refreshing insights into the struggles and the joys of freedom in Christ.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bonhoeffer: Pastor, Martyr, Prophet, Spy by Eric Metaxas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bonhoeffer: Pastor, Martyr, Prophet, Spy
Author: Eric Metaxas
Narrator: Eric Metaxas, Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Who better to face the greatest evil of the 20th century than a humble man of faith? As Adolf Hitler and the Nazis seduced a nation, bullied a continent, and attempted to exterminate the Jews of Europe, a small number of dissidents and saboteurs worked to dismantle the Third Reich from the inside. One of these was Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a pastor and author. In this New York Times bestselling biography, Eric Metaxas takes both strands of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life--the theologian and the spy--and draws them together to tell a searing story of incredible moral courage in the face of monstrous evil. In Bonhoeffer, Metaxas presents the fullest account of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life, including his: - heart-wrenching decision to leave the safe haven of America to return to Hitler&amp;#039;s Germany - involvement in the famous Valkyrie plot and in &amp;#039;Operation 7,&amp;#039; the effort to smuggle Jews into neutral Switzerland - lifelong dedication to sharing the tenets of his faith    This edition, revised and with a new introduction from the author, shares the deeply moving story through previously unavailable documents, including personal letters, detailed journal entries, and firsthand personal accounts to reveal never-before-seen dimensions of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life and work. Praise for Bonhoeffer: &amp;#039;Metaxas has created a biography of uncommon power--intelligent, moving, well researched, vividly written, and rich in implication for our own lives. Or to put it another way: Buy this book. Read it. Then buy another copy and give it to a person you love. It&amp;#039;s that good.&amp;#039; --Archbishop Charles Chaput, author, First Things &amp;#039;Metaxas tells Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s story with passion and theological sophistication.&amp;#039; —Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Metaxas presents Bonhoeffer as a clear-headed, deeply convicted Christian who submitted to no one and nothing except God and his Word.&amp;#039; --Christianity Today &amp;#039;Metaxas has written a book that adds a new dimension to World War II, a new understanding of how evil can seize the soul of a nation and a man of faith can confront it.&amp;#039; --Thomas Fleming, author, The New Dealers’ War</description>
      <author>Eric Metaxas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400221226.mp3" length="855075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400221226.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>23:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bonhoeffer: Pastor, Martyr, Prophet, Spy
Author: Eric Metaxas
Narrator: Eric Metaxas, Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Who better to face the greatest evil of the 20th century than a humble man of faith? As Adolf Hitler and the Nazis seduced a nation, bullied a continent, and attempted to exterminate the Jews of Europe, a small number of dissidents and saboteurs worked to dismantle the Third Reich from the inside. One of these was Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a pastor and author. In this New York Times bestselling biography, Eric Metaxas takes both strands of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life--the theologian and the spy--and draws them together to tell a searing story of incredible moral courage in the face of monstrous evil. In Bonhoeffer, Metaxas presents the fullest account of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life, including his: - heart-wrenching decision to leave the safe haven of America to return to Hitler&amp;#039;s Germany - involvement in the famous Valkyrie plot and in &amp;#039;Operation 7,&amp;#039; the effort to smuggle Jews into neutral Switzerland - lifelong dedication to sharing the tenets of his faith    This edition, revised and with a new introduction from the author, shares the deeply moving story through previously unavailable documents, including personal letters, detailed journal entries, and firsthand personal accounts to reveal never-before-seen dimensions of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life and work. Praise for Bonhoeffer: &amp;#039;Metaxas has created a biography of uncommon power--intelligent, moving, well researched, vividly written, and rich in implication for our own lives. Or to put it another way: Buy this book. Read it. Then buy another copy and give it to a person you love. It&amp;#039;s that good.&amp;#039; --Archbishop Charles Chaput, author, First Things &amp;#039;Metaxas tells Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s story with passion and theological sophistication.&amp;#039; —Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Metaxas presents Bonhoeffer as a clear-headed, deeply convicted Christian who submitted to no one and nothing except God and his Word.&amp;#039; --Christianity Today &amp;#039;Metaxas has written a book that adds a new dimension to World War II, a new understanding of how evil can seize the soul of a nation and a man of faith can confront it.&amp;#039; --Thomas Fleming, author, The New Dealers’ War</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/411193</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bonhoeffer: Pastor, Martyr, Prophet, Spy
Author: Eric Metaxas
Narrator: Eric Metaxas, Malcolm Hillgartner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 23 hours 23 minutes
Release date: January 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.73 of Total 11
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Who better to face the greatest evil of the 20th century than a humble man of faith? As Adolf Hitler and the Nazis seduced a nation, bullied a continent, and attempted to exterminate the Jews of Europe, a small number of dissidents and saboteurs worked to dismantle the Third Reich from the inside. One of these was Dietrich Bonhoeffer, a pastor and author. In this New York Times bestselling biography, Eric Metaxas takes both strands of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life--the theologian and the spy--and draws them together to tell a searing story of incredible moral courage in the face of monstrous evil. In Bonhoeffer, Metaxas presents the fullest account of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life, including his: - heart-wrenching decision to leave the safe haven of America to return to Hitler&amp;#039;s Germany - involvement in the famous Valkyrie plot and in &amp;#039;Operation 7,&amp;#039; the effort to smuggle Jews into neutral Switzerland - lifelong dedication to sharing the tenets of his faith    This edition, revised and with a new introduction from the author, shares the deeply moving story through previously unavailable documents, including personal letters, detailed journal entries, and firsthand personal accounts to reveal never-before-seen dimensions of Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s life and work. Praise for Bonhoeffer: &amp;#039;Metaxas has created a biography of uncommon power--intelligent, moving, well researched, vividly written, and rich in implication for our own lives. Or to put it another way: Buy this book. Read it. Then buy another copy and give it to a person you love. It&amp;#039;s that good.&amp;#039; --Archbishop Charles Chaput, author, First Things &amp;#039;Metaxas tells Bonhoeffer&amp;#039;s story with passion and theological sophistication.&amp;#039; —Wall Street Journal &amp;#039;Metaxas presents Bonhoeffer as a clear-headed, deeply convicted Christian who submitted to no one and nothing except God and his Word.&amp;#039; --Christianity Today &amp;#039;Metaxas has written a book that adds a new dimension to World War II, a new understanding of how evil can seize the soul of a nation and a man of faith can confront it.&amp;#039; --Thomas Fleming, author, The New Dealers’ War</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Bring Men to Christ by Reuben A. Torrey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Bring Men to Christ
Author: Reuben A. Torrey
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now then we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did exhort you by us; we beseech you in Christ&amp;#039;s name, be ye reconciled to God. - 2 Corinthians 5:20 How to Bring Men to Christ sheds light on how to reach the lost with the gospel - not new light, but tested and true light. Reuben A. Torrey will show you how to use appropriate, applicable Bible passages to reach every kind of lost individual. Regardless of the angle the lost may use to try to justify why they remain in their sad condition, Torrey offers Scripture passages and biblical principles that have proven to reach even the most stubborn of the unsaved.  This is an excellent resource and training manual to equip individuals and groups to share the gospel with the lost. Some of the topics covered in this book: * Dealing with yourself first * Dealing with the indifferent or careless * Dealing with people who desire to be saved, but do not know how * Dealing with those who desire to be saved but who have difficulties * Dealing with those who entertain false hopes * Dealing with those who lack assurance and dealing with backsliders * Dealing with professed skeptics and infidels * Dealing with the complaining * Dealing with those who wish to put off a decision until some other time * Dealing with the willful and the deceived  * The baptism of the Holy Spirit</description>
      <author>Reuben A. Torrey</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Nov 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982790783.mp3" length="1427079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982790783.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Bring Men to Christ
Author: Reuben A. Torrey
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now then we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did exhort you by us; we beseech you in Christ&amp;#039;s name, be ye reconciled to God. - 2 Corinthians 5:20 How to Bring Men to Christ sheds light on how to reach the lost with the gospel - not new light, but tested and true light. Reuben A. Torrey will show you how to use appropriate, applicable Bible passages to reach every kind of lost individual. Regardless of the angle the lost may use to try to justify why they remain in their sad condition, Torrey offers Scripture passages and biblical principles that have proven to reach even the most stubborn of the unsaved.  This is an excellent resource and training manual to equip individuals and groups to share the gospel with the lost. Some of the topics covered in this book: * Dealing with yourself first * Dealing with the indifferent or careless * Dealing with people who desire to be saved, but do not know how * Dealing with those who desire to be saved but who have difficulties * Dealing with those who entertain false hopes * Dealing with those who lack assurance and dealing with backsliders * Dealing with professed skeptics and infidels * Dealing with the complaining * Dealing with those who wish to put off a decision until some other time * Dealing with the willful and the deceived  * The baptism of the Holy Spirit</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410891</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Bring Men to Christ
Author: Reuben A. Torrey
Narrator: Mark Christensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 37 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2019
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now then we are ambassadors for Christ, as though God did exhort you by us; we beseech you in Christ&amp;#039;s name, be ye reconciled to God. - 2 Corinthians 5:20 How to Bring Men to Christ sheds light on how to reach the lost with the gospel - not new light, but tested and true light. Reuben A. Torrey will show you how to use appropriate, applicable Bible passages to reach every kind of lost individual. Regardless of the angle the lost may use to try to justify why they remain in their sad condition, Torrey offers Scripture passages and biblical principles that have proven to reach even the most stubborn of the unsaved.  This is an excellent resource and training manual to equip individuals and groups to share the gospel with the lost. Some of the topics covered in this book: * Dealing with yourself first * Dealing with the indifferent or careless * Dealing with people who desire to be saved, but do not know how * Dealing with those who desire to be saved but who have difficulties * Dealing with those who entertain false hopes * Dealing with those who lack assurance and dealing with backsliders * Dealing with professed skeptics and infidels * Dealing with the complaining * Dealing with those who wish to put off a decision until some other time * Dealing with the willful and the deceived  * The baptism of the Holy Spirit</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>There Is a God: How the World&amp;#039;s Most Notorious Atheist Changed His Mind by Antony Flew</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is a God: How the World&amp;#039;s Most Notorious Atheist Changed His Mind
Author: Antony Flew
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In There Is a God, one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent atheists discloses how his commitment to &amp;#039;follow the argument wherever it leads&amp;#039; led him to a belief in God as Creator. This is a compelling and refreshingly open-minded argument that will forever change the atheism debate.</description>
      <author>Antony Flew</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914151.mp3" length="1380572" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914151.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is a God: How the World&amp;#039;s Most Notorious Atheist Changed His Mind
Author: Antony Flew
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In There Is a God, one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent atheists discloses how his commitment to &amp;#039;follow the argument wherever it leads&amp;#039; led him to a belief in God as Creator. This is a compelling and refreshingly open-minded argument that will forever change the atheism debate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410836</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: There Is a God: How the World&amp;#039;s Most Notorious Atheist Changed His Mind
Author: Antony Flew
Narrator: Jonathan Cowley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In There Is a God, one of the world&amp;#039;s preeminent atheists discloses how his commitment to &amp;#039;follow the argument wherever it leads&amp;#039; led him to a belief in God as Creator. This is a compelling and refreshingly open-minded argument that will forever change the atheism debate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing Racial Trauma: The Road To Resilience by Sheila Wise Rowe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Racial Trauma: The Road To Resilience
Author: Sheila Wise Rowe
Narrator: Sheila Wise Rowe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;People of color have endured traumatic histories and almost daily assaults on our dignity. We have prayed about racism, been in denial, or acted out in anger, but we have not known how to individually or collectively pursue healing from the racial trauma.&amp;#039; As a child, Sheila Wise Rowe was bused across town to a majority white school, and she experienced the racist lie that one group is superior to all others. We experience ongoing racial trauma as this lie is perpetuated by the action or inaction of the government, media, viral videos, churches, and within families of origin. In contrast, Scripture declares that we are all fearfully and wonderfully made. Professional counselor Rowe exposes the symptoms of racial trauma to lead listeners to a place of freedom from the past and new life for the future. In each chapter, she includes an interview with a person of color to explore how we experience and resolve racial trauma. With Rowe as a reliable guide who has both been on the journey and shown others the way forward, you will find a safe pathway to resilience.</description>
      <author>Sheila Wise Rowe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913840.mp3" length="1375959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913840.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Racial Trauma: The Road To Resilience
Author: Sheila Wise Rowe
Narrator: Sheila Wise Rowe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;People of color have endured traumatic histories and almost daily assaults on our dignity. We have prayed about racism, been in denial, or acted out in anger, but we have not known how to individually or collectively pursue healing from the racial trauma.&amp;#039; As a child, Sheila Wise Rowe was bused across town to a majority white school, and she experienced the racist lie that one group is superior to all others. We experience ongoing racial trauma as this lie is perpetuated by the action or inaction of the government, media, viral videos, churches, and within families of origin. In contrast, Scripture declares that we are all fearfully and wonderfully made. Professional counselor Rowe exposes the symptoms of racial trauma to lead listeners to a place of freedom from the past and new life for the future. In each chapter, she includes an interview with a person of color to explore how we experience and resolve racial trauma. With Rowe as a reliable guide who has both been on the journey and shown others the way forward, you will find a safe pathway to resilience.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing Racial Trauma: The Road To Resilience
Author: Sheila Wise Rowe
Narrator: Sheila Wise Rowe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;People of color have endured traumatic histories and almost daily assaults on our dignity. We have prayed about racism, been in denial, or acted out in anger, but we have not known how to individually or collectively pursue healing from the racial trauma.&amp;#039; As a child, Sheila Wise Rowe was bused across town to a majority white school, and she experienced the racist lie that one group is superior to all others. We experience ongoing racial trauma as this lie is perpetuated by the action or inaction of the government, media, viral videos, churches, and within families of origin. In contrast, Scripture declares that we are all fearfully and wonderfully made. Professional counselor Rowe exposes the symptoms of racial trauma to lead listeners to a place of freedom from the past and new life for the future. In each chapter, she includes an interview with a person of color to explore how we experience and resolve racial trauma. With Rowe as a reliable guide who has both been on the journey and shown others the way forward, you will find a safe pathway to resilience.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Spiritually Vibrant Home: The Power of Messy Prayers, Loud Tables and Open Doors by Don Everts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spiritually Vibrant Home: The Power of Messy Prayers, Loud Tables and Open Doors
Author: Don Everts
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all long for homes where we can thrive and flourish. What does it take to have a spiritually vibrant household? Don Everts invites us to contemplate what the Bible says about households and consider what a new research project has revealed by pulling back the curtains on everyday households of faith. Original research from the Barna Group and Lutheran Hour Ministries shows that some of the healthiest, most vibrant homes extend beyond the nuclear family and include people that may not be biologically related but feel like family. These households have vital practices of spirituality, hospitality, and community that make them delightful places for living and thriving. In the end you might just be surprised by how God wants to work in and through your household. And you&amp;#039;ll have practical steps for nurturing a vibrant household of faith, no matter what stage of life you are in.</description>
      <author>Don Everts</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545914052.mp3" length="1443297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545914052.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spiritually Vibrant Home: The Power of Messy Prayers, Loud Tables and Open Doors
Author: Don Everts
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all long for homes where we can thrive and flourish. What does it take to have a spiritually vibrant household? Don Everts invites us to contemplate what the Bible says about households and consider what a new research project has revealed by pulling back the curtains on everyday households of faith. Original research from the Barna Group and Lutheran Hour Ministries shows that some of the healthiest, most vibrant homes extend beyond the nuclear family and include people that may not be biologically related but feel like family. These households have vital practices of spirituality, hospitality, and community that make them delightful places for living and thriving. In the end you might just be surprised by how God wants to work in and through your household. And you&amp;#039;ll have practical steps for nurturing a vibrant household of faith, no matter what stage of life you are in.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410834</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spiritually Vibrant Home: The Power of Messy Prayers, Loud Tables and Open Doors
Author: Don Everts
Narrator: Jim Denison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 1 minute
Release date: March 17, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We all long for homes where we can thrive and flourish. What does it take to have a spiritually vibrant household? Don Everts invites us to contemplate what the Bible says about households and consider what a new research project has revealed by pulling back the curtains on everyday households of faith. Original research from the Barna Group and Lutheran Hour Ministries shows that some of the healthiest, most vibrant homes extend beyond the nuclear family and include people that may not be biologically related but feel like family. These households have vital practices of spirituality, hospitality, and community that make them delightful places for living and thriving. In the end you might just be surprised by how God wants to work in and through your household. And you&amp;#039;ll have practical steps for nurturing a vibrant household of faith, no matter what stage of life you are in.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Small Step: The Life Changing Adventure of Following God&amp;#039;s Nudges by Matthew Barnett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Small Step: The Life Changing Adventure of Following God&amp;#039;s Nudges
Author: Matthew Barnett
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Can ordinary people make a lasting impact on the world around them? Matthew Barnett&amp;#039;s answer is an emphatic Yes! In One Small Step, he shows that it is not as daunting as one might think. It all starts with a heart that is open to the leading of the Holy Spirit and a willingness to do as he leads. These small steps—most often very simple acts that can be done on a daily basis—require only our obedience and follow-through. With inspiring stories and biblical takeaways, bestselling author Matthew Barnett calls listeners to set aside their fears and boldly embrace the life-changing adventure of becoming the hands and feet of Jesus to the broken people right outside their front doors. You will soon discover that &amp;#039;random acts of kindness&amp;#039; are not so random after all.</description>
      <author>Matthew Barnett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913307.mp3" length="1390109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913307.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Small Step: The Life Changing Adventure of Following God&amp;#039;s Nudges
Author: Matthew Barnett
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Can ordinary people make a lasting impact on the world around them? Matthew Barnett&amp;#039;s answer is an emphatic Yes! In One Small Step, he shows that it is not as daunting as one might think. It all starts with a heart that is open to the leading of the Holy Spirit and a willingness to do as he leads. These small steps—most often very simple acts that can be done on a daily basis—require only our obedience and follow-through. With inspiring stories and biblical takeaways, bestselling author Matthew Barnett calls listeners to set aside their fears and boldly embrace the life-changing adventure of becoming the hands and feet of Jesus to the broken people right outside their front doors. You will soon discover that &amp;#039;random acts of kindness&amp;#039; are not so random after all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410829</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: One Small Step: The Life Changing Adventure of Following God&amp;#039;s Nudges
Author: Matthew Barnett
Narrator: Adam Verner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 35 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Can ordinary people make a lasting impact on the world around them? Matthew Barnett&amp;#039;s answer is an emphatic Yes! In One Small Step, he shows that it is not as daunting as one might think. It all starts with a heart that is open to the leading of the Holy Spirit and a willingness to do as he leads. These small steps—most often very simple acts that can be done on a daily basis—require only our obedience and follow-through. With inspiring stories and biblical takeaways, bestselling author Matthew Barnett calls listeners to set aside their fears and boldly embrace the life-changing adventure of becoming the hands and feet of Jesus to the broken people right outside their front doors. You will soon discover that &amp;#039;random acts of kindness&amp;#039; are not so random after all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Different Kind of Love Story: How God&amp;#039;s Love For You Helps You Love Yourself by Landra Young Hughes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Different Kind of Love Story: How God&amp;#039;s Love For You Helps You Love Yourself
Author: Landra Young Hughes
Narrator: Landra Young Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;re going to hear about a different kind of love story. It&amp;#039;s a love story each and every one of us is currently playing a role in—whether we&amp;#039;re aware of it or not. And truth be told, it&amp;#039;s scary-critical that we stay tuned-in to this love story. Because outside of a growing relationship with your heavenly Father, no other love (or lack of love) has the potential to improve or implode your life like the love that you have for you. For anyone who has ever struggled with their identity, Landra Young Hughes has a radically simple message: give up. Specifically, give up your need to be in control of how other people see you. Instead, let God&amp;#039;s words—not yours and not others&amp;#039;—define you. Through her own deeply personal story of trying to control her circumstances and others&amp;#039; perceptions of her through an eating disorder, Landra points the way toward a life free from self-obsession and self-resentment. She shows you how to listen to God&amp;#039;s voice, let go of the struggle for perfection, and live authentically from your deepest self.</description>
      <author>Landra Young Hughes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913420.mp3" length="1400769" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913420.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Different Kind of Love Story: How God&amp;#039;s Love For You Helps You Love Yourself
Author: Landra Young Hughes
Narrator: Landra Young Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;re going to hear about a different kind of love story. It&amp;#039;s a love story each and every one of us is currently playing a role in—whether we&amp;#039;re aware of it or not. And truth be told, it&amp;#039;s scary-critical that we stay tuned-in to this love story. Because outside of a growing relationship with your heavenly Father, no other love (or lack of love) has the potential to improve or implode your life like the love that you have for you. For anyone who has ever struggled with their identity, Landra Young Hughes has a radically simple message: give up. Specifically, give up your need to be in control of how other people see you. Instead, let God&amp;#039;s words—not yours and not others&amp;#039;—define you. Through her own deeply personal story of trying to control her circumstances and others&amp;#039; perceptions of her through an eating disorder, Landra points the way toward a life free from self-obsession and self-resentment. She shows you how to listen to God&amp;#039;s voice, let go of the struggle for perfection, and live authentically from your deepest self.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410830</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Different Kind of Love Story: How God&amp;#039;s Love For You Helps You Love Yourself
Author: Landra Young Hughes
Narrator: Landra Young Hughes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In this book, you&amp;#039;re going to hear about a different kind of love story. It&amp;#039;s a love story each and every one of us is currently playing a role in—whether we&amp;#039;re aware of it or not. And truth be told, it&amp;#039;s scary-critical that we stay tuned-in to this love story. Because outside of a growing relationship with your heavenly Father, no other love (or lack of love) has the potential to improve or implode your life like the love that you have for you. For anyone who has ever struggled with their identity, Landra Young Hughes has a radically simple message: give up. Specifically, give up your need to be in control of how other people see you. Instead, let God&amp;#039;s words—not yours and not others&amp;#039;—define you. Through her own deeply personal story of trying to control her circumstances and others&amp;#039; perceptions of her through an eating disorder, Landra points the way toward a life free from self-obsession and self-resentment. She shows you how to listen to God&amp;#039;s voice, let go of the struggle for perfection, and live authentically from your deepest self.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Sacred Chase: Moving From Proximity To Intimacy With God by Heath Adamson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sacred Chase: Moving From Proximity To Intimacy With God
Author: Heath Adamson
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is nothing more important in this life or the one to come than an intimate connection with Jesus. Unfortunately, we have thousands of voices distracting us, and all too often we listen to them. We confuse proximity to God with intimacy with God and are content with a Christian-branded life yet miss out on what we were created for: knowing God intimately. Sharing the touching story of a demon-possessed man who had every reason to run the other way when he encountered Jesus, Heath Adamson shows us how spiritual hunger can overcome our hopelessness, our shame, and our excuses. He encourages us to pursue God regardless of where we&amp;#039;ve been or where we are, seeing our salvation as a doorway. Once we walk through it, we can discover the love of God in a tangible way. This book is for anyone who longs for a deeper connection to God, who has felt far from peace and hope, and who needs the assurance that God is both interested in who they are and accepts them.</description>
      <author>Heath Adamson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781545913291.mp3" length="1341061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781545913291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sacred Chase: Moving From Proximity To Intimacy With God
Author: Heath Adamson
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is nothing more important in this life or the one to come than an intimate connection with Jesus. Unfortunately, we have thousands of voices distracting us, and all too often we listen to them. We confuse proximity to God with intimacy with God and are content with a Christian-branded life yet miss out on what we were created for: knowing God intimately. Sharing the touching story of a demon-possessed man who had every reason to run the other way when he encountered Jesus, Heath Adamson shows us how spiritual hunger can overcome our hopelessness, our shame, and our excuses. He encourages us to pursue God regardless of where we&amp;#039;ve been or where we are, seeing our salvation as a doorway. Once we walk through it, we can discover the love of God in a tangible way. This book is for anyone who longs for a deeper connection to God, who has felt far from peace and hope, and who needs the assurance that God is both interested in who they are and accepts them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410828</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Sacred Chase: Moving From Proximity To Intimacy With God
Author: Heath Adamson
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 31, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There is nothing more important in this life or the one to come than an intimate connection with Jesus. Unfortunately, we have thousands of voices distracting us, and all too often we listen to them. We confuse proximity to God with intimacy with God and are content with a Christian-branded life yet miss out on what we were created for: knowing God intimately. Sharing the touching story of a demon-possessed man who had every reason to run the other way when he encountered Jesus, Heath Adamson shows us how spiritual hunger can overcome our hopelessness, our shame, and our excuses. He encourages us to pursue God regardless of where we&amp;#039;ve been or where we are, seeing our salvation as a doorway. Once we walk through it, we can discover the love of God in a tangible way. This book is for anyone who longs for a deeper connection to God, who has felt far from peace and hope, and who needs the assurance that God is both interested in who they are and accepts them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forbidden Faith: The Secret History of Gnosticism by Richard Smoley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forbidden Faith: The Secret History of Gnosticism
Author: Richard Smoley
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The success of books such as Elaine Pagels&amp;#039;s Gnostic Gospels and Dan Brown&amp;#039;s Da Vinci Code proves beyond a doubt that there is a tremendous thirst today for finding the hidden truths of Christianity—truths that may have been lost or buried by institutional religion over the last two millennia. In Forbidden Faith, Richard Smoley narrates a popular history of one such truth, the ancient esoteric religion of gnosticism, which flourished between the first and fourth centuries AD, but whose legacy remains even today, having survived secretly throughout the ages.</description>
      <author>Richard Smoley</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705202487.mp3" length="9258212" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705202487.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forbidden Faith: The Secret History of Gnosticism
Author: Richard Smoley
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The success of books such as Elaine Pagels&amp;#039;s Gnostic Gospels and Dan Brown&amp;#039;s Da Vinci Code proves beyond a doubt that there is a tremendous thirst today for finding the hidden truths of Christianity—truths that may have been lost or buried by institutional religion over the last two millennia. In Forbidden Faith, Richard Smoley narrates a popular history of one such truth, the ancient esoteric religion of gnosticism, which flourished between the first and fourth centuries AD, but whose legacy remains even today, having survived secretly throughout the ages.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410796</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forbidden Faith: The Secret History of Gnosticism
Author: Richard Smoley
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The success of books such as Elaine Pagels&amp;#039;s Gnostic Gospels and Dan Brown&amp;#039;s Da Vinci Code proves beyond a doubt that there is a tremendous thirst today for finding the hidden truths of Christianity—truths that may have been lost or buried by institutional religion over the last two millennia. In Forbidden Faith, Richard Smoley narrates a popular history of one such truth, the ancient esoteric religion of gnosticism, which flourished between the first and fourth centuries AD, but whose legacy remains even today, having survived secretly throughout the ages.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God and Empire: Jesus Against Rome, Then and Now by John Dominic Crossan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God and Empire: Jesus Against Rome, Then and Now
Author: John Dominic Crossan
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In contrast to the oppressive Roman military occupation of the first century, Crossan examines the meaning of the non-violent Kingdom of God prophesized by Jesus and the equality advocated by Paul to the early Christian churches. Crossan contrasts these messages of peace with the misinterpreted apocalyptic vision from the Book of Revelation, which has been misrepresented by modern right-wing theologians and televangelists to justify US military actions in the Middle East. In God and Empire Crossan surveys the Bible from Genesis to Apocalypse, or the Book of Revelation, and discovers a hopeful message that cannot be ignored in these turbulent times. The first-century Pax Romana, Crossan points out, was in fact a &amp;#039;peace&amp;#039; won through violent military action. Jesus preached a different kind of peace—a peace that surpasses all understanding—and a kingdom not of Caesar but of God. The Romans executed Jesus because he preached this Kingdom of God, a kingdom based on peace and justice, over the empire of Rome, which ruled by violence and force. For Jesus and Paul, Crossan explains, peace cannot be won the Roman way, through military victory, but only through justice and fair and equal treatment of all people.</description>
      <author>John Dominic Crossan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705202340.mp3" length="7882811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705202340.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God and Empire: Jesus Against Rome, Then and Now
Author: John Dominic Crossan
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In contrast to the oppressive Roman military occupation of the first century, Crossan examines the meaning of the non-violent Kingdom of God prophesized by Jesus and the equality advocated by Paul to the early Christian churches. Crossan contrasts these messages of peace with the misinterpreted apocalyptic vision from the Book of Revelation, which has been misrepresented by modern right-wing theologians and televangelists to justify US military actions in the Middle East. In God and Empire Crossan surveys the Bible from Genesis to Apocalypse, or the Book of Revelation, and discovers a hopeful message that cannot be ignored in these turbulent times. The first-century Pax Romana, Crossan points out, was in fact a &amp;#039;peace&amp;#039; won through violent military action. Jesus preached a different kind of peace—a peace that surpasses all understanding—and a kingdom not of Caesar but of God. The Romans executed Jesus because he preached this Kingdom of God, a kingdom based on peace and justice, over the empire of Rome, which ruled by violence and force. For Jesus and Paul, Crossan explains, peace cannot be won the Roman way, through military victory, but only through justice and fair and equal treatment of all people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God and Empire: Jesus Against Rome, Then and Now
Author: John Dominic Crossan
Narrator: Derek Perkins
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: April 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
In contrast to the oppressive Roman military occupation of the first century, Crossan examines the meaning of the non-violent Kingdom of God prophesized by Jesus and the equality advocated by Paul to the early Christian churches. Crossan contrasts these messages of peace with the misinterpreted apocalyptic vision from the Book of Revelation, which has been misrepresented by modern right-wing theologians and televangelists to justify US military actions in the Middle East. In God and Empire Crossan surveys the Bible from Genesis to Apocalypse, or the Book of Revelation, and discovers a hopeful message that cannot be ignored in these turbulent times. The first-century Pax Romana, Crossan points out, was in fact a &amp;#039;peace&amp;#039; won through violent military action. Jesus preached a different kind of peace—a peace that surpasses all understanding—and a kingdom not of Caesar but of God. The Romans executed Jesus because he preached this Kingdom of God, a kingdom based on peace and justice, over the empire of Rome, which ruled by violence and force. For Jesus and Paul, Crossan explains, peace cannot be won the Roman way, through military victory, but only through justice and fair and equal treatment of all people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy by Connie Albers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy
Author: Connie Albers
Narrator: Connie Albers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Parenting teens is one of the most challenging seasons of parenting, isn’t it? While this can be a difficult time of transition for parents and teens, there is hope. You can parent well and build a stronger relationship even through the teen years.  After 30 years of parenting five children and 20 years of working with teens, Connie Albers has witnessed the negative impact of well-intentioned but misguided parenting styles, all focused on managing teens rather than guiding them. But through learning to focus on the hearts of your teens, you can avoid those pitfalls and build relationships that last beyond the transition years as you intentionally learn about, connect with, and listen to your teens. In a world filled with distractions and devices, it is possible to guide their hearts and remain the primary influence in their lives. In Parenting beyond the Rules, you will discover how to raise a teen according to his or her strengths, talents, and personality type, as these things equip teens to manage life.  Join Connie Albers in discovering practical solutions for every parent trying to raise a responsible, godly teenager.</description>
      <author>Connie Albers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645551300.mp3" length="1314752" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645551300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy
Author: Connie Albers
Narrator: Connie Albers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Parenting teens is one of the most challenging seasons of parenting, isn’t it? While this can be a difficult time of transition for parents and teens, there is hope. You can parent well and build a stronger relationship even through the teen years.  After 30 years of parenting five children and 20 years of working with teens, Connie Albers has witnessed the negative impact of well-intentioned but misguided parenting styles, all focused on managing teens rather than guiding them. But through learning to focus on the hearts of your teens, you can avoid those pitfalls and build relationships that last beyond the transition years as you intentionally learn about, connect with, and listen to your teens. In a world filled with distractions and devices, it is possible to guide their hearts and remain the primary influence in their lives. In Parenting beyond the Rules, you will discover how to raise a teen according to his or her strengths, talents, and personality type, as these things equip teens to manage life.  Join Connie Albers in discovering practical solutions for every parent trying to raise a responsible, godly teenager.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Parenting Beyond the Rules: Raising Teens with Confidence and Joy
Author: Connie Albers
Narrator: Connie Albers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Parenting teens is one of the most challenging seasons of parenting, isn’t it? While this can be a difficult time of transition for parents and teens, there is hope. You can parent well and build a stronger relationship even through the teen years.  After 30 years of parenting five children and 20 years of working with teens, Connie Albers has witnessed the negative impact of well-intentioned but misguided parenting styles, all focused on managing teens rather than guiding them. But through learning to focus on the hearts of your teens, you can avoid those pitfalls and build relationships that last beyond the transition years as you intentionally learn about, connect with, and listen to your teens. In a world filled with distractions and devices, it is possible to guide their hearts and remain the primary influence in their lives. In Parenting beyond the Rules, you will discover how to raise a teen according to his or her strengths, talents, and personality type, as these things equip teens to manage life.  Join Connie Albers in discovering practical solutions for every parent trying to raise a responsible, godly teenager.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Queer Prophets: 24 Writers on Sexuality and Religion by Garry Rutter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Queer Prophets: 24 Writers on Sexuality and Religion
Author: Garry Rutter
Narrator: Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garry Rutter, Jay Hulme, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Raj Ghatak, Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A fascinating and thoughtful exploration of faith in the modern world. If you’re wondering why it matters and how to make sense of it, read on.’ – Clare Balding                      Is it possible to believe in God and be gay? How does it feel to be excluded from a religious community because of your sexuality? Why do some people still believe being LGBT is a sin?           The Book of Queer Prophets contains modern-day epistles from some of our most important thinkers, writers and activists: Jeanette Winterson tackles religious dogma, Amrou Al-Kadhi writes about trying to make it as a Muslim drag queen in London, John Bell writes about his decision to come out later in life, Tamsin Omond remembers getting married in the middle of a protest and Kate Bottley explains her journey to becoming an LGBT ally.           Essays from: Jeanette Winterson, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garrard Conley, Juno Dawson, Rev. Winnie Varghese, Keith Jarrett, Jay Hulme, Lucy Knight, Tamsin Omond, Erin Clark, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, John L. Bell, Mpho Tutu van Furth, Karl Rutlidge, Garry Rutter, Rev Rachel Mann, Jack Guiness, Dustin Lance Black, Ric Stott. Afterword: Kate Bottley</description>
      <author>Garry Rutter</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008360085.mp3" length="1336162" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008360085.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Queer Prophets: 24 Writers on Sexuality and Religion
Author: Garry Rutter
Narrator: Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garry Rutter, Jay Hulme, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Raj Ghatak, Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A fascinating and thoughtful exploration of faith in the modern world. If you’re wondering why it matters and how to make sense of it, read on.’ – Clare Balding                      Is it possible to believe in God and be gay? How does it feel to be excluded from a religious community because of your sexuality? Why do some people still believe being LGBT is a sin?           The Book of Queer Prophets contains modern-day epistles from some of our most important thinkers, writers and activists: Jeanette Winterson tackles religious dogma, Amrou Al-Kadhi writes about trying to make it as a Muslim drag queen in London, John Bell writes about his decision to come out later in life, Tamsin Omond remembers getting married in the middle of a protest and Kate Bottley explains her journey to becoming an LGBT ally.           Essays from: Jeanette Winterson, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garrard Conley, Juno Dawson, Rev. Winnie Varghese, Keith Jarrett, Jay Hulme, Lucy Knight, Tamsin Omond, Erin Clark, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, John L. Bell, Mpho Tutu van Furth, Karl Rutlidge, Garry Rutter, Rev Rachel Mann, Jack Guiness, Dustin Lance Black, Ric Stott. Afterword: Kate Bottley</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410562</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Queer Prophets: 24 Writers on Sexuality and Religion
Author: Garry Rutter
Narrator: Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garry Rutter, Jay Hulme, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Raj Ghatak, Kristin Atherton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
‘A fascinating and thoughtful exploration of faith in the modern world. If you’re wondering why it matters and how to make sense of it, read on.’ – Clare Balding                      Is it possible to believe in God and be gay? How does it feel to be excluded from a religious community because of your sexuality? Why do some people still believe being LGBT is a sin?           The Book of Queer Prophets contains modern-day epistles from some of our most important thinkers, writers and activists: Jeanette Winterson tackles religious dogma, Amrou Al-Kadhi writes about trying to make it as a Muslim drag queen in London, John Bell writes about his decision to come out later in life, Tamsin Omond remembers getting married in the middle of a protest and Kate Bottley explains her journey to becoming an LGBT ally.           Essays from: Jeanette Winterson, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Pádraig Ó Tuama, Garrard Conley, Juno Dawson, Rev. Winnie Varghese, Keith Jarrett, Jay Hulme, Lucy Knight, Tamsin Omond, Erin Clark, Michael Segalov, Jarel Robinson-Brown, John L. Bell, Mpho Tutu van Furth, Karl Rutlidge, Garry Rutter, Rev Rachel Mann, Jack Guiness, Dustin Lance Black, Ric Stott. Afterword: Kate Bottley</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Enoch by Unknown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Enoch
Author: Unknown
Narrator: Christopher Glyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought to have been lost for over 2000 years, ´The Book of Enoch´ resurfaced in 1773 and sparked an ongoing debate among historians and theologians on whether this ancient book was actually authored by Enoch, the great-grandfather of Noah. However, all recognise ´The Book of Enoch´ as one of the most essential apocalyptic works outside of the Bible.  This 1917 translation by R. H. Charles is professionally narrated by Christopher Glyn, and it aims to provide those curious to know the contents of this cryptic and mysterious book with an enjoyable way to do so. British narrator Christopher Glyn draws on 35 years of experience as a Christian narrator and broadcaster to bring you this expressive reading which captures the beauty and power of God&amp;#039;s Word and makes the King James version clear and easy to understand.</description>
      <author>Unknown</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2019 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726197105.mp3" length="1270975" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726197105.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Enoch
Author: Unknown
Narrator: Christopher Glyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought to have been lost for over 2000 years, ´The Book of Enoch´ resurfaced in 1773 and sparked an ongoing debate among historians and theologians on whether this ancient book was actually authored by Enoch, the great-grandfather of Noah. However, all recognise ´The Book of Enoch´ as one of the most essential apocalyptic works outside of the Bible.  This 1917 translation by R. H. Charles is professionally narrated by Christopher Glyn, and it aims to provide those curious to know the contents of this cryptic and mysterious book with an enjoyable way to do so. British narrator Christopher Glyn draws on 35 years of experience as a Christian narrator and broadcaster to bring you this expressive reading which captures the beauty and power of God&amp;#039;s Word and makes the King James version clear and easy to understand.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Enoch
Author: Unknown
Narrator: Christopher Glyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2019
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.7 of Total 20 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Thought to have been lost for over 2000 years, ´The Book of Enoch´ resurfaced in 1773 and sparked an ongoing debate among historians and theologians on whether this ancient book was actually authored by Enoch, the great-grandfather of Noah. However, all recognise ´The Book of Enoch´ as one of the most essential apocalyptic works outside of the Bible.  This 1917 translation by R. H. Charles is professionally narrated by Christopher Glyn, and it aims to provide those curious to know the contents of this cryptic and mysterious book with an enjoyable way to do so. British narrator Christopher Glyn draws on 35 years of experience as a Christian narrator and broadcaster to bring you this expressive reading which captures the beauty and power of God&amp;#039;s Word and makes the King James version clear and easy to understand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Veritas: A Harvard Professor, a Con Man and the Gospel of Jesus&amp;#039;s Wife by Ariel Sabar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Veritas: A Harvard Professor, a Con Man and the Gospel of Jesus&amp;#039;s Wife
Author: Ariel Sabar
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
From the National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author comes the gripping true story of a sensational religious forgery and the scandal that shook Harvard. In 2012, Dr. Karen King, a star religion professor at Harvard, announced a breathtaking discovery just steps from the Vatican: she’d found an ancient scrap of papyrus in which Jesus calls Mary Magdalene “my wife.” The mysterious manuscript, which King provocatively titled “The Gospel of Jesus’s Wife,” had the power to topple the Roman Catholic Church. It threatened not just the all-male priesthood, but centuries of sacred teachings on marriage, sex, and women’s leadership, much of it premised on the hallowed tradition of a celibate Jesus.    Award-winning journalist Ariel Sabar covered King’s announcement in Rome but left with a question that no one seemed able to answer: Where in the world did this history-making papyrus come from? Sabar’s dogged sleuthing led from the halls of Harvard Divinity School to the former headquarters of the East German Stasi before landing on the trail of a Florida man with an unbelievable past. Could a motorcycle-riding pornographer with a fake Egyptology degree and a prophetess wife have set in motion one of the greatest hoaxes of the century? A propulsive tale laced with twists and trapdoors, Veritas is an exhilarating, globe-straddling detective story about an Ivy League historian and a college dropout—and how they worked together to pass off an audacious forgery as a long-lost piece of the Bible.</description>
      <author>Ariel Sabar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593212509.mp3" length="2717618" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593212509.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Veritas: A Harvard Professor, a Con Man and the Gospel of Jesus&amp;#039;s Wife
Author: Ariel Sabar
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
From the National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author comes the gripping true story of a sensational religious forgery and the scandal that shook Harvard. In 2012, Dr. Karen King, a star religion professor at Harvard, announced a breathtaking discovery just steps from the Vatican: she’d found an ancient scrap of papyrus in which Jesus calls Mary Magdalene “my wife.” The mysterious manuscript, which King provocatively titled “The Gospel of Jesus’s Wife,” had the power to topple the Roman Catholic Church. It threatened not just the all-male priesthood, but centuries of sacred teachings on marriage, sex, and women’s leadership, much of it premised on the hallowed tradition of a celibate Jesus.    Award-winning journalist Ariel Sabar covered King’s announcement in Rome but left with a question that no one seemed able to answer: Where in the world did this history-making papyrus come from? Sabar’s dogged sleuthing led from the halls of Harvard Divinity School to the former headquarters of the East German Stasi before landing on the trail of a Florida man with an unbelievable past. Could a motorcycle-riding pornographer with a fake Egyptology degree and a prophetess wife have set in motion one of the greatest hoaxes of the century? A propulsive tale laced with twists and trapdoors, Veritas is an exhilarating, globe-straddling detective story about an Ivy League historian and a college dropout—and how they worked together to pass off an audacious forgery as a long-lost piece of the Bible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410040</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Veritas: A Harvard Professor, a Con Man and the Gospel of Jesus&amp;#039;s Wife
Author: Ariel Sabar
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
From the National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author comes the gripping true story of a sensational religious forgery and the scandal that shook Harvard. In 2012, Dr. Karen King, a star religion professor at Harvard, announced a breathtaking discovery just steps from the Vatican: she’d found an ancient scrap of papyrus in which Jesus calls Mary Magdalene “my wife.” The mysterious manuscript, which King provocatively titled “The Gospel of Jesus’s Wife,” had the power to topple the Roman Catholic Church. It threatened not just the all-male priesthood, but centuries of sacred teachings on marriage, sex, and women’s leadership, much of it premised on the hallowed tradition of a celibate Jesus.    Award-winning journalist Ariel Sabar covered King’s announcement in Rome but left with a question that no one seemed able to answer: Where in the world did this history-making papyrus come from? Sabar’s dogged sleuthing led from the halls of Harvard Divinity School to the former headquarters of the East German Stasi before landing on the trail of a Florida man with an unbelievable past. Could a motorcycle-riding pornographer with a fake Egyptology degree and a prophetess wife have set in motion one of the greatest hoaxes of the century? A propulsive tale laced with twists and trapdoors, Veritas is an exhilarating, globe-straddling detective story about an Ivy League historian and a college dropout—and how they worked together to pass off an audacious forgery as a long-lost piece of the Bible.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship by David Young</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship
Author: David Young
Narrator: Josh Childs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be a disciple? The call of discipleship is more than programs and Bible study. In King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship, David Young presents a bold call for obedience-based discipleship and argues that it alone is the proper response to the kingship of Jesus. Many have wrongly associated obedience with bad theology, believing that Jesus&amp;#039; demand for obedience is a form of works righteousness or legalism. Others simply don&amp;#039;t like obedience and resist the demands Jesus makes in calling us to follow him. But if we surrender to the kingship of Jesus, we will find the life we were designed to live. We are accustomed to calling Jesus &amp;#039;Savior.&amp;#039; And we should. But until recently, many in the Western church have not learned to call Jesus &amp;#039;King.&amp;#039; The kingship of Jesus has implications for how we live. We can either rebel against him, raising puppet kings and constructing our own kingdoms, or we can submit to him in obedience-based discipleship. Could it be that you are still sitting on the throne of your life, treating King Jesus as a mere advisor? What would change in your life if you started treating Jesus as nothing short of your King? Young unpacks five principles for those who wish to follow Jesus as King. - Surrender to the authority of King Jesus - Embrace the mission of King Jesus - Live immersed in King Jesus - Obey the teachings of King Jesus - Behold the presence of King Jesus Following these five steps awakens us to a life truly worth living, a life of power, peace, beauty, and love. This is eternal life, that we would know and follow Jesus as King of the Universe, and king over our lives. After all, you don’t merely believe in kings. You obey them.</description>
      <author>David Young</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310537779.mp3" length="1397397" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310537779.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship
Author: David Young
Narrator: Josh Childs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be a disciple? The call of discipleship is more than programs and Bible study. In King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship, David Young presents a bold call for obedience-based discipleship and argues that it alone is the proper response to the kingship of Jesus. Many have wrongly associated obedience with bad theology, believing that Jesus&amp;#039; demand for obedience is a form of works righteousness or legalism. Others simply don&amp;#039;t like obedience and resist the demands Jesus makes in calling us to follow him. But if we surrender to the kingship of Jesus, we will find the life we were designed to live. We are accustomed to calling Jesus &amp;#039;Savior.&amp;#039; And we should. But until recently, many in the Western church have not learned to call Jesus &amp;#039;King.&amp;#039; The kingship of Jesus has implications for how we live. We can either rebel against him, raising puppet kings and constructing our own kingdoms, or we can submit to him in obedience-based discipleship. Could it be that you are still sitting on the throne of your life, treating King Jesus as a mere advisor? What would change in your life if you started treating Jesus as nothing short of your King? Young unpacks five principles for those who wish to follow Jesus as King. - Surrender to the authority of King Jesus - Embrace the mission of King Jesus - Live immersed in King Jesus - Obey the teachings of King Jesus - Behold the presence of King Jesus Following these five steps awakens us to a life truly worth living, a life of power, peace, beauty, and love. This is eternal life, that we would know and follow Jesus as King of the Universe, and king over our lives. After all, you don’t merely believe in kings. You obey them.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409982</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship
Author: David Young
Narrator: Josh Childs
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What does it mean to be a disciple? The call of discipleship is more than programs and Bible study. In King Jesus and the Beauty of Obedience-Based Discipleship, David Young presents a bold call for obedience-based discipleship and argues that it alone is the proper response to the kingship of Jesus. Many have wrongly associated obedience with bad theology, believing that Jesus&amp;#039; demand for obedience is a form of works righteousness or legalism. Others simply don&amp;#039;t like obedience and resist the demands Jesus makes in calling us to follow him. But if we surrender to the kingship of Jesus, we will find the life we were designed to live. We are accustomed to calling Jesus &amp;#039;Savior.&amp;#039; And we should. But until recently, many in the Western church have not learned to call Jesus &amp;#039;King.&amp;#039; The kingship of Jesus has implications for how we live. We can either rebel against him, raising puppet kings and constructing our own kingdoms, or we can submit to him in obedience-based discipleship. Could it be that you are still sitting on the throne of your life, treating King Jesus as a mere advisor? What would change in your life if you started treating Jesus as nothing short of your King? Young unpacks five principles for those who wish to follow Jesus as King. - Surrender to the authority of King Jesus - Embrace the mission of King Jesus - Live immersed in King Jesus - Obey the teachings of King Jesus - Behold the presence of King Jesus Following these five steps awakens us to a life truly worth living, a life of power, peace, beauty, and love. This is eternal life, that we would know and follow Jesus as King of the Universe, and king over our lives. After all, you don’t merely believe in kings. You obey them.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Works: Seven Timeless Principles for Effective Leaders by Joel Manby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Works: Seven Timeless Principles for Effective Leaders
Author: Joel Manby
Narrator: Joel Manby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated and Expanded Edition of the Leadership Bestseller Harness the meaning of love, the verb, to improve your corporate culture and bottom line with the help of Joel Manby, former President and CEO of both SeaWorld Parks &amp;amp; Entertainment and Herschend Enterprises. Joel won the respect of America with his appearance on the CBS reality TV series Undercover Boss.  A highly successful corporate executive, Joel Manby is unlike most other CEOs. As the 18 million viewers of Undercover Boss witnessed, Manby has a unique style of leadership--servant leadership--which has a profound impact on his employees. In this updated and expanded edition of Love Works, Manby demonstrates that leading with love is effective even in extremely difficult business environments, which he experienced at SeaWorld. With an all-new introduction and two additional chapters, Manby shares more of his own leadership and personal stories, giving insight that will help you become a more effective leader by: - Cultivating a culture that builds improved employee engagement and long-term success - Outlining seven time-proven principles that break down the natural walls within the workplace - Overcoming personal failures at work and home - Empowering your managers and employees - Disarming difficulties in the workplace Discover the truth of the power of love to change the course of your business and your life today! Accompanying tables and charts are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Joel Manby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310359760.mp3" length="1445876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310359760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Works: Seven Timeless Principles for Effective Leaders
Author: Joel Manby
Narrator: Joel Manby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated and Expanded Edition of the Leadership Bestseller Harness the meaning of love, the verb, to improve your corporate culture and bottom line with the help of Joel Manby, former President and CEO of both SeaWorld Parks &amp;amp; Entertainment and Herschend Enterprises. Joel won the respect of America with his appearance on the CBS reality TV series Undercover Boss.  A highly successful corporate executive, Joel Manby is unlike most other CEOs. As the 18 million viewers of Undercover Boss witnessed, Manby has a unique style of leadership--servant leadership--which has a profound impact on his employees. In this updated and expanded edition of Love Works, Manby demonstrates that leading with love is effective even in extremely difficult business environments, which he experienced at SeaWorld. With an all-new introduction and two additional chapters, Manby shares more of his own leadership and personal stories, giving insight that will help you become a more effective leader by: - Cultivating a culture that builds improved employee engagement and long-term success - Outlining seven time-proven principles that break down the natural walls within the workplace - Overcoming personal failures at work and home - Empowering your managers and employees - Disarming difficulties in the workplace Discover the truth of the power of love to change the course of your business and your life today! Accompanying tables and charts are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409979</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Works: Seven Timeless Principles for Effective Leaders
Author: Joel Manby
Narrator: Joel Manby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: March 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated and Expanded Edition of the Leadership Bestseller Harness the meaning of love, the verb, to improve your corporate culture and bottom line with the help of Joel Manby, former President and CEO of both SeaWorld Parks &amp;amp; Entertainment and Herschend Enterprises. Joel won the respect of America with his appearance on the CBS reality TV series Undercover Boss.  A highly successful corporate executive, Joel Manby is unlike most other CEOs. As the 18 million viewers of Undercover Boss witnessed, Manby has a unique style of leadership--servant leadership--which has a profound impact on his employees. In this updated and expanded edition of Love Works, Manby demonstrates that leading with love is effective even in extremely difficult business environments, which he experienced at SeaWorld. With an all-new introduction and two additional chapters, Manby shares more of his own leadership and personal stories, giving insight that will help you become a more effective leader by: - Cultivating a culture that builds improved employee engagement and long-term success - Outlining seven time-proven principles that break down the natural walls within the workplace - Overcoming personal failures at work and home - Empowering your managers and employees - Disarming difficulties in the workplace Discover the truth of the power of love to change the course of your business and your life today! Accompanying tables and charts are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope When Life Unravels: Finding God When It Hurts by Adam B. Dooley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope When Life Unravels: Finding God When It Hurts
Author: Adam B. Dooley
Narrator: Steven Grimsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by a pastor and father who has walked a painful road, Hope When Life Unravels explores the encouraging, upside-down truths of the book of Job, and other key Bible passages, to remind us of the ways God is present in our pain. Why does God allow suffering? And why does God seem to go silent when we&amp;#039;re in pain? In Hope When Life Unravels, Dr. Adam Dooley, pastor and host of the daily radio broadcast A Better Way, searches for answers to our biggest questions about suffering as he shares his son Carson&amp;#039;s story of battling leukemia. Adam speaks openly about the gut-wrenching struggle his family endured for three years of life-threatening illness and how God met them in their hours of need--even when it wasn&amp;#039;t in the ways they wanted. And, along with his own story, Adam takes listeners through the story of Job, unpacking insights about God&amp;#039;s character, his love, and how we can stay connected to him even during seasons of pain. Both inspiring and comforting, Hope When Life Unravels invites us to draw closer to a God who is often active in our lives in times when we have trouble seeing him the most. Discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Adam B. Dooley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310359296.mp3" length="1341075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310359296.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope When Life Unravels: Finding God When It Hurts
Author: Adam B. Dooley
Narrator: Steven Grimsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by a pastor and father who has walked a painful road, Hope When Life Unravels explores the encouraging, upside-down truths of the book of Job, and other key Bible passages, to remind us of the ways God is present in our pain. Why does God allow suffering? And why does God seem to go silent when we&amp;#039;re in pain? In Hope When Life Unravels, Dr. Adam Dooley, pastor and host of the daily radio broadcast A Better Way, searches for answers to our biggest questions about suffering as he shares his son Carson&amp;#039;s story of battling leukemia. Adam speaks openly about the gut-wrenching struggle his family endured for three years of life-threatening illness and how God met them in their hours of need--even when it wasn&amp;#039;t in the ways they wanted. And, along with his own story, Adam takes listeners through the story of Job, unpacking insights about God&amp;#039;s character, his love, and how we can stay connected to him even during seasons of pain. Both inspiring and comforting, Hope When Life Unravels invites us to draw closer to a God who is often active in our lives in times when we have trouble seeing him the most. Discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope When Life Unravels: Finding God When It Hurts
Author: Adam B. Dooley
Narrator: Steven Grimsley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Written by a pastor and father who has walked a painful road, Hope When Life Unravels explores the encouraging, upside-down truths of the book of Job, and other key Bible passages, to remind us of the ways God is present in our pain. Why does God allow suffering? And why does God seem to go silent when we&amp;#039;re in pain? In Hope When Life Unravels, Dr. Adam Dooley, pastor and host of the daily radio broadcast A Better Way, searches for answers to our biggest questions about suffering as he shares his son Carson&amp;#039;s story of battling leukemia. Adam speaks openly about the gut-wrenching struggle his family endured for three years of life-threatening illness and how God met them in their hours of need--even when it wasn&amp;#039;t in the ways they wanted. And, along with his own story, Adam takes listeners through the story of Job, unpacking insights about God&amp;#039;s character, his love, and how we can stay connected to him even during seasons of pain. Both inspiring and comforting, Hope When Life Unravels invites us to draw closer to a God who is often active in our lives in times when we have trouble seeing him the most. Discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear Is Not the Boss of You: How to Get Out of Your Head and Live the Life You Were Made For by Jennifer Allwood</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Not the Boss of You: How to Get Out of Your Head and Live the Life You Were Made For
Author: Jennifer Allwood
Narrator: Jennifer Allwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
YOUR FUTURE AND YOUR DESTINY ARE TOO IMPORTANT. DISCOVER HOW TO GET UNSTUCK AND OVER YOUR FEAR. This book is for any woman who has ever been overwhelmed with indecision, paralyzed with fear, or just plain stuck. With no-nonsense biblical truth, Fear Is Not the Boss of You is a loving kick in the backside that will catapult you into ACTION. Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and girl next door Jennifer Allwood is your guide to show you why you can&amp;#039;t stay stuck, teaching you how to get out of your own way and get on the road to fulfilling the life of your dreams--even if you&amp;#039;re afraid. Whether you&amp;#039;re thinking of launching a new business, adopting a child, writing a book, or competing in a triathlon, Jennifer will motivate you to move from paralyzing fear into courageous obedience and action. With stories, straightforward truth, and practical tips you can apply today, Jennifer will show you how to: - Identify how and where you are stuck - Determine what&amp;#039;s holding you back - Get out of your own way - Empower those around you - Experience the incredible joy that comes from trusting a big God to do big things in you and through you This is your gutsy invitation to go after the big dream God has called you to . . . because fear is not the boss of you.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Allwood</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310359081.mp3" length="1389670" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310359081.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Not the Boss of You: How to Get Out of Your Head and Live the Life You Were Made For
Author: Jennifer Allwood
Narrator: Jennifer Allwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
YOUR FUTURE AND YOUR DESTINY ARE TOO IMPORTANT. DISCOVER HOW TO GET UNSTUCK AND OVER YOUR FEAR. This book is for any woman who has ever been overwhelmed with indecision, paralyzed with fear, or just plain stuck. With no-nonsense biblical truth, Fear Is Not the Boss of You is a loving kick in the backside that will catapult you into ACTION. Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and girl next door Jennifer Allwood is your guide to show you why you can&amp;#039;t stay stuck, teaching you how to get out of your own way and get on the road to fulfilling the life of your dreams--even if you&amp;#039;re afraid. Whether you&amp;#039;re thinking of launching a new business, adopting a child, writing a book, or competing in a triathlon, Jennifer will motivate you to move from paralyzing fear into courageous obedience and action. With stories, straightforward truth, and practical tips you can apply today, Jennifer will show you how to: - Identify how and where you are stuck - Determine what&amp;#039;s holding you back - Get out of your own way - Empower those around you - Experience the incredible joy that comes from trusting a big God to do big things in you and through you This is your gutsy invitation to go after the big dream God has called you to . . . because fear is not the boss of you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Is Not the Boss of You: How to Get Out of Your Head and Live the Life You Were Made For
Author: Jennifer Allwood
Narrator: Jennifer Allwood
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.73 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
YOUR FUTURE AND YOUR DESTINY ARE TOO IMPORTANT. DISCOVER HOW TO GET UNSTUCK AND OVER YOUR FEAR. This book is for any woman who has ever been overwhelmed with indecision, paralyzed with fear, or just plain stuck. With no-nonsense biblical truth, Fear Is Not the Boss of You is a loving kick in the backside that will catapult you into ACTION. Successful entrepreneur, business coach, and girl next door Jennifer Allwood is your guide to show you why you can&amp;#039;t stay stuck, teaching you how to get out of your own way and get on the road to fulfilling the life of your dreams--even if you&amp;#039;re afraid. Whether you&amp;#039;re thinking of launching a new business, adopting a child, writing a book, or competing in a triathlon, Jennifer will motivate you to move from paralyzing fear into courageous obedience and action. With stories, straightforward truth, and practical tips you can apply today, Jennifer will show you how to: - Identify how and where you are stuck - Determine what&amp;#039;s holding you back - Get out of your own way - Empower those around you - Experience the incredible joy that comes from trusting a big God to do big things in you and through you This is your gutsy invitation to go after the big dream God has called you to . . . because fear is not the boss of you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Three-Mile Walk: The Courage You Need to Live the Life God Wants for You by Banning Liebscher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Mile Walk: The Courage You Need to Live the Life God Wants for You
Author: Banning Liebscher
Narrator: Banning Liebscher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all called to be change-makers in the world, and yet many of us don&amp;#039;t know how to answer the call. Jesus Culture founder and pastor Banning Liebscher reveals the three key moves that will awaken your heart and propel you into a life of divine purpose. You were made for more than a life of holy discontent--more than the frustrating sense of sitting on the sidelines of your own life&amp;#039;s purpose. From the beginning, Jesus has beckoned us out of passivity and into a high-stakes adventure with hearts fully alive, lives fully engaged, and the courage needed for both. With a heart-stirring message and compelling stories, founder of Jesus Culture and pastor Banning Liebscher will equip you with practical guidance to be and do all that God has called you to. The Three-Mile Walk draws from the biblical story of Jonathan, who, after a treacherous three-mile hike, boldly stepped into battle and watched God work a stunning victory in the midst of impossible odds. Likewise, Liebscher presents the three key attributes you need to fully engage your mission--courage, holiness, and faith. In his power-packed, memorable style, Liebscher offers fresh insight and instruction for answering your calling with a courageous &amp;#039;yes,&amp;#039; and setting out on the journey of a lifetime. You are meant to change the world. It&amp;#039;s going to be tough, surprising, and more fulfilling than you can imagine. You just need the courage to rise up and walk it out.</description>
      <author>Banning Liebscher</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358503.mp3" length="1389750" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358503.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Mile Walk: The Courage You Need to Live the Life God Wants for You
Author: Banning Liebscher
Narrator: Banning Liebscher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all called to be change-makers in the world, and yet many of us don&amp;#039;t know how to answer the call. Jesus Culture founder and pastor Banning Liebscher reveals the three key moves that will awaken your heart and propel you into a life of divine purpose. You were made for more than a life of holy discontent--more than the frustrating sense of sitting on the sidelines of your own life&amp;#039;s purpose. From the beginning, Jesus has beckoned us out of passivity and into a high-stakes adventure with hearts fully alive, lives fully engaged, and the courage needed for both. With a heart-stirring message and compelling stories, founder of Jesus Culture and pastor Banning Liebscher will equip you with practical guidance to be and do all that God has called you to. The Three-Mile Walk draws from the biblical story of Jonathan, who, after a treacherous three-mile hike, boldly stepped into battle and watched God work a stunning victory in the midst of impossible odds. Likewise, Liebscher presents the three key attributes you need to fully engage your mission--courage, holiness, and faith. In his power-packed, memorable style, Liebscher offers fresh insight and instruction for answering your calling with a courageous &amp;#039;yes,&amp;#039; and setting out on the journey of a lifetime. You are meant to change the world. It&amp;#039;s going to be tough, surprising, and more fulfilling than you can imagine. You just need the courage to rise up and walk it out.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409970</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Three-Mile Walk: The Courage You Need to Live the Life God Wants for You
Author: Banning Liebscher
Narrator: Banning Liebscher
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We are all called to be change-makers in the world, and yet many of us don&amp;#039;t know how to answer the call. Jesus Culture founder and pastor Banning Liebscher reveals the three key moves that will awaken your heart and propel you into a life of divine purpose. You were made for more than a life of holy discontent--more than the frustrating sense of sitting on the sidelines of your own life&amp;#039;s purpose. From the beginning, Jesus has beckoned us out of passivity and into a high-stakes adventure with hearts fully alive, lives fully engaged, and the courage needed for both. With a heart-stirring message and compelling stories, founder of Jesus Culture and pastor Banning Liebscher will equip you with practical guidance to be and do all that God has called you to. The Three-Mile Walk draws from the biblical story of Jonathan, who, after a treacherous three-mile hike, boldly stepped into battle and watched God work a stunning victory in the midst of impossible odds. Likewise, Liebscher presents the three key attributes you need to fully engage your mission--courage, holiness, and faith. In his power-packed, memorable style, Liebscher offers fresh insight and instruction for answering your calling with a courageous &amp;#039;yes,&amp;#039; and setting out on the journey of a lifetime. You are meant to change the world. It&amp;#039;s going to be tough, surprising, and more fulfilling than you can imagine. You just need the courage to rise up and walk it out.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Matters More: How Fighting to Be Right Keeps Us from Loving Like Jesus by Jared Byas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Matters More: How Fighting to Be Right Keeps Us from Loving Like Jesus
Author: Jared Byas
Narrator: Jared Byas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
For years, Christians have argued, debated, and fought one another while &amp;#039;speaking the truth in love,&amp;#039; yet we are no closer to the grace-filled life Jesus modeled. Biblical scholar and popular podcast host of The Bible for Normal People, Jared Byas casts a new vision for the Christian life that&amp;#039;s built not on certainty, but on the risk of love.   A biblically-based Christian life is not grounded in having all the answers but in a living relationship. This ultimately shifts our focus from collecting the &amp;#039;right&amp;#039; answers to loving others deeply and authentically. With stories and insights drawn from his years as a pastor, professor, and podcast host, Jared Byas calls us back to the heart of the Bible: that truth is only true when it&amp;#039;s lived out in love.  In a refreshing voice that&amp;#039;s both witty and profoundly revelatory, Jared unpacks the concept of truth, its meaning, and why we so often fight over it. He makes a compelling case for how what we believe is less important than how we believe it and that, more than anything else, telling the truth in love is about following Jesus. For anyone who has ever felt forced to choose between truth and love, acceptance and rightness, this book offers a path forward beyond truth wars and legalistic religion to a love that matters more.</description>
      <author>Jared Byas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358633.mp3" length="1318041" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358633.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Matters More: How Fighting to Be Right Keeps Us from Loving Like Jesus
Author: Jared Byas
Narrator: Jared Byas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
For years, Christians have argued, debated, and fought one another while &amp;#039;speaking the truth in love,&amp;#039; yet we are no closer to the grace-filled life Jesus modeled. Biblical scholar and popular podcast host of The Bible for Normal People, Jared Byas casts a new vision for the Christian life that&amp;#039;s built not on certainty, but on the risk of love.   A biblically-based Christian life is not grounded in having all the answers but in a living relationship. This ultimately shifts our focus from collecting the &amp;#039;right&amp;#039; answers to loving others deeply and authentically. With stories and insights drawn from his years as a pastor, professor, and podcast host, Jared Byas calls us back to the heart of the Bible: that truth is only true when it&amp;#039;s lived out in love.  In a refreshing voice that&amp;#039;s both witty and profoundly revelatory, Jared unpacks the concept of truth, its meaning, and why we so often fight over it. He makes a compelling case for how what we believe is less important than how we believe it and that, more than anything else, telling the truth in love is about following Jesus. For anyone who has ever felt forced to choose between truth and love, acceptance and rightness, this book offers a path forward beyond truth wars and legalistic religion to a love that matters more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Matters More: How Fighting to Be Right Keeps Us from Loving Like Jesus
Author: Jared Byas
Narrator: Jared Byas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 51 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
For years, Christians have argued, debated, and fought one another while &amp;#039;speaking the truth in love,&amp;#039; yet we are no closer to the grace-filled life Jesus modeled. Biblical scholar and popular podcast host of The Bible for Normal People, Jared Byas casts a new vision for the Christian life that&amp;#039;s built not on certainty, but on the risk of love.   A biblically-based Christian life is not grounded in having all the answers but in a living relationship. This ultimately shifts our focus from collecting the &amp;#039;right&amp;#039; answers to loving others deeply and authentically. With stories and insights drawn from his years as a pastor, professor, and podcast host, Jared Byas calls us back to the heart of the Bible: that truth is only true when it&amp;#039;s lived out in love.  In a refreshing voice that&amp;#039;s both witty and profoundly revelatory, Jared unpacks the concept of truth, its meaning, and why we so often fight over it. He makes a compelling case for how what we believe is less important than how we believe it and that, more than anything else, telling the truth in love is about following Jesus. For anyone who has ever felt forced to choose between truth and love, acceptance and rightness, this book offers a path forward beyond truth wars and legalistic religion to a love that matters more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection by Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection
Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick
Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, &amp;#039;What do we do?&amp;#039; But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey&amp;#039;s work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: &amp;#039;How shall I be with this new person?&amp;#039;  In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it&amp;#039;s easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You&amp;#039;ll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child&amp;#039;s long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358091.mp3" length="1342314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358091.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection
Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick
Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, &amp;#039;What do we do?&amp;#039; But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey&amp;#039;s work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: &amp;#039;How shall I be with this new person?&amp;#039;  In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it&amp;#039;s easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You&amp;#039;ll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child&amp;#039;s long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409966</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 6 Needs of Every Child: Empowering Parents and Kids through the Science of Connection
Author: Amy Elizabeth Olrick, Jeffrey Olrick
Narrator: Cris Dukehart, Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, &amp;#039;What do we do?&amp;#039; But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey&amp;#039;s work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: &amp;#039;How shall I be with this new person?&amp;#039;  In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it&amp;#039;s easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. You&amp;#039;ll be equipped with: - An in-depth look at the six essentials your child needs to thrive - Tools to use when you feel stuck - The secret to secure connection with your child - Self-assessment tools to discern your unique parenting style More than a parenting guide, this audiobook is your invitation to break free from the myth of perfect parenting and embrace your child&amp;#039;s long journey of growth. With insight, humor, and compassion, it calls parents to discover the power of being imperfectly present with their children, developing mental, emotional, and spiritual resilience that will sustain them for a lifetime. Accompanying charts, assessment tools, and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meant for Good: The Adventure of Trusting God and His Plans for You by Megan Fate Marshman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meant for Good: The Adventure of Trusting God and His Plans for You
Author: Megan Fate Marshman
Narrator: Liz Stanislawski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a good plan for you--a plan to give you a hope and a future. Are you ready to believe it? Meant for Good is a power-packed, biblical look at the truth that you really can trust God&amp;#039;s plan for your life--no matter what your life looks like right now. Dynamic Bible teacher Megan Fate Marshman will help you discover how to stop discounting yourself from a hopeful future, start living in active dependence on God, and find your way to the good plan He has for you.  With authenticity and revelatory insights into the character of God, Megan shares an engaging and fresh look at the core themes within the well-loved scripture of Jeremiah 29:11-14. Through winsome and inspiring stories, Meant for Good will show you how to trust God in your daily life and, more importantly, how to trust God&amp;#039;s definition of good above your own.  You will discover: - That your not-enoughness is exactly enough for God, and that in fact, you have everything you need to take that first step into the life God has for you. - How to stop counting yourself out, because Jesus never has. God is up to something really good, and He&amp;#039;s inviting you to join Him. - How to hear and respond to God&amp;#039;s voice, and intentionally grow a personal, intimate relationship with Him. - How to defeat anxiety, trust God with all you&amp;#039;re carrying and worrying about, and experience a life of freedom in relying on God daily.</description>
      <author>Megan Fate Marshman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358268.mp3" length="1436743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meant for Good: The Adventure of Trusting God and His Plans for You
Author: Megan Fate Marshman
Narrator: Liz Stanislawski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a good plan for you--a plan to give you a hope and a future. Are you ready to believe it? Meant for Good is a power-packed, biblical look at the truth that you really can trust God&amp;#039;s plan for your life--no matter what your life looks like right now. Dynamic Bible teacher Megan Fate Marshman will help you discover how to stop discounting yourself from a hopeful future, start living in active dependence on God, and find your way to the good plan He has for you.  With authenticity and revelatory insights into the character of God, Megan shares an engaging and fresh look at the core themes within the well-loved scripture of Jeremiah 29:11-14. Through winsome and inspiring stories, Meant for Good will show you how to trust God in your daily life and, more importantly, how to trust God&amp;#039;s definition of good above your own.  You will discover: - That your not-enoughness is exactly enough for God, and that in fact, you have everything you need to take that first step into the life God has for you. - How to stop counting yourself out, because Jesus never has. God is up to something really good, and He&amp;#039;s inviting you to join Him. - How to hear and respond to God&amp;#039;s voice, and intentionally grow a personal, intimate relationship with Him. - How to defeat anxiety, trust God with all you&amp;#039;re carrying and worrying about, and experience a life of freedom in relying on God daily.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409967</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meant for Good: The Adventure of Trusting God and His Plans for You
Author: Megan Fate Marshman
Narrator: Liz Stanislawski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
God has a good plan for you--a plan to give you a hope and a future. Are you ready to believe it? Meant for Good is a power-packed, biblical look at the truth that you really can trust God&amp;#039;s plan for your life--no matter what your life looks like right now. Dynamic Bible teacher Megan Fate Marshman will help you discover how to stop discounting yourself from a hopeful future, start living in active dependence on God, and find your way to the good plan He has for you.  With authenticity and revelatory insights into the character of God, Megan shares an engaging and fresh look at the core themes within the well-loved scripture of Jeremiah 29:11-14. Through winsome and inspiring stories, Meant for Good will show you how to trust God in your daily life and, more importantly, how to trust God&amp;#039;s definition of good above your own.  You will discover: - That your not-enoughness is exactly enough for God, and that in fact, you have everything you need to take that first step into the life God has for you. - How to stop counting yourself out, because Jesus never has. God is up to something really good, and He&amp;#039;s inviting you to join Him. - How to hear and respond to God&amp;#039;s voice, and intentionally grow a personal, intimate relationship with Him. - How to defeat anxiety, trust God with all you&amp;#039;re carrying and worrying about, and experience a life of freedom in relying on God daily.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ready for Anything: Preparing Your Heart and Home for Any Crisis Big or Small by Kathi Lipp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready for Anything: Preparing Your Heart and Home for Any Crisis Big or Small
Author: Kathi Lipp
Narrator: Kathi Lipp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are those who&amp;#039;ve prepared, and those who wish they had. Let Ready for Anything be your go-to guide for facing any unexpected crisis with confidence. Bad stuff happens all the time--big stuff like hurricanes, wildfires, or national emergencies, and smaller-scale yet no less devastating disasters like a sudden health scare, job loss, or a computer crash. But this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we have to live in constant fear. Whether you’re in the midst of difficulty right now or being proactive rather than reactive, Ready for Anything gives finite simple steps for preparing your mind, your heart, and your home for any unfortunate circumstance. Full of stories and humor along with facts, tips, and lists, Kathi offers a down-to-earth guide that will show you how to face the unexpected with confidence, relying on God&amp;#039;s strength and plan rather than giving in to our fear and anxiety. Her step-by-step plan is easy to implement and will help any Christian be a better steward of their resources, as well as the neighbor who helps in a crisis rather than needing help themselves. For anyone who falls somewhere between &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ll just trust God&amp;#039; and stocking a ten-year supply of canned pinto beans in the pantry, Ready for Anything will show you: - How to prep your pantry for two weeks of meals, plus recipes available in the audiobook companion PDF download - Essential tips for creating an emergency kit and stocking your supplies - Practical strategies for taking stock of your financials and building an emergency fund - How to mentally, emotionally, and spiritually prepare and parent your kids in any crisis - How to create a five-minute plan and why you need it - Indispensable tips for safeguarding your physical and digital valuables - And so much more!</description>
      <author>Kathi Lipp</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310358022.mp3" length="1456807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310358022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready for Anything: Preparing Your Heart and Home for Any Crisis Big or Small
Author: Kathi Lipp
Narrator: Kathi Lipp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are those who&amp;#039;ve prepared, and those who wish they had. Let Ready for Anything be your go-to guide for facing any unexpected crisis with confidence. Bad stuff happens all the time--big stuff like hurricanes, wildfires, or national emergencies, and smaller-scale yet no less devastating disasters like a sudden health scare, job loss, or a computer crash. But this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we have to live in constant fear. Whether you’re in the midst of difficulty right now or being proactive rather than reactive, Ready for Anything gives finite simple steps for preparing your mind, your heart, and your home for any unfortunate circumstance. Full of stories and humor along with facts, tips, and lists, Kathi offers a down-to-earth guide that will show you how to face the unexpected with confidence, relying on God&amp;#039;s strength and plan rather than giving in to our fear and anxiety. Her step-by-step plan is easy to implement and will help any Christian be a better steward of their resources, as well as the neighbor who helps in a crisis rather than needing help themselves. For anyone who falls somewhere between &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ll just trust God&amp;#039; and stocking a ten-year supply of canned pinto beans in the pantry, Ready for Anything will show you: - How to prep your pantry for two weeks of meals, plus recipes available in the audiobook companion PDF download - Essential tips for creating an emergency kit and stocking your supplies - Practical strategies for taking stock of your financials and building an emergency fund - How to mentally, emotionally, and spiritually prepare and parent your kids in any crisis - How to create a five-minute plan and why you need it - Indispensable tips for safeguarding your physical and digital valuables - And so much more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409965</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ready for Anything: Preparing Your Heart and Home for Any Crisis Big or Small
Author: Kathi Lipp
Narrator: Kathi Lipp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 19, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
There are those who&amp;#039;ve prepared, and those who wish they had. Let Ready for Anything be your go-to guide for facing any unexpected crisis with confidence. Bad stuff happens all the time--big stuff like hurricanes, wildfires, or national emergencies, and smaller-scale yet no less devastating disasters like a sudden health scare, job loss, or a computer crash. But this doesn&amp;#039;t mean we have to live in constant fear. Whether you’re in the midst of difficulty right now or being proactive rather than reactive, Ready for Anything gives finite simple steps for preparing your mind, your heart, and your home for any unfortunate circumstance. Full of stories and humor along with facts, tips, and lists, Kathi offers a down-to-earth guide that will show you how to face the unexpected with confidence, relying on God&amp;#039;s strength and plan rather than giving in to our fear and anxiety. Her step-by-step plan is easy to implement and will help any Christian be a better steward of their resources, as well as the neighbor who helps in a crisis rather than needing help themselves. For anyone who falls somewhere between &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ll just trust God&amp;#039; and stocking a ten-year supply of canned pinto beans in the pantry, Ready for Anything will show you: - How to prep your pantry for two weeks of meals, plus recipes available in the audiobook companion PDF download - Essential tips for creating an emergency kit and stocking your supplies - Practical strategies for taking stock of your financials and building an emergency fund - How to mentally, emotionally, and spiritually prepare and parent your kids in any crisis - How to create a five-minute plan and why you need it - Indispensable tips for safeguarding your physical and digital valuables - And so much more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God Walk: Moving at the Speed of Your Soul by Mark Buchanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Walk: Moving at the Speed of Your Soul
Author: Mark Buchanan
Narrator: Robert Keifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens when we literally walk out our Christian life? Drawing on Jesus&amp;#039; lived example of walking, pastor and bestselling author Mark Buchanan explores one of the oldest spiritual practices of our faith. We often act as if faith is only about the mind. But what about our bodies? What does our physical being have to do with our spiritual life? When the Bible calls us to walk in the light, walk by faith, or walk in truth, it means these things literally as much as figuratively. The most obvious thing about Jesus&amp;#039; method of discipleship, in fact, is that he walked and invited others to walk with him. It&amp;#039;s in the walking that his disciples are taught, formed, tested, empowered, and released. Part theology, part history, part field guide, God Walk explores: - Walking as spiritual formation - Walking as healing - Walking as exercise - Walking as prayer - Walking as pilgrimage   With practical insight and biblical reflections told in his distinct voice, Buchanan gives you the tools and encouragement you need to immediately implement the practice of living at God&amp;#039;s speed. Praise for God Walk: &amp;#039;In this beautiful, inspiring book, Mark shows us how the simple rhythm of walking can take us farther on the path of wholeness, joy, and God than we imagined possible. Poetic, poignant, and immensely practical, this book will change your life . . . one step at a time.&amp;#039; --Ken Shigematsu, pastor, Tenth Church, Vancouver; bestselling author, Survival Guide for the Soul</description>
      <author>Mark Buchanan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310355847.mp3" length="1297109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310355847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Walk: Moving at the Speed of Your Soul
Author: Mark Buchanan
Narrator: Robert Keifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens when we literally walk out our Christian life? Drawing on Jesus&amp;#039; lived example of walking, pastor and bestselling author Mark Buchanan explores one of the oldest spiritual practices of our faith. We often act as if faith is only about the mind. But what about our bodies? What does our physical being have to do with our spiritual life? When the Bible calls us to walk in the light, walk by faith, or walk in truth, it means these things literally as much as figuratively. The most obvious thing about Jesus&amp;#039; method of discipleship, in fact, is that he walked and invited others to walk with him. It&amp;#039;s in the walking that his disciples are taught, formed, tested, empowered, and released. Part theology, part history, part field guide, God Walk explores: - Walking as spiritual formation - Walking as healing - Walking as exercise - Walking as prayer - Walking as pilgrimage   With practical insight and biblical reflections told in his distinct voice, Buchanan gives you the tools and encouragement you need to immediately implement the practice of living at God&amp;#039;s speed. Praise for God Walk: &amp;#039;In this beautiful, inspiring book, Mark shows us how the simple rhythm of walking can take us farther on the path of wholeness, joy, and God than we imagined possible. Poetic, poignant, and immensely practical, this book will change your life . . . one step at a time.&amp;#039; --Ken Shigematsu, pastor, Tenth Church, Vancouver; bestselling author, Survival Guide for the Soul</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409961</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God Walk: Moving at the Speed of Your Soul
Author: Mark Buchanan
Narrator: Robert Keifer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What happens when we literally walk out our Christian life? Drawing on Jesus&amp;#039; lived example of walking, pastor and bestselling author Mark Buchanan explores one of the oldest spiritual practices of our faith. We often act as if faith is only about the mind. But what about our bodies? What does our physical being have to do with our spiritual life? When the Bible calls us to walk in the light, walk by faith, or walk in truth, it means these things literally as much as figuratively. The most obvious thing about Jesus&amp;#039; method of discipleship, in fact, is that he walked and invited others to walk with him. It&amp;#039;s in the walking that his disciples are taught, formed, tested, empowered, and released. Part theology, part history, part field guide, God Walk explores: - Walking as spiritual formation - Walking as healing - Walking as exercise - Walking as prayer - Walking as pilgrimage   With practical insight and biblical reflections told in his distinct voice, Buchanan gives you the tools and encouragement you need to immediately implement the practice of living at God&amp;#039;s speed. Praise for God Walk: &amp;#039;In this beautiful, inspiring book, Mark shows us how the simple rhythm of walking can take us farther on the path of wholeness, joy, and God than we imagined possible. Poetic, poignant, and immensely practical, this book will change your life . . . one step at a time.&amp;#039; --Ken Shigematsu, pastor, Tenth Church, Vancouver; bestselling author, Survival Guide for the Soul</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures: An Introduction for the Beginner by Karin Spiecker Stetina</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures: An Introduction for the Beginner
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Karin Spiecker Stetina
Narrator: Karin Stetina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Too many Christians avoid reading theology for fear they won&amp;#039;t understand it or out of a misconception that it&amp;#039;s only meant for the academic elite. Similarly, students in introductory theology classes can feel overwhelmed by the concepts and terminology they encounter. Yet theology can be read with enjoyment and discernment. In How to Read Theology for All Its Worth Video Lectures, professor and author Karin Stetina introduces students to the basic skills of intelligent reading, applied especially to theological works. Anyone who&amp;#039;d like to read theology well, whether a formal student or interested layperson, will benefit from the simple steps Stetina outlines in each lesson. Steps include: - Identifying genre - Becoming acquainted with the author and the context out of which he or she wrote - Determining a thesis and main arguments - And more How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures, along with the accompanying book, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth, will equip learners not only to understand theology but also to insightfully engage authors&amp;#039; ideas. With the basic tools in hand, everyone can read with confidence and enjoy &amp;#039;conversations&amp;#039; with theological works.</description>
      <author>Karin Spiecker Stetina</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310111689.mp3" length="1461436" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310111689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures: An Introduction for the Beginner
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Karin Spiecker Stetina
Narrator: Karin Stetina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Too many Christians avoid reading theology for fear they won&amp;#039;t understand it or out of a misconception that it&amp;#039;s only meant for the academic elite. Similarly, students in introductory theology classes can feel overwhelmed by the concepts and terminology they encounter. Yet theology can be read with enjoyment and discernment. In How to Read Theology for All Its Worth Video Lectures, professor and author Karin Stetina introduces students to the basic skills of intelligent reading, applied especially to theological works. Anyone who&amp;#039;d like to read theology well, whether a formal student or interested layperson, will benefit from the simple steps Stetina outlines in each lesson. Steps include: - Identifying genre - Becoming acquainted with the author and the context out of which he or she wrote - Determining a thesis and main arguments - And more How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures, along with the accompanying book, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth, will equip learners not only to understand theology but also to insightfully engage authors&amp;#039; ideas. With the basic tools in hand, everyone can read with confidence and enjoy &amp;#039;conversations&amp;#039; with theological works.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409957</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures: An Introduction for the Beginner
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Karin Spiecker Stetina
Narrator: Karin Stetina
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 7 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook&amp;#039;s direct narration of a book&amp;#039;s text, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures includes high quality live-recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. Too many Christians avoid reading theology for fear they won&amp;#039;t understand it or out of a misconception that it&amp;#039;s only meant for the academic elite. Similarly, students in introductory theology classes can feel overwhelmed by the concepts and terminology they encounter. Yet theology can be read with enjoyment and discernment. In How to Read Theology for All Its Worth Video Lectures, professor and author Karin Stetina introduces students to the basic skills of intelligent reading, applied especially to theological works. Anyone who&amp;#039;d like to read theology well, whether a formal student or interested layperson, will benefit from the simple steps Stetina outlines in each lesson. Steps include: - Identifying genre - Becoming acquainted with the author and the context out of which he or she wrote - Determining a thesis and main arguments - And more How to Read Theology for All Its Worth: Audio Lectures, along with the accompanying book, How to Read Theology for All Its Worth, will equip learners not only to understand theology but also to insightfully engage authors&amp;#039; ideas. With the basic tools in hand, everyone can read with confidence and enjoy &amp;#039;conversations&amp;#039; with theological works.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improv Leadership: How to Lead Well in Every Moment by David Miller, Stan Endicott</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Improv Leadership: How to Lead Well in Every Moment
Author: David Miller, Stan Endicott
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You already know that there&amp;#039;s no script for effective leadership...  That&amp;#039;s why Improv Leadership reveals five skills that will help you unleash your own leadership potential on every unexpected challenge and status quo. Anyone can read books and apply lessons, but only the best can develop what they know to bring out the best in any person or circumstance. These natural leaders understand the key principles of connecting, coaching, and communicating and use these ideas to build strong teams. In Improv Leadership, Stan Endicott and David Miller share five leadership competencies that all great, improvisational leaders have: - Story Mining--how to uncover a person&amp;#039;s story and let it shape the way you lead them - Precision Praising--how to craft praise to inspire, motivate, and even course-correct your team - Metaphor Cementing--how to create concrete illustrations to &amp;#039;cement&amp;#039; an idea in someone&amp;#039;s mind - Lobbing Forward--how to challenge people to look beyond today to what might be in the future - Going North--how to use indirect influence to redirect a person&amp;#039;s perspective IMPROV leaders apply these five competencies to initiate powerful conversations, create memorable moments with forward momentum, and craft personal coaching strategies that help people, and teams, grow. The five competencies of IMPROV Leadership are not rigid steps to follow. They are fluid and can be applied to any industry of field. You can&amp;#039;t predict every challenge you&amp;#039;ll face. There&amp;#039;s no playbook that covers every decision. But you can cultivate teams of people who love their work (and each other) and who perform at a high level. And you can lead well in any situation.</description>
      <author>David Miller, Stan Endicott</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310112976.mp3" length="1319192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310112976.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Improv Leadership: How to Lead Well in Every Moment
Author: David Miller, Stan Endicott
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You already know that there&amp;#039;s no script for effective leadership...  That&amp;#039;s why Improv Leadership reveals five skills that will help you unleash your own leadership potential on every unexpected challenge and status quo. Anyone can read books and apply lessons, but only the best can develop what they know to bring out the best in any person or circumstance. These natural leaders understand the key principles of connecting, coaching, and communicating and use these ideas to build strong teams. In Improv Leadership, Stan Endicott and David Miller share five leadership competencies that all great, improvisational leaders have: - Story Mining--how to uncover a person&amp;#039;s story and let it shape the way you lead them - Precision Praising--how to craft praise to inspire, motivate, and even course-correct your team - Metaphor Cementing--how to create concrete illustrations to &amp;#039;cement&amp;#039; an idea in someone&amp;#039;s mind - Lobbing Forward--how to challenge people to look beyond today to what might be in the future - Going North--how to use indirect influence to redirect a person&amp;#039;s perspective IMPROV leaders apply these five competencies to initiate powerful conversations, create memorable moments with forward momentum, and craft personal coaching strategies that help people, and teams, grow. The five competencies of IMPROV Leadership are not rigid steps to follow. They are fluid and can be applied to any industry of field. You can&amp;#039;t predict every challenge you&amp;#039;ll face. There&amp;#039;s no playbook that covers every decision. But you can cultivate teams of people who love their work (and each other) and who perform at a high level. And you can lead well in any situation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Improv Leadership: How to Lead Well in Every Moment
Author: David Miller, Stan Endicott
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You already know that there&amp;#039;s no script for effective leadership...  That&amp;#039;s why Improv Leadership reveals five skills that will help you unleash your own leadership potential on every unexpected challenge and status quo. Anyone can read books and apply lessons, but only the best can develop what they know to bring out the best in any person or circumstance. These natural leaders understand the key principles of connecting, coaching, and communicating and use these ideas to build strong teams. In Improv Leadership, Stan Endicott and David Miller share five leadership competencies that all great, improvisational leaders have: - Story Mining--how to uncover a person&amp;#039;s story and let it shape the way you lead them - Precision Praising--how to craft praise to inspire, motivate, and even course-correct your team - Metaphor Cementing--how to create concrete illustrations to &amp;#039;cement&amp;#039; an idea in someone&amp;#039;s mind - Lobbing Forward--how to challenge people to look beyond today to what might be in the future - Going North--how to use indirect influence to redirect a person&amp;#039;s perspective IMPROV leaders apply these five competencies to initiate powerful conversations, create memorable moments with forward momentum, and craft personal coaching strategies that help people, and teams, grow. The five competencies of IMPROV Leadership are not rigid steps to follow. They are fluid and can be applied to any industry of field. You can&amp;#039;t predict every challenge you&amp;#039;ll face. There&amp;#039;s no playbook that covers every decision. But you can cultivate teams of people who love their work (and each other) and who perform at a high level. And you can lead well in any situation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures: Biblical, Practical Approaches to Spiritual Formation by Kenneth D. Boa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures: Biblical, Practical Approaches to Spiritual Formation
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Kenneth D. Boa
Narrator: Kenneth Boa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook’s direct narration of a book’s text Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures include high-quality live recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. What does a real relationship with God look like? What does the biblical vision of true spiritual life look like? How do we grow in spiritual maturity? How we answer these questions influence the health, potency, and witness of Christians in an increasingly complex and hostile world. The Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures answers these questions with clarity and insight, offering a comprehensive, balanced, and applicable guide to spiritual growth. It offers corrective to our tendency to pick and compartmentalize spiritual growth by exploring twelve facets of authentic Christian spirituality including: - Relational Spirituality: Loving God Completely, Ourselves Correctly, and Other Compassionately - Paradigm Spirituality: Cultivating an Eternal versus a Temporal Perspective - Disciplined Spirituality: Engaging in the Historical Disciplines - Exchanged Life Spirituality: Grasping Our True Identity in Christ - Motivated Spirituality: A Set of Biblical Incentives - Devotional Spirituality: Falling in Love with God - Holistic Spirituality: Every Component of Life under the Lordship of Christ - Process Spirituality: Process versus Product, Being versus Doing - Spirit-Filled Spirituality: Walking in the Power of the Spirit - Warfare Spirituality: The World, the Flesh, and the Devil - Nurturing Spirituality: A Lifestyle of Evangelism and Discipleship - Corporate Spirituality: Encouragement, Accountability, and Worship Pointing the way to an integrative, whole-life approach, Dr. Ken Boa shows how each spiritual paradigm discussed is just one important facet in the gem of authentic and powerful New Testament living. Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures is a defining series for anyone who desires to follow Christ more closely.</description>
      <author>Kenneth D. Boa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310109907.mp3" length="1422886" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310109907.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures: Biblical, Practical Approaches to Spiritual Formation
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Kenneth D. Boa
Narrator: Kenneth Boa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook’s direct narration of a book’s text Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures include high-quality live recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. What does a real relationship with God look like? What does the biblical vision of true spiritual life look like? How do we grow in spiritual maturity? How we answer these questions influence the health, potency, and witness of Christians in an increasingly complex and hostile world. The Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures answers these questions with clarity and insight, offering a comprehensive, balanced, and applicable guide to spiritual growth. It offers corrective to our tendency to pick and compartmentalize spiritual growth by exploring twelve facets of authentic Christian spirituality including: - Relational Spirituality: Loving God Completely, Ourselves Correctly, and Other Compassionately - Paradigm Spirituality: Cultivating an Eternal versus a Temporal Perspective - Disciplined Spirituality: Engaging in the Historical Disciplines - Exchanged Life Spirituality: Grasping Our True Identity in Christ - Motivated Spirituality: A Set of Biblical Incentives - Devotional Spirituality: Falling in Love with God - Holistic Spirituality: Every Component of Life under the Lordship of Christ - Process Spirituality: Process versus Product, Being versus Doing - Spirit-Filled Spirituality: Walking in the Power of the Spirit - Warfare Spirituality: The World, the Flesh, and the Devil - Nurturing Spirituality: A Lifestyle of Evangelism and Discipleship - Corporate Spirituality: Encouragement, Accountability, and Worship Pointing the way to an integrative, whole-life approach, Dr. Ken Boa shows how each spiritual paradigm discussed is just one important facet in the gem of authentic and powerful New Testament living. Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures is a defining series for anyone who desires to follow Christ more closely.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures: Biblical, Practical Approaches to Spiritual Formation
Series: Part of Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures
Author: Kenneth D. Boa
Narrator: Kenneth Boa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Zondervan Biblical and Theological Lectures series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook’s direct narration of a book’s text Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures include high-quality live recordings of college-level lectures that cover the important points from each subject as well as relevant material from other sources. What does a real relationship with God look like? What does the biblical vision of true spiritual life look like? How do we grow in spiritual maturity? How we answer these questions influence the health, potency, and witness of Christians in an increasingly complex and hostile world. The Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures answers these questions with clarity and insight, offering a comprehensive, balanced, and applicable guide to spiritual growth. It offers corrective to our tendency to pick and compartmentalize spiritual growth by exploring twelve facets of authentic Christian spirituality including: - Relational Spirituality: Loving God Completely, Ourselves Correctly, and Other Compassionately - Paradigm Spirituality: Cultivating an Eternal versus a Temporal Perspective - Disciplined Spirituality: Engaging in the Historical Disciplines - Exchanged Life Spirituality: Grasping Our True Identity in Christ - Motivated Spirituality: A Set of Biblical Incentives - Devotional Spirituality: Falling in Love with God - Holistic Spirituality: Every Component of Life under the Lordship of Christ - Process Spirituality: Process versus Product, Being versus Doing - Spirit-Filled Spirituality: Walking in the Power of the Spirit - Warfare Spirituality: The World, the Flesh, and the Devil - Nurturing Spirituality: A Lifestyle of Evangelism and Discipleship - Corporate Spirituality: Encouragement, Accountability, and Worship Pointing the way to an integrative, whole-life approach, Dr. Ken Boa shows how each spiritual paradigm discussed is just one important facet in the gem of authentic and powerful New Testament living. Conformed to His Image: Audio Lectures is a defining series for anyone who desires to follow Christ more closely.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Telling a Better Story: How to Talk About God in a Skeptical Age by Joshua D. Chatraw</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telling a Better Story: How to Talk About God in a Skeptical Age
Author: Joshua D. Chatraw
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christianity Today 2021 Book Award Winner: Apologetics &amp;amp; Evangelism Telling a Better Story clears a path to a more effective, empathetic apologetics for today—both for experienced apologists and those new to sharing their faith with others. Today&amp;#039;s Christians often view the practice of defending their faith as pushy or unnecessary. Won&amp;#039;t it just be taken for proselytizing? Don&amp;#039;t many unbelievers find it offensive? Many Christians have shifted to a strategy of hoping that our lives will show Christ to our neighbors—and, while this is certainly good, it&amp;#039;s no substitute to actively telling people about Christ. In Telling a Better Story, author Joshua Chatraw presents a new and refreshing way to engage in apologetics that will help you tell the story of Christ in a holistic, culturally-contextual manner that—while being respectful—helps unbelievers imagine a more complete happiness and a better meaning to life. Telling a Better Story will give you the tools to: - Understand the cultural stories that surround us. - Recognize how these secular stories have shaped the way many people think. - Learn how to tell God&amp;#039;s story in a fresh way that allows today&amp;#039;s younger generations to see it as a more meaningful and more hopeful story than the scripts around it. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll also learn how to deal with the perennial issues and common objections to Christianity.</description>
      <author>Joshua D. Chatraw</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310108658.mp3" length="1463792" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310108658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telling a Better Story: How to Talk About God in a Skeptical Age
Author: Joshua D. Chatraw
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christianity Today 2021 Book Award Winner: Apologetics &amp;amp; Evangelism Telling a Better Story clears a path to a more effective, empathetic apologetics for today—both for experienced apologists and those new to sharing their faith with others. Today&amp;#039;s Christians often view the practice of defending their faith as pushy or unnecessary. Won&amp;#039;t it just be taken for proselytizing? Don&amp;#039;t many unbelievers find it offensive? Many Christians have shifted to a strategy of hoping that our lives will show Christ to our neighbors—and, while this is certainly good, it&amp;#039;s no substitute to actively telling people about Christ. In Telling a Better Story, author Joshua Chatraw presents a new and refreshing way to engage in apologetics that will help you tell the story of Christ in a holistic, culturally-contextual manner that—while being respectful—helps unbelievers imagine a more complete happiness and a better meaning to life. Telling a Better Story will give you the tools to: - Understand the cultural stories that surround us. - Recognize how these secular stories have shaped the way many people think. - Learn how to tell God&amp;#039;s story in a fresh way that allows today&amp;#039;s younger generations to see it as a more meaningful and more hopeful story than the scripts around it. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll also learn how to deal with the perennial issues and common objections to Christianity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409953</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Telling a Better Story: How to Talk About God in a Skeptical Age
Author: Joshua D. Chatraw
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 30, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Christianity Today 2021 Book Award Winner: Apologetics &amp;amp; Evangelism Telling a Better Story clears a path to a more effective, empathetic apologetics for today—both for experienced apologists and those new to sharing their faith with others. Today&amp;#039;s Christians often view the practice of defending their faith as pushy or unnecessary. Won&amp;#039;t it just be taken for proselytizing? Don&amp;#039;t many unbelievers find it offensive? Many Christians have shifted to a strategy of hoping that our lives will show Christ to our neighbors—and, while this is certainly good, it&amp;#039;s no substitute to actively telling people about Christ. In Telling a Better Story, author Joshua Chatraw presents a new and refreshing way to engage in apologetics that will help you tell the story of Christ in a holistic, culturally-contextual manner that—while being respectful—helps unbelievers imagine a more complete happiness and a better meaning to life. Telling a Better Story will give you the tools to: - Understand the cultural stories that surround us. - Recognize how these secular stories have shaped the way many people think. - Learn how to tell God&amp;#039;s story in a fresh way that allows today&amp;#039;s younger generations to see it as a more meaningful and more hopeful story than the scripts around it. Finally, you&amp;#039;ll also learn how to deal with the perennial issues and common objections to Christianity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Social Media to Social Ministry: A Guide to Digital Discipleship by Nona Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Social Media to Social Ministry: A Guide to Digital Discipleship
Author: Nona Jones
Narrator: Piper Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook outlines digital discipleship principles for building an online community and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are more than 2.3 billion professing Christians in the world and more and more new churches launching globally, yet statistics show that in-person church attendance is declining or plateauing in every nation. Although social technology has been around for more than two decades, church leaders have long bristled at the idea of church online, ranking it as the last concern on their minds in Barna&amp;#039;s 2020 state of the church report published February 3, 2020. And then, three weeks later, COVID-19 closed the doors of every church on earth and suddenly forced them entirely online. Nona Jones, a globally acclaimed thought leader on leveraging technology for ministry, had been leading a movement and sounding the alarm for several years to make digital discipleship a central part of every church’s ministry approach. In From Social Media to Social Ministry, she outlines her digital discipleship principles and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are plenty of books to help churches build a social media strategy, but this is the first book of its kind that goes beyond digital marketing to digital ministry. Listeners will leave this audiobook with: - Clarity on what discipleship truly is - The data that underscores the urgency for digital discipleship - Understanding of the resources required to do it well - A step-by-step guide on how to implement digital discipleship into ministry plans - Knowledge of the differences among and purposes of the most popular social platforms, as well as the tools best positioned for digital ministry</description>
      <author>Nona Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310104025.mp3" length="1474365" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310104025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Social Media to Social Ministry: A Guide to Digital Discipleship
Author: Nona Jones
Narrator: Piper Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook outlines digital discipleship principles for building an online community and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are more than 2.3 billion professing Christians in the world and more and more new churches launching globally, yet statistics show that in-person church attendance is declining or plateauing in every nation. Although social technology has been around for more than two decades, church leaders have long bristled at the idea of church online, ranking it as the last concern on their minds in Barna&amp;#039;s 2020 state of the church report published February 3, 2020. And then, three weeks later, COVID-19 closed the doors of every church on earth and suddenly forced them entirely online. Nona Jones, a globally acclaimed thought leader on leveraging technology for ministry, had been leading a movement and sounding the alarm for several years to make digital discipleship a central part of every church’s ministry approach. In From Social Media to Social Ministry, she outlines her digital discipleship principles and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are plenty of books to help churches build a social media strategy, but this is the first book of its kind that goes beyond digital marketing to digital ministry. Listeners will leave this audiobook with: - Clarity on what discipleship truly is - The data that underscores the urgency for digital discipleship - Understanding of the resources required to do it well - A step-by-step guide on how to implement digital discipleship into ministry plans - Knowledge of the differences among and purposes of the most popular social platforms, as well as the tools best positioned for digital ministry</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409950</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: From Social Media to Social Ministry: A Guide to Digital Discipleship
Author: Nona Jones
Narrator: Piper Jones
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 29 minutes
Release date: June 23, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook outlines digital discipleship principles for building an online community and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are more than 2.3 billion professing Christians in the world and more and more new churches launching globally, yet statistics show that in-person church attendance is declining or plateauing in every nation. Although social technology has been around for more than two decades, church leaders have long bristled at the idea of church online, ranking it as the last concern on their minds in Barna&amp;#039;s 2020 state of the church report published February 3, 2020. And then, three weeks later, COVID-19 closed the doors of every church on earth and suddenly forced them entirely online. Nona Jones, a globally acclaimed thought leader on leveraging technology for ministry, had been leading a movement and sounding the alarm for several years to make digital discipleship a central part of every church’s ministry approach. In From Social Media to Social Ministry, she outlines her digital discipleship principles and provides practical instruction for how to do it no matter how big or small a local church may be. There are plenty of books to help churches build a social media strategy, but this is the first book of its kind that goes beyond digital marketing to digital ministry. Listeners will leave this audiobook with: - Clarity on what discipleship truly is - The data that underscores the urgency for digital discipleship - Understanding of the resources required to do it well - A step-by-step guide on how to implement digital discipleship into ministry plans - Knowledge of the differences among and purposes of the most popular social platforms, as well as the tools best positioned for digital ministry</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reclaimed: How Jesus Restores Our Humanity in a Dehumanized World by Andy Steiger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaimed: How Jesus Restores Our Humanity in a Dehumanized World
Author: Andy Steiger
Narrator: Lance Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of polarizing political and religious disagreement. Despite the lip service our society pays to tolerance, it&amp;#039;s becoming more and more difficult to look past our differences and to recognize our common humanity. The way that we treat each other is a direct result of how we see one another, and our culture is full of warning signs that we aren&amp;#039;t seeing each other correctly. In Reclaimed, author and cultural critic Andy Steiger explores the trend toward dehumanization that underlies our fraught times. People on both sides of the political aisle and from all walks of life share a deep desire for better understanding, justice, and human dignity. Yet we&amp;#039;re uncertain how to achieve these aims. Steiger points to Jesus as the basis for rediscovering our common ground and our shared humanity. In Jesus we find not only that humans are unique, valuable, and bearers of rights and responsibilities, but also that our dehumanizing tendencies--our worst inclinations toward inhumanity--can be redeemed and restored. Jesus enables us to be fully human, and it&amp;#039;s in him that we rediscover the kind of relationships and society for which so many people today are longing.</description>
      <author>Andy Steiger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780310107248.mp3" length="1393270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780310107248.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaimed: How Jesus Restores Our Humanity in a Dehumanized World
Author: Andy Steiger
Narrator: Lance Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of polarizing political and religious disagreement. Despite the lip service our society pays to tolerance, it&amp;#039;s becoming more and more difficult to look past our differences and to recognize our common humanity. The way that we treat each other is a direct result of how we see one another, and our culture is full of warning signs that we aren&amp;#039;t seeing each other correctly. In Reclaimed, author and cultural critic Andy Steiger explores the trend toward dehumanization that underlies our fraught times. People on both sides of the political aisle and from all walks of life share a deep desire for better understanding, justice, and human dignity. Yet we&amp;#039;re uncertain how to achieve these aims. Steiger points to Jesus as the basis for rediscovering our common ground and our shared humanity. In Jesus we find not only that humans are unique, valuable, and bearers of rights and responsibilities, but also that our dehumanizing tendencies--our worst inclinations toward inhumanity--can be redeemed and restored. Jesus enables us to be fully human, and it&amp;#039;s in him that we rediscover the kind of relationships and society for which so many people today are longing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409951</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reclaimed: How Jesus Restores Our Humanity in a Dehumanized World
Author: Andy Steiger
Narrator: Lance Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of polarizing political and religious disagreement. Despite the lip service our society pays to tolerance, it&amp;#039;s becoming more and more difficult to look past our differences and to recognize our common humanity. The way that we treat each other is a direct result of how we see one another, and our culture is full of warning signs that we aren&amp;#039;t seeing each other correctly. In Reclaimed, author and cultural critic Andy Steiger explores the trend toward dehumanization that underlies our fraught times. People on both sides of the political aisle and from all walks of life share a deep desire for better understanding, justice, and human dignity. Yet we&amp;#039;re uncertain how to achieve these aims. Steiger points to Jesus as the basis for rediscovering our common ground and our shared humanity. In Jesus we find not only that humans are unique, valuable, and bearers of rights and responsibilities, but also that our dehumanizing tendencies--our worst inclinations toward inhumanity--can be redeemed and restored. Jesus enables us to be fully human, and it&amp;#039;s in him that we rediscover the kind of relationships and society for which so many people today are longing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gathering Storm: Secularism, Culture, and the Church by R. Albert Mohler, Jr.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gathering Storm: Secularism, Culture, and the Church
Author: R. Albert Mohler, Jr.
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The president of Southern Seminary reveals how secularism has infiltrated every aspect of society and how Christians, equipped with the gospel of Jesus Christ, can meet it head on with hope, confidence, and steadfast conviction. A Storm Is Coming Western civilization and the Christian church stand at a moment of great danger. Facing them both is a hurricane-force battle of ideas that will determine the future of Western civilization and the soul of the Christian church. The forces arrayed against the West and the church are destructive ideologies, policies, and worldviews deeply established among intellectual elites, the political class, and our schools. More menacingly, these forces have also invaded the Christian church. The perils faced by the West and the church are unprecedented: - threats to religious liberty - redefinitions of marriage and family - attacks on the sacredness and dignity of human life    How should Christians respond to this multifaceted challenge? Addressing each dimension of this challenge, The Gathering Storm provides answers and equips Christians both to give an answer for the hope that is within them and to contend for the faith that was once and for all delivered to the saints.</description>
      <author>R. Albert Mohler, Jr.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400220243.mp3" length="801349" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400220243.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gathering Storm: Secularism, Culture, and the Church
Author: R. Albert Mohler, Jr.
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The president of Southern Seminary reveals how secularism has infiltrated every aspect of society and how Christians, equipped with the gospel of Jesus Christ, can meet it head on with hope, confidence, and steadfast conviction. A Storm Is Coming Western civilization and the Christian church stand at a moment of great danger. Facing them both is a hurricane-force battle of ideas that will determine the future of Western civilization and the soul of the Christian church. The forces arrayed against the West and the church are destructive ideologies, policies, and worldviews deeply established among intellectual elites, the political class, and our schools. More menacingly, these forces have also invaded the Christian church. The perils faced by the West and the church are unprecedented: - threats to religious liberty - redefinitions of marriage and family - attacks on the sacredness and dignity of human life    How should Christians respond to this multifaceted challenge? Addressing each dimension of this challenge, The Gathering Storm provides answers and equips Christians both to give an answer for the hope that is within them and to contend for the faith that was once and for all delivered to the saints.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409944</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Gathering Storm: Secularism, Culture, and the Church
Author: R. Albert Mohler, Jr.
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The president of Southern Seminary reveals how secularism has infiltrated every aspect of society and how Christians, equipped with the gospel of Jesus Christ, can meet it head on with hope, confidence, and steadfast conviction. A Storm Is Coming Western civilization and the Christian church stand at a moment of great danger. Facing them both is a hurricane-force battle of ideas that will determine the future of Western civilization and the soul of the Christian church. The forces arrayed against the West and the church are destructive ideologies, policies, and worldviews deeply established among intellectual elites, the political class, and our schools. More menacingly, these forces have also invaded the Christian church. The perils faced by the West and the church are unprecedented: - threats to religious liberty - redefinitions of marriage and family - attacks on the sacredness and dignity of human life    How should Christians respond to this multifaceted challenge? Addressing each dimension of this challenge, The Gathering Storm provides answers and equips Christians both to give an answer for the hope that is within them and to contend for the faith that was once and for all delivered to the saints.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bible Code: Finding Jesus in Every Book in the Bible by O. S. Hawkins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bible Code: Finding Jesus in Every Book in the Bible
Series: Part of The Code Series
Author: O. S. Hawkins
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ll understand Jesus&amp;#039; presence in the Old Testament in a new way as you journey with Pastor O. S. Hawkins through the Bible. We often assume Jesus is only in the New Testament. Yet Christ appears in every book of the Bible, sometimes in words, sometimes in shadow, sometimes in prophecy. As Jesus revealed to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, He can be found “in all the Scriptures” (Luke 24:27). And as we learn to find Jesus in every verse, we realize His constant presence in our lives as well. In The Bible Code, bestselling author of The Joshua Code, O. S. Hawkins, takes us from Genesis to Revelation as he illuminates Scripture through the light of Christ. - In Exodus, He is the Passover Lamb. - In Deuteronomy, He is the Bread of Life. - In Song of Solomon, He is our Bridegroom. This audiobook makes a beautiful gift for: - Graduation - Christmas - Father’s Day - Birthdays As we seek Jesus in the whole Bible, we find life. Not just eternal life in the then and there, but abundant life in the here and now. And as you see Jesus’ redemptive story from Creation to eternity, you will draw closer to the God who has loved you from the beginning.</description>
      <author>O. S. Hawkins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400218196.mp3" length="764460" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400218196.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bible Code: Finding Jesus in Every Book in the Bible
Series: Part of The Code Series
Author: O. S. Hawkins
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ll understand Jesus&amp;#039; presence in the Old Testament in a new way as you journey with Pastor O. S. Hawkins through the Bible. We often assume Jesus is only in the New Testament. Yet Christ appears in every book of the Bible, sometimes in words, sometimes in shadow, sometimes in prophecy. As Jesus revealed to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, He can be found “in all the Scriptures” (Luke 24:27). And as we learn to find Jesus in every verse, we realize His constant presence in our lives as well. In The Bible Code, bestselling author of The Joshua Code, O. S. Hawkins, takes us from Genesis to Revelation as he illuminates Scripture through the light of Christ. - In Exodus, He is the Passover Lamb. - In Deuteronomy, He is the Bread of Life. - In Song of Solomon, He is our Bridegroom. This audiobook makes a beautiful gift for: - Graduation - Christmas - Father’s Day - Birthdays As we seek Jesus in the whole Bible, we find life. Not just eternal life in the then and there, but abundant life in the here and now. And as you see Jesus’ redemptive story from Creation to eternity, you will draw closer to the God who has loved you from the beginning.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409933</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Bible Code: Finding Jesus in Every Book in the Bible
Series: Part of The Code Series
Author: O. S. Hawkins
Narrator: Maurice England
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
You&amp;#039;ll understand Jesus&amp;#039; presence in the Old Testament in a new way as you journey with Pastor O. S. Hawkins through the Bible. We often assume Jesus is only in the New Testament. Yet Christ appears in every book of the Bible, sometimes in words, sometimes in shadow, sometimes in prophecy. As Jesus revealed to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus, He can be found “in all the Scriptures” (Luke 24:27). And as we learn to find Jesus in every verse, we realize His constant presence in our lives as well. In The Bible Code, bestselling author of The Joshua Code, O. S. Hawkins, takes us from Genesis to Revelation as he illuminates Scripture through the light of Christ. - In Exodus, He is the Passover Lamb. - In Deuteronomy, He is the Bread of Life. - In Song of Solomon, He is our Bridegroom. This audiobook makes a beautiful gift for: - Graduation - Christmas - Father’s Day - Birthdays As we seek Jesus in the whole Bible, we find life. Not just eternal life in the then and there, but abundant life in the here and now. And as you see Jesus’ redemptive story from Creation to eternity, you will draw closer to the God who has loved you from the beginning.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fear Gone Wild: A Story of Mental Illness, Suicide, and Hope Through Loss by Kayla Stoecklein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Gone Wild: A Story of Mental Illness, Suicide, and Hope Through Loss
Author: Kayla Stoecklein
Narrator: Kayla Stoeklein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Light in the Darkness. Hope in the Wilderness. Despite his deep desire to overcome mental illness and lead others out of their own pain, pastor Andrew Stoecklein died by suicide at the age of thirty. In the wake of the tragedy, his widow, Kayla, embarked on a journey to better understand Andrew’s harrowing battle, come alongside those with similar struggles, and help the church overcome the stigma of suicide.   Fear Gone Wild is Kayla’s intimate account of all that led to the heartbreaking day of Andrew’s death and the insights she has gleaned since then about the wilderness experience. From her own hard-won understanding, Kayla offers: - hope for those facing a mental health diagnosis, wisdom for family and friends, and companionship for anyone who has lost a loved one to suicide; - an exploration of Jesus’ wilderness experience and what it means for our own journeys; - helpful information about panic attacks, anxiety, depression, and living with fear; - truth in the face of myths and misconceptions about suicide; and - practical guidance for the church in handling mental health challenges. This heartfelt, hope-filled book equips us to walk alongside someone on their journey with mental illness, offers strength for those of us struggling with depression or anxiety, and turns each of us again and again to the comfort of a God who never leaves. Discussion questions and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Kayla Stoecklein</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400217694.mp3" length="832773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400217694.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Gone Wild: A Story of Mental Illness, Suicide, and Hope Through Loss
Author: Kayla Stoecklein
Narrator: Kayla Stoeklein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Light in the Darkness. Hope in the Wilderness. Despite his deep desire to overcome mental illness and lead others out of their own pain, pastor Andrew Stoecklein died by suicide at the age of thirty. In the wake of the tragedy, his widow, Kayla, embarked on a journey to better understand Andrew’s harrowing battle, come alongside those with similar struggles, and help the church overcome the stigma of suicide.   Fear Gone Wild is Kayla’s intimate account of all that led to the heartbreaking day of Andrew’s death and the insights she has gleaned since then about the wilderness experience. From her own hard-won understanding, Kayla offers: - hope for those facing a mental health diagnosis, wisdom for family and friends, and companionship for anyone who has lost a loved one to suicide; - an exploration of Jesus’ wilderness experience and what it means for our own journeys; - helpful information about panic attacks, anxiety, depression, and living with fear; - truth in the face of myths and misconceptions about suicide; and - practical guidance for the church in handling mental health challenges. This heartfelt, hope-filled book equips us to walk alongside someone on their journey with mental illness, offers strength for those of us struggling with depression or anxiety, and turns each of us again and again to the comfort of a God who never leaves. Discussion questions and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409930</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fear Gone Wild: A Story of Mental Illness, Suicide, and Hope Through Loss
Author: Kayla Stoecklein
Narrator: Kayla Stoeklein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Light in the Darkness. Hope in the Wilderness. Despite his deep desire to overcome mental illness and lead others out of their own pain, pastor Andrew Stoecklein died by suicide at the age of thirty. In the wake of the tragedy, his widow, Kayla, embarked on a journey to better understand Andrew’s harrowing battle, come alongside those with similar struggles, and help the church overcome the stigma of suicide.   Fear Gone Wild is Kayla’s intimate account of all that led to the heartbreaking day of Andrew’s death and the insights she has gleaned since then about the wilderness experience. From her own hard-won understanding, Kayla offers: - hope for those facing a mental health diagnosis, wisdom for family and friends, and companionship for anyone who has lost a loved one to suicide; - an exploration of Jesus’ wilderness experience and what it means for our own journeys; - helpful information about panic attacks, anxiety, depression, and living with fear; - truth in the face of myths and misconceptions about suicide; and - practical guidance for the church in handling mental health challenges. This heartfelt, hope-filled book equips us to walk alongside someone on their journey with mental illness, offers strength for those of us struggling with depression or anxiety, and turns each of us again and again to the comfort of a God who never leaves. Discussion questions and additional resources are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In a Boat in the Middle of a Lake: Trusting the God Who Meets Us in Our Storm by Patrick Schwenk, Ruth Schwenk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In a Boat in the Middle of a Lake: Trusting the God Who Meets Us in Our Storm
Author: Patrick Schwenk, Ruth Schwenk
Narrator: Crestina Hardie, Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Your Storm Doesn’t Have to Sink You At some point in our lives, we all find ourselves in a boat in the middle of a lake. We might be there due to a job loss or the death of a loved one. Maybe disability, divorce, or financial insecurity has stranded us. Patrick and Ruth Schwenk found themselves feeling battered after five miscarriages and then surrounded by the waves with Patrick’s cancer diagnosis at age forty-three. They were alone. Drifting. And that’s when their transformation began. In this compassionate and powerful book, the Schwenks weave together lessons from their own experience with insightful Bible teaching to remind us that one of the greatest ways God transforms us is through trials. As they unpack why Jesus called the disciples into the middle of a lake when dry ground was so safe and comfortable, they help us - understand why the depth of our hurt enables us to experience deep hope; - learn to conquer fear to experience the freedom God has for us; and - discover how God uses chaos, and not just the classroom, to shape and work through us. Today—in your confusion about God’s intentions, your disappointment over lost dreams, your disillusionment about prayer—God is offering hope. Because Jesus is still Lord over the water. And while he is not moved by the waves, he is moved by you. And this flood might just be a path to abundance. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “A powerful reminder that our current reality is not our final reality, and God is Lord over all chaos and suffering!” —Candace Cameron Bure, actress and New York Times bestselling author</description>
      <author>Patrick Schwenk, Ruth Schwenk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400216918.mp3" length="738885" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400216918.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In a Boat in the Middle of a Lake: Trusting the God Who Meets Us in Our Storm
Author: Patrick Schwenk, Ruth Schwenk
Narrator: Crestina Hardie, Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Your Storm Doesn’t Have to Sink You At some point in our lives, we all find ourselves in a boat in the middle of a lake. We might be there due to a job loss or the death of a loved one. Maybe disability, divorce, or financial insecurity has stranded us. Patrick and Ruth Schwenk found themselves feeling battered after five miscarriages and then surrounded by the waves with Patrick’s cancer diagnosis at age forty-three. They were alone. Drifting. And that’s when their transformation began. In this compassionate and powerful book, the Schwenks weave together lessons from their own experience with insightful Bible teaching to remind us that one of the greatest ways God transforms us is through trials. As they unpack why Jesus called the disciples into the middle of a lake when dry ground was so safe and comfortable, they help us - understand why the depth of our hurt enables us to experience deep hope; - learn to conquer fear to experience the freedom God has for us; and - discover how God uses chaos, and not just the classroom, to shape and work through us. Today—in your confusion about God’s intentions, your disappointment over lost dreams, your disillusionment about prayer—God is offering hope. Because Jesus is still Lord over the water. And while he is not moved by the waves, he is moved by you. And this flood might just be a path to abundance. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “A powerful reminder that our current reality is not our final reality, and God is Lord over all chaos and suffering!” —Candace Cameron Bure, actress and New York Times bestselling author</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: In a Boat in the Middle of a Lake: Trusting the God Who Meets Us in Our Storm
Author: Patrick Schwenk, Ruth Schwenk
Narrator: Crestina Hardie, Van Tracy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Your Storm Doesn’t Have to Sink You At some point in our lives, we all find ourselves in a boat in the middle of a lake. We might be there due to a job loss or the death of a loved one. Maybe disability, divorce, or financial insecurity has stranded us. Patrick and Ruth Schwenk found themselves feeling battered after five miscarriages and then surrounded by the waves with Patrick’s cancer diagnosis at age forty-three. They were alone. Drifting. And that’s when their transformation began. In this compassionate and powerful book, the Schwenks weave together lessons from their own experience with insightful Bible teaching to remind us that one of the greatest ways God transforms us is through trials. As they unpack why Jesus called the disciples into the middle of a lake when dry ground was so safe and comfortable, they help us - understand why the depth of our hurt enables us to experience deep hope; - learn to conquer fear to experience the freedom God has for us; and - discover how God uses chaos, and not just the classroom, to shape and work through us. Today—in your confusion about God’s intentions, your disappointment over lost dreams, your disillusionment about prayer—God is offering hope. Because Jesus is still Lord over the water. And while he is not moved by the waves, he is moved by you. And this flood might just be a path to abundance. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “A powerful reminder that our current reality is not our final reality, and God is Lord over all chaos and suffering!” —Candace Cameron Bure, actress and New York Times bestselling author</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Gentle Answer: Our &amp;#039;Secret Weapon&amp;#039; in an Age of Us Against Them by Scott Sauls</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gentle Answer: Our &amp;#039;Secret Weapon&amp;#039; in an Age of Us Against Them
Author: Scott Sauls
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A remarkable vision for how Christians can live with countercultural gentleness in a perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. “Wow! What a great book!&amp;#039; -- Max Lucado In a defensive and divided era, how can followers of Jesus reveal a better way of living, one that loves others as God loves us? How can Christians be the kind of people who are known, as Proverbs puts it, to &amp;#039;turn away wrath?&amp;#039; Scott Sauls&amp;#039;s compelling new audiobook points the way by helping listeners: - grow in affection for Christ, who answers our hostility with gentleness; - nurture a renewed, softened heart in light of Christ&amp;#039;s gentleness toward us; - and forsake us-against-them mentalities, putting down our swords, and permeating a hostile world with gentleness. For those who long for a more civil way of being, A Gentle Answer provides an inspiring and transformative path for countercultural gentleness in our perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “I can’t think of a more needed and timely book.” —Dr. Paul David Tripp bestselling author of New Morning Mercies “Reminds us of the essential and needed attribute of gentleness in a world steeped in outrage and cancel culture.” —Dr. Bryan Loritts, author of The Dad Difference “An urgent book for our fractured times.” —Jen Pollock Michel, award-winning author of Surprised by Paradox</description>
      <author>Scott Sauls</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400216574.mp3" length="866248" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400216574.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gentle Answer: Our &amp;#039;Secret Weapon&amp;#039; in an Age of Us Against Them
Author: Scott Sauls
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A remarkable vision for how Christians can live with countercultural gentleness in a perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. “Wow! What a great book!&amp;#039; -- Max Lucado In a defensive and divided era, how can followers of Jesus reveal a better way of living, one that loves others as God loves us? How can Christians be the kind of people who are known, as Proverbs puts it, to &amp;#039;turn away wrath?&amp;#039; Scott Sauls&amp;#039;s compelling new audiobook points the way by helping listeners: - grow in affection for Christ, who answers our hostility with gentleness; - nurture a renewed, softened heart in light of Christ&amp;#039;s gentleness toward us; - and forsake us-against-them mentalities, putting down our swords, and permeating a hostile world with gentleness. For those who long for a more civil way of being, A Gentle Answer provides an inspiring and transformative path for countercultural gentleness in our perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “I can’t think of a more needed and timely book.” —Dr. Paul David Tripp bestselling author of New Morning Mercies “Reminds us of the essential and needed attribute of gentleness in a world steeped in outrage and cancel culture.” —Dr. Bryan Loritts, author of The Dad Difference “An urgent book for our fractured times.” —Jen Pollock Michel, award-winning author of Surprised by Paradox</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409922</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Gentle Answer: Our &amp;#039;Secret Weapon&amp;#039; in an Age of Us Against Them
Author: Scott Sauls
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 16 minutes
Release date: June  2, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A remarkable vision for how Christians can live with countercultural gentleness in a perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. “Wow! What a great book!&amp;#039; -- Max Lucado In a defensive and divided era, how can followers of Jesus reveal a better way of living, one that loves others as God loves us? How can Christians be the kind of people who are known, as Proverbs puts it, to &amp;#039;turn away wrath?&amp;#039; Scott Sauls&amp;#039;s compelling new audiobook points the way by helping listeners: - grow in affection for Christ, who answers our hostility with gentleness; - nurture a renewed, softened heart in light of Christ&amp;#039;s gentleness toward us; - and forsake us-against-them mentalities, putting down our swords, and permeating a hostile world with gentleness. For those who long for a more civil way of being, A Gentle Answer provides an inspiring and transformative path for countercultural gentleness in our perpetually angry, attacking, outraged time. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. “I can’t think of a more needed and timely book.” —Dr. Paul David Tripp bestselling author of New Morning Mercies “Reminds us of the essential and needed attribute of gentleness in a world steeped in outrage and cancel culture.” —Dr. Bryan Loritts, author of The Dad Difference “An urgent book for our fractured times.” —Jen Pollock Michel, award-winning author of Surprised by Paradox</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life by Scott Vaudrey, M.D.</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life
Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D.
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don&amp;#039;t have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can&amp;#039;t undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Scott Vaudrey, M.D.</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400213405.mp3" length="878743" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400213405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life
Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D.
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don&amp;#039;t have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can&amp;#039;t undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Past Present: How to Stop Making the Same Relationship Mistakes---and Start Building a Better Life
Author: Scott Vaudrey, M.D.
Narrator: Mark Smeby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Past Present shows listeners how to change destructive relationship patterns by identifying the root issues from their pasts and finding the source of healing for their unique stories. No matter where we are in life, both our greatest joys and our deepest heartaches are linked to the people in our lives--family, friends, or coworkers. And each of us brings both beauty and brokenness into relationships. The origins of our beauty and our brokenness often can be traced to the patterns of relating we learned when we were young. We relate to others in ways that reflect the distorted messages we heard and internalized earlier in life. The good news is this: we don&amp;#039;t have to remain stuck in these patterns. In Past Present, Scott Vaudrey equips us with tools and a strategy to - identify the messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized--both as children and as adults--from the influential people in our lives; - refute and repair the distorted messages that led to unhelpful patterns now holding us back; and - recognize the productive messages we&amp;#039;ve internalized and maximize the strengths they built into us along the way. We can&amp;#039;t undo yesterday. But we can do the rest of our lives better. Accompanying graphics, tables, and reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America by Phil Robertson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America
Author: Phil Robertson
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we&amp;#039;re called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, &amp;#039;In the King we trust.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Phil Robertson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781400210183.mp3" length="863357" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781400210183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America
Author: Phil Robertson
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we&amp;#039;re called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, &amp;#039;In the King we trust.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Jesus Politics: How to Win Back the Soul of America
Author: Phil Robertson
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 33 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.7 of Total 10
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understand the problems facing America and learn how Jesus would respond to them. New York Times bestselling author and Duck Dynasty star Phil Robertson exposes the destructive nature of American politics and calls on Christians to actively participate in advancing the Kingdom of heaven on earth. We live in a fractured country, a country in which identity politics, creeping socialist policies, toxic social media, and the vast partisan divide threaten the very fabric of America. After decades of political decay and of losing sight of our first principles, the American people are suffering from runaway debt, increased rates of depression, broken families, moral decay, and more. In Jesus Politics, Phil Robertson provides an alternate path: a radical call for Christians to use their freedoms to advance the agenda of the King and win back the divided soul of America. Exploring the problems facing our country and how Jesus would respond to each, Robertson offers a clear strategy, showing us how to do good by King Jesus, bringing the kingdom of heaven to our homes, neighborhoods, churches, communities, and country. Robertson also gives you the tools you need to apply the lessons of Jesus Politics in the voting booth and in our everyday lives, reminding us that above all, we&amp;#039;re called to: - Love God - Love our neighbors - Do whatever it takes to bring, maintain, and protect his kingdom on earth as it is in heaven   Join Robertson as he takes a closer look at the problems facing America and shares how we can use our time, talents, resources, and votes to solve them as members of the kingdom. Explore a new way of thinking and acting, a way that protects and advances the policies of the King. And, if enough of us do, maybe we can become a nation that proclaims, &amp;#039;In the King we trust.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Playing with Fire: A Modern Investigation into Demons, Exorcism, and Ghosts by Billy Hallowell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Fire: A Modern Investigation into Demons, Exorcism, and Ghosts
Author: Billy Hallowell
Narrator: John Behrens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
“Provocative, insightful, and enlightening—a foray into an often-neglected topic that merits more attention than it typically receives.” --Lee Strobel, New York Times bestselling author of The Case for Christ What is our fascination with the other side? Join investigative reporter Billy Hallowell as he delves into the strange phenomena of supernatural activity. Themes of demonic possession, exorcism, and ghosts have overtaken Hollywood, with countless films and TV shows delving into the age-old struggle against evil. But the question is why? Even with so much focus on the topic, there seems to be very little public knowledge and discussion about the theology and real-life claims surrounding demons. Quite often, many people remain silent about their experiences or resort to quietly whispering about what they’ve seen, heard, or felt for fear of being labeled as crazy. The truth is, even pastors, priests, and clergy who have observed firsthand accounts of possession and deliverance can succumb to the strange and terrifying effects of intense spiritual warfare. For people of faith, Playing with Fire will address these core questions: -  Are demons active today? - If they do, indeed exist, what are they? Are they fallen angels? Nephilim? - Can demons inhabit human beings? - According to the Bible, can people die and remain behind as “ghosts”? Playing with Fire explores the theological underpinnings surrounding the supernatural. Relying on firsthand accounts, newspaper reports, and Christian experts, Hallowell takes listeners through the various views and perspectives surrounding supernatural activity.</description>
      <author>Billy Hallowell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785234524.mp3" length="919652" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785234524.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Fire: A Modern Investigation into Demons, Exorcism, and Ghosts
Author: Billy Hallowell
Narrator: John Behrens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
“Provocative, insightful, and enlightening—a foray into an often-neglected topic that merits more attention than it typically receives.” --Lee Strobel, New York Times bestselling author of The Case for Christ What is our fascination with the other side? Join investigative reporter Billy Hallowell as he delves into the strange phenomena of supernatural activity. Themes of demonic possession, exorcism, and ghosts have overtaken Hollywood, with countless films and TV shows delving into the age-old struggle against evil. But the question is why? Even with so much focus on the topic, there seems to be very little public knowledge and discussion about the theology and real-life claims surrounding demons. Quite often, many people remain silent about their experiences or resort to quietly whispering about what they’ve seen, heard, or felt for fear of being labeled as crazy. The truth is, even pastors, priests, and clergy who have observed firsthand accounts of possession and deliverance can succumb to the strange and terrifying effects of intense spiritual warfare. For people of faith, Playing with Fire will address these core questions: -  Are demons active today? - If they do, indeed exist, what are they? Are they fallen angels? Nephilim? - Can demons inhabit human beings? - According to the Bible, can people die and remain behind as “ghosts”? Playing with Fire explores the theological underpinnings surrounding the supernatural. Relying on firsthand accounts, newspaper reports, and Christian experts, Hallowell takes listeners through the various views and perspectives surrounding supernatural activity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409911</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Playing with Fire: A Modern Investigation into Demons, Exorcism, and Ghosts
Author: Billy Hallowell
Narrator: John Behrens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
“Provocative, insightful, and enlightening—a foray into an often-neglected topic that merits more attention than it typically receives.” --Lee Strobel, New York Times bestselling author of The Case for Christ What is our fascination with the other side? Join investigative reporter Billy Hallowell as he delves into the strange phenomena of supernatural activity. Themes of demonic possession, exorcism, and ghosts have overtaken Hollywood, with countless films and TV shows delving into the age-old struggle against evil. But the question is why? Even with so much focus on the topic, there seems to be very little public knowledge and discussion about the theology and real-life claims surrounding demons. Quite often, many people remain silent about their experiences or resort to quietly whispering about what they’ve seen, heard, or felt for fear of being labeled as crazy. The truth is, even pastors, priests, and clergy who have observed firsthand accounts of possession and deliverance can succumb to the strange and terrifying effects of intense spiritual warfare. For people of faith, Playing with Fire will address these core questions: -  Are demons active today? - If they do, indeed exist, what are they? Are they fallen angels? Nephilim? - Can demons inhabit human beings? - According to the Bible, can people die and remain behind as “ghosts”? Playing with Fire explores the theological underpinnings surrounding the supernatural. Relying on firsthand accounts, newspaper reports, and Christian experts, Hallowell takes listeners through the various views and perspectives surrounding supernatural activity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Breathe Again: Choosing to Believe There’s More When Life Has Left You Broken by Stacy Henagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe Again: Choosing to Believe There’s More When Life Has Left You Broken
Author: Stacy Henagan
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What Do You Do When It Seems God Hasn’t Come Through for You? When the miracle-working God whom Pastor Stacy Henagan loved and served did not answer the prayers on behalf of her terminally ill one-year-old daughter as expected, she was left crushed with grief and struggling to understand. - How could a loving God allow this to happen?  - What do you do when it seems God has let you down?  - Is God trustworthy? Rather than choosing to remain in overwhelming pain and doubt, Stacy emerged with a much greater belief that God is good and trustworthy, even when we don’t think His plans make sense.</description>
      <author>Stacy Henagan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785234371.mp3" length="807665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785234371.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe Again: Choosing to Believe There’s More When Life Has Left You Broken
Author: Stacy Henagan
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What Do You Do When It Seems God Hasn’t Come Through for You? When the miracle-working God whom Pastor Stacy Henagan loved and served did not answer the prayers on behalf of her terminally ill one-year-old daughter as expected, she was left crushed with grief and struggling to understand. - How could a loving God allow this to happen?  - What do you do when it seems God has let you down?  - Is God trustworthy? Rather than choosing to remain in overwhelming pain and doubt, Stacy emerged with a much greater belief that God is good and trustworthy, even when we don’t think His plans make sense.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Breathe Again: Choosing to Believe There’s More When Life Has Left You Broken
Author: Stacy Henagan
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
What Do You Do When It Seems God Hasn’t Come Through for You? When the miracle-working God whom Pastor Stacy Henagan loved and served did not answer the prayers on behalf of her terminally ill one-year-old daughter as expected, she was left crushed with grief and struggling to understand. - How could a loving God allow this to happen?  - What do you do when it seems God has let you down?  - Is God trustworthy? Rather than choosing to remain in overwhelming pain and doubt, Stacy emerged with a much greater belief that God is good and trustworthy, even when we don’t think His plans make sense.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deceived No More: How Jesus Led Me Out of the New Age and Into His Word by Doreen Virtue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceived No More: How Jesus Led Me Out of the New Age and Into His Word
Author: Doreen Virtue
Narrator: Jaimee Paul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Miraculous Story of a Hugely Successful New Age Teacher’s Conversion to Christianity In this brilliant, utterly captivating memoir, Doreen Virtue chronicles her journey in discovering everything she believed in was a lie. She poignantly shares the price she’s paid for following Jesus. New Age teachings are based on concepts that sound almost irresistible. But as Doreen discovered, they come with a hidden price: your eternal destiny. Here is a riveting, personal confessional of how a former false prophet learned to trust God after nearly wasting a lifetime being independent and willful--trying to predict and control the future--and how Jesus saved her soul from deception and opened her eyes to His truth. Deceived No More can help you learn how to discern dangerous teachings so you can detect and avoid deception. Topics include: - How to spot New Age teachings, and why they’re dangerous - Biblical ways to deal with persecution, spiritual warfare, and other post-conversion issues - How to witness to a New Ager Appendixes and recommended reading are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Doreen Virtue</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785234234.mp3" length="846901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785234234.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceived No More: How Jesus Led Me Out of the New Age and Into His Word
Author: Doreen Virtue
Narrator: Jaimee Paul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Miraculous Story of a Hugely Successful New Age Teacher’s Conversion to Christianity In this brilliant, utterly captivating memoir, Doreen Virtue chronicles her journey in discovering everything she believed in was a lie. She poignantly shares the price she’s paid for following Jesus. New Age teachings are based on concepts that sound almost irresistible. But as Doreen discovered, they come with a hidden price: your eternal destiny. Here is a riveting, personal confessional of how a former false prophet learned to trust God after nearly wasting a lifetime being independent and willful--trying to predict and control the future--and how Jesus saved her soul from deception and opened her eyes to His truth. Deceived No More can help you learn how to discern dangerous teachings so you can detect and avoid deception. Topics include: - How to spot New Age teachings, and why they’re dangerous - Biblical ways to deal with persecution, spiritual warfare, and other post-conversion issues - How to witness to a New Ager Appendixes and recommended reading are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Deceived No More: How Jesus Led Me Out of the New Age and Into His Word
Author: Doreen Virtue
Narrator: Jaimee Paul
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: July 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The Miraculous Story of a Hugely Successful New Age Teacher’s Conversion to Christianity In this brilliant, utterly captivating memoir, Doreen Virtue chronicles her journey in discovering everything she believed in was a lie. She poignantly shares the price she’s paid for following Jesus. New Age teachings are based on concepts that sound almost irresistible. But as Doreen discovered, they come with a hidden price: your eternal destiny. Here is a riveting, personal confessional of how a former false prophet learned to trust God after nearly wasting a lifetime being independent and willful--trying to predict and control the future--and how Jesus saved her soul from deception and opened her eyes to His truth. Deceived No More can help you learn how to discern dangerous teachings so you can detect and avoid deception. Topics include: - How to spot New Age teachings, and why they’re dangerous - Biblical ways to deal with persecution, spiritual warfare, and other post-conversion issues - How to witness to a New Ager Appendixes and recommended reading are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Love Her Well: 10 Ways to Find Joy and Connection with Your Teenage Daughter by Kari Kampakis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Her Well: 10 Ways to Find Joy and Connection with Your Teenage Daughter
Author: Kari Kampakis
Narrator: Kari Kampakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an ECPA Best Seller—Kari Kampakis&amp;#039;s Love Her Well gives moms ten practical tips for how to build strong and lasting relationships with their daughters.  For many women, having a baby girl is a dream come true. But as girls grow up, the narrative of innocence and joy changes to one of dread as moms are told, &amp;#039;Just wait until she&amp;#039;s a teenager!&amp;#039; and handed a disheartening and too-often-true script about a daughter&amp;#039;s teenage season of life. Author, blogger, and mom to four daughters Kari Kampakis thinks it&amp;#039;s time to change the narrative and mind-set that leads moms to parent teen girls with a spirit of defeat instead of strength. Love Her Well isn&amp;#039;t a guide to help mothers &amp;#039;fix&amp;#039; their daughters or make them behave. It&amp;#039;s about a mom&amp;#039;s journey, doing the heart-work necessary to love a teenager while still being a steady, supportive parent. Kari offers wisdom about how moms can: - Choose their words and timing carefully. - Listen and empathize with her teen&amp;#039;s world. - See the good, and love her for who she is. - Take care of themselves and find a support system in the process. By working on the foundation, habits, and dynamics of the relationship; mothers can connect with their teen daughters and earn a voice in their lives that allows moms to offer guidance, love, wisdom, and emotional support. Kari gives mothers hope, wisdom, and a reminder that all things are possible through God, who is the source of the guidance and clarity they need in order to grow strong relationships with their daughters at every age—especially during the critical teen years. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Kari Kampakis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785234203.mp3" length="854770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785234203.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Her Well: 10 Ways to Find Joy and Connection with Your Teenage Daughter
Author: Kari Kampakis
Narrator: Kari Kampakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an ECPA Best Seller—Kari Kampakis&amp;#039;s Love Her Well gives moms ten practical tips for how to build strong and lasting relationships with their daughters.  For many women, having a baby girl is a dream come true. But as girls grow up, the narrative of innocence and joy changes to one of dread as moms are told, &amp;#039;Just wait until she&amp;#039;s a teenager!&amp;#039; and handed a disheartening and too-often-true script about a daughter&amp;#039;s teenage season of life. Author, blogger, and mom to four daughters Kari Kampakis thinks it&amp;#039;s time to change the narrative and mind-set that leads moms to parent teen girls with a spirit of defeat instead of strength. Love Her Well isn&amp;#039;t a guide to help mothers &amp;#039;fix&amp;#039; their daughters or make them behave. It&amp;#039;s about a mom&amp;#039;s journey, doing the heart-work necessary to love a teenager while still being a steady, supportive parent. Kari offers wisdom about how moms can: - Choose their words and timing carefully. - Listen and empathize with her teen&amp;#039;s world. - See the good, and love her for who she is. - Take care of themselves and find a support system in the process. By working on the foundation, habits, and dynamics of the relationship; mothers can connect with their teen daughters and earn a voice in their lives that allows moms to offer guidance, love, wisdom, and emotional support. Kari gives mothers hope, wisdom, and a reminder that all things are possible through God, who is the source of the guidance and clarity they need in order to grow strong relationships with their daughters at every age—especially during the critical teen years. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Love Her Well: 10 Ways to Find Joy and Connection with Your Teenage Daughter
Author: Kari Kampakis
Narrator: Kari Kampakis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: August 18, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Now an ECPA Best Seller—Kari Kampakis&amp;#039;s Love Her Well gives moms ten practical tips for how to build strong and lasting relationships with their daughters.  For many women, having a baby girl is a dream come true. But as girls grow up, the narrative of innocence and joy changes to one of dread as moms are told, &amp;#039;Just wait until she&amp;#039;s a teenager!&amp;#039; and handed a disheartening and too-often-true script about a daughter&amp;#039;s teenage season of life. Author, blogger, and mom to four daughters Kari Kampakis thinks it&amp;#039;s time to change the narrative and mind-set that leads moms to parent teen girls with a spirit of defeat instead of strength. Love Her Well isn&amp;#039;t a guide to help mothers &amp;#039;fix&amp;#039; their daughters or make them behave. It&amp;#039;s about a mom&amp;#039;s journey, doing the heart-work necessary to love a teenager while still being a steady, supportive parent. Kari offers wisdom about how moms can: - Choose their words and timing carefully. - Listen and empathize with her teen&amp;#039;s world. - See the good, and love her for who she is. - Take care of themselves and find a support system in the process. By working on the foundation, habits, and dynamics of the relationship; mothers can connect with their teen daughters and earn a voice in their lives that allows moms to offer guidance, love, wisdom, and emotional support. Kari gives mothers hope, wisdom, and a reminder that all things are possible through God, who is the source of the guidance and clarity they need in order to grow strong relationships with their daughters at every age—especially during the critical teen years. Reflection questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adventuring Together: How to Create Connections and Make Lasting Memories with Your Kids by Greta Eskridge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adventuring Together: How to Create Connections and Make Lasting Memories with Your Kids
Author: Greta Eskridge
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A modern, practical, and inspiring guide to creating deep heart connections with kids by regularly creating new experiences and intentional adventures together. Parents today complain of fragmented relationships with their kids. What parents yearn for--and their kids too--is deep, heart-to-heart connections. But how can parents compete with all the other noise fighting for their kids&amp;#039; attention? The answer, says Greta Eskridge, is to break free from regular routines and familiar comforts of home to experience new places and adventures--even if those adventures go awry. From simply reading a book together to going on an overnight backpacking trip, activities together provide unique and crucial bonding opportunities. Adventuring Together highlights Greta&amp;#039;s stories of doing just that, including - an array of ideas for outdoor and indoor ventures, - what to do when your finances are limited, - and how to adventure if your family can&amp;#039;t hit the hiking trail or spend the night at a campground.  Giving listeners the tools to make adventures happen, Adventuring Together is a step-by-step guide for parents--whether in the city or the country--to start building connections today that will last a lifetime.</description>
      <author>Greta Eskridge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785231387.mp3" length="836542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785231387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adventuring Together: How to Create Connections and Make Lasting Memories with Your Kids
Author: Greta Eskridge
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A modern, practical, and inspiring guide to creating deep heart connections with kids by regularly creating new experiences and intentional adventures together. Parents today complain of fragmented relationships with their kids. What parents yearn for--and their kids too--is deep, heart-to-heart connections. But how can parents compete with all the other noise fighting for their kids&amp;#039; attention? The answer, says Greta Eskridge, is to break free from regular routines and familiar comforts of home to experience new places and adventures--even if those adventures go awry. From simply reading a book together to going on an overnight backpacking trip, activities together provide unique and crucial bonding opportunities. Adventuring Together highlights Greta&amp;#039;s stories of doing just that, including - an array of ideas for outdoor and indoor ventures, - what to do when your finances are limited, - and how to adventure if your family can&amp;#039;t hit the hiking trail or spend the night at a campground.  Giving listeners the tools to make adventures happen, Adventuring Together is a step-by-step guide for parents--whether in the city or the country--to start building connections today that will last a lifetime.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Adventuring Together: How to Create Connections and Make Lasting Memories with Your Kids
Author: Greta Eskridge
Narrator: Chloe Dolandis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 54 minutes
Release date: July 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
A modern, practical, and inspiring guide to creating deep heart connections with kids by regularly creating new experiences and intentional adventures together. Parents today complain of fragmented relationships with their kids. What parents yearn for--and their kids too--is deep, heart-to-heart connections. But how can parents compete with all the other noise fighting for their kids&amp;#039; attention? The answer, says Greta Eskridge, is to break free from regular routines and familiar comforts of home to experience new places and adventures--even if those adventures go awry. From simply reading a book together to going on an overnight backpacking trip, activities together provide unique and crucial bonding opportunities. Adventuring Together highlights Greta&amp;#039;s stories of doing just that, including - an array of ideas for outdoor and indoor ventures, - what to do when your finances are limited, - and how to adventure if your family can&amp;#039;t hit the hiking trail or spend the night at a campground.  Giving listeners the tools to make adventures happen, Adventuring Together is a step-by-step guide for parents--whether in the city or the country--to start building connections today that will last a lifetime.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Destined for the Cross: 16 Reasons Jesus Had to Die by Randy Clark</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Destined for the Cross: 16 Reasons Jesus Had to Die
Author: Randy Clark
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding the Truth Behind Jesus’ Death Changes Everything In Destined for the Cross, Randy Clark explores the most central aspect of Christianity: Jesus Christ and His death on the cross. While the full magnitude is beyond human comprehension, Dr. Clark helps to clear the fog and offers a clear glimpse into the life and death of the Son of God, providing answers to questions such as: - Who was  Jesus? - Where did He come from? - Why did He come? - How do we benefit from His life and death? Truly understanding what happened on the cross provides a new way of living in a hurting world, and Dr. Clark’s insight profoundly and poetically leads the way. An appendix discussing the translation history behind Romans 15:19 and biblical references for further exploration are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Randy Clark</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Aug 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785224310.mp3" length="821342" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785224310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Destined for the Cross: 16 Reasons Jesus Had to Die
Author: Randy Clark
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding the Truth Behind Jesus’ Death Changes Everything In Destined for the Cross, Randy Clark explores the most central aspect of Christianity: Jesus Christ and His death on the cross. While the full magnitude is beyond human comprehension, Dr. Clark helps to clear the fog and offers a clear glimpse into the life and death of the Son of God, providing answers to questions such as: - Who was  Jesus? - Where did He come from? - Why did He come? - How do we benefit from His life and death? Truly understanding what happened on the cross provides a new way of living in a hurting world, and Dr. Clark’s insight profoundly and poetically leads the way. An appendix discussing the translation history behind Romans 15:19 and biblical references for further exploration are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409888</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Destined for the Cross: 16 Reasons Jesus Had to Die
Author: Randy Clark
Narrator: Milton Bagby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August  4, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Understanding the Truth Behind Jesus’ Death Changes Everything In Destined for the Cross, Randy Clark explores the most central aspect of Christianity: Jesus Christ and His death on the cross. While the full magnitude is beyond human comprehension, Dr. Clark helps to clear the fog and offers a clear glimpse into the life and death of the Son of God, providing answers to questions such as: - Who was  Jesus? - Where did He come from? - Why did He come? - How do we benefit from His life and death? Truly understanding what happened on the cross provides a new way of living in a hurting world, and Dr. Clark’s insight profoundly and poetically leads the way. An appendix discussing the translation history behind Romans 15:19 and biblical references for further exploration are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let Them Be Kids: Adventure, Boredom, Innocence, and Other Gifts Children Need by Jessica Smartt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Them Be Kids: Adventure, Boredom, Innocence, and Other Gifts Children Need
Author: Jessica Smartt
Narrator: Amanda Sanfilippo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
As parents we want to safeguard our children from the pressures and influences of the world, but also prepare them for age-appropriate realities. How do we find that balance? Jessica Smartt shares ways to be more aware, proactive, and protective, but also adventurous with our kids. A former English teacher and homeschooling mother of three, Jessica Smartt felt the weight of helping prepare her kids for life, seeking to raise her children with a sense of adventure, self-confidence, manners, faith, and the ability to use technology wisely. Let Them Be Kids is Jessica’s offering of grace and confidence to moms, providing practical ideas to meet the challenge of raising children. Part story, part guidebook, every chapter includes doable parenting strategies and encouragement for the journey, equipping moms with ways to provide a safe, healthy, Christ-centered upbringing for our children. Her well-researched, tested methods, woven together with her personal stories and witty humor, deliver wisdom on tough topics, such as: - Managing technology and fostering creative playtime - Balancing family time versus sports and extracurriculars  - How and why to let your kids be awkward - Protecting innocence and purity - Showing grace when kids disobey If you want to conquer fear and find the truth that transforms entire families, Let Them Be Kids will show you that it’s not only possible but essential to enjoy every special moment of building family values together. And it serves as a gentle reminder that, someday, you&amp;#039;ll be very glad you did.</description>
      <author>Jessica Smartt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785221357.mp3" length="869649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785221357.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Them Be Kids: Adventure, Boredom, Innocence, and Other Gifts Children Need
Author: Jessica Smartt
Narrator: Amanda Sanfilippo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
As parents we want to safeguard our children from the pressures and influences of the world, but also prepare them for age-appropriate realities. How do we find that balance? Jessica Smartt shares ways to be more aware, proactive, and protective, but also adventurous with our kids. A former English teacher and homeschooling mother of three, Jessica Smartt felt the weight of helping prepare her kids for life, seeking to raise her children with a sense of adventure, self-confidence, manners, faith, and the ability to use technology wisely. Let Them Be Kids is Jessica’s offering of grace and confidence to moms, providing practical ideas to meet the challenge of raising children. Part story, part guidebook, every chapter includes doable parenting strategies and encouragement for the journey, equipping moms with ways to provide a safe, healthy, Christ-centered upbringing for our children. Her well-researched, tested methods, woven together with her personal stories and witty humor, deliver wisdom on tough topics, such as: - Managing technology and fostering creative playtime - Balancing family time versus sports and extracurriculars  - How and why to let your kids be awkward - Protecting innocence and purity - Showing grace when kids disobey If you want to conquer fear and find the truth that transforms entire families, Let Them Be Kids will show you that it’s not only possible but essential to enjoy every special moment of building family values together. And it serves as a gentle reminder that, someday, you&amp;#039;ll be very glad you did.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Them Be Kids: Adventure, Boredom, Innocence, and Other Gifts Children Need
Author: Jessica Smartt
Narrator: Amanda Sanfilippo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June  9, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
As parents we want to safeguard our children from the pressures and influences of the world, but also prepare them for age-appropriate realities. How do we find that balance? Jessica Smartt shares ways to be more aware, proactive, and protective, but also adventurous with our kids. A former English teacher and homeschooling mother of three, Jessica Smartt felt the weight of helping prepare her kids for life, seeking to raise her children with a sense of adventure, self-confidence, manners, faith, and the ability to use technology wisely. Let Them Be Kids is Jessica’s offering of grace and confidence to moms, providing practical ideas to meet the challenge of raising children. Part story, part guidebook, every chapter includes doable parenting strategies and encouragement for the journey, equipping moms with ways to provide a safe, healthy, Christ-centered upbringing for our children. Her well-researched, tested methods, woven together with her personal stories and witty humor, deliver wisdom on tough topics, such as: - Managing technology and fostering creative playtime - Balancing family time versus sports and extracurriculars  - How and why to let your kids be awkward - Protecting innocence and purity - Showing grace when kids disobey If you want to conquer fear and find the truth that transforms entire families, Let Them Be Kids will show you that it’s not only possible but essential to enjoy every special moment of building family values together. And it serves as a gentle reminder that, someday, you&amp;#039;ll be very glad you did.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let Go of the Guilt: Stop Beating Yourself Up and Take Back Your Joy by Valorie Burton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Go of the Guilt: Stop Beating Yourself Up and Take Back Your Joy
Author: Valorie Burton
Narrator: Valorie Burton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to leave guilt behind for good! Life coach Valorie Burton teaches you a simple yet profound method that will free you from the “false guilt” that is so common among busy women today. Even women who feel fulfilled often struggle to meet the demands of modern life. Both working and stay-at-home moms agree that the expectations of women have risen dramatically in recent decades. As a result, many women overcompensate and over-apologize while the guilt dampens the joy of motherhood, relationships, and professional accomplishments. Let Go of the Guilt helps you peel back the layers of emotional, cultural, and spiritual expectations that make it difficult to navigate your multiple roles, dreams, and daily demands on your life. Through her signature self-coaching process, powerful questions, and practical research, Valorie Burton shows you how to: - Recognize and overcome the five thought patterns of guilt - Break the surprising habit that tempts you to subconsciously choose guilt over joy, - Stop guilt from sneaking its way into your everyday decisions and interactions,  - Flip those guilt trips so you can keep others from manipulating you, and - Stop setting yourself up for stress, anxiety, and obligation, and instead set yourself for a life of joy and freedom Valorie’s journaling questions and research-based process will shift your perspective, give you clarity and courage, and equip you with a plan of action to let go of the guilt for good.</description>
      <author>Valorie Burton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780785220084.mp3" length="837080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780785220084.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Go of the Guilt: Stop Beating Yourself Up and Take Back Your Joy
Author: Valorie Burton
Narrator: Valorie Burton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to leave guilt behind for good! Life coach Valorie Burton teaches you a simple yet profound method that will free you from the “false guilt” that is so common among busy women today. Even women who feel fulfilled often struggle to meet the demands of modern life. Both working and stay-at-home moms agree that the expectations of women have risen dramatically in recent decades. As a result, many women overcompensate and over-apologize while the guilt dampens the joy of motherhood, relationships, and professional accomplishments. Let Go of the Guilt helps you peel back the layers of emotional, cultural, and spiritual expectations that make it difficult to navigate your multiple roles, dreams, and daily demands on your life. Through her signature self-coaching process, powerful questions, and practical research, Valorie Burton shows you how to: - Recognize and overcome the five thought patterns of guilt - Break the surprising habit that tempts you to subconsciously choose guilt over joy, - Stop guilt from sneaking its way into your everyday decisions and interactions,  - Flip those guilt trips so you can keep others from manipulating you, and - Stop setting yourself up for stress, anxiety, and obligation, and instead set yourself for a life of joy and freedom Valorie’s journaling questions and research-based process will shift your perspective, give you clarity and courage, and equip you with a plan of action to let go of the guilt for good.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Let Go of the Guilt: Stop Beating Yourself Up and Take Back Your Joy
Author: Valorie Burton
Narrator: Valorie Burton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to leave guilt behind for good! Life coach Valorie Burton teaches you a simple yet profound method that will free you from the “false guilt” that is so common among busy women today. Even women who feel fulfilled often struggle to meet the demands of modern life. Both working and stay-at-home moms agree that the expectations of women have risen dramatically in recent decades. As a result, many women overcompensate and over-apologize while the guilt dampens the joy of motherhood, relationships, and professional accomplishments. Let Go of the Guilt helps you peel back the layers of emotional, cultural, and spiritual expectations that make it difficult to navigate your multiple roles, dreams, and daily demands on your life. Through her signature self-coaching process, powerful questions, and practical research, Valorie Burton shows you how to: - Recognize and overcome the five thought patterns of guilt - Break the surprising habit that tempts you to subconsciously choose guilt over joy, - Stop guilt from sneaking its way into your everyday decisions and interactions,  - Flip those guilt trips so you can keep others from manipulating you, and - Stop setting yourself up for stress, anxiety, and obligation, and instead set yourself for a life of joy and freedom Valorie’s journaling questions and research-based process will shift your perspective, give you clarity and courage, and equip you with a plan of action to let go of the guilt for good.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hell: A Guide (Answers to All Your Questions about the Devil (Satan), Demons, the Afterlife, Judgement, Eternal Punishment and More) by Anthony DeStefano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell: A Guide (Answers to All Your Questions about the Devil (Satan), Demons, the Afterlife, Judgement, Eternal Punishment and More)
Author: Anthony DeStefano
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find answers to all your questions about hell. What does the Bible tell us about hell, and what is speculation, myth, or even plain error? C. S. Lewis imagined hell as a gray, joyless city. The Italian poet, Dante Alighieri, wrote that hell was a series of nine circles. And each one of us probably has our own vision of it. But what do we really know about hell?   In Hell: A Guide, Anthony DeStefano, the bestselling author of A Travel Guide to Heaven, takes you on an exploration of hell, the devil, demons, and evil itself. Written with clarity, logic, and vivid storytelling, Hell: A Guide takes up questions such as: - Is hell a place or a state of being? - What does hell look like? - What kind of suffering do people in hell experience? - What are the devil and demons really like?   Rooted in solid, orthodox Christian scholarship, this one-of-a-kind book investigates everything there is to know about one of the most fascinating, yet often misunderstood, subjects of all time. Additional biblical references are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</description>
      <author>Anthony DeStefano</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780718080716.mp3" length="878318" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780718080716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell: A Guide (Answers to All Your Questions about the Devil (Satan), Demons, the Afterlife, Judgement, Eternal Punishment and More)
Author: Anthony DeStefano
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find answers to all your questions about hell. What does the Bible tell us about hell, and what is speculation, myth, or even plain error? C. S. Lewis imagined hell as a gray, joyless city. The Italian poet, Dante Alighieri, wrote that hell was a series of nine circles. And each one of us probably has our own vision of it. But what do we really know about hell?   In Hell: A Guide, Anthony DeStefano, the bestselling author of A Travel Guide to Heaven, takes you on an exploration of hell, the devil, demons, and evil itself. Written with clarity, logic, and vivid storytelling, Hell: A Guide takes up questions such as: - Is hell a place or a state of being? - What does hell look like? - What kind of suffering do people in hell experience? - What are the devil and demons really like?   Rooted in solid, orthodox Christian scholarship, this one-of-a-kind book investigates everything there is to know about one of the most fascinating, yet often misunderstood, subjects of all time. Additional biblical references are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409883</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hell: A Guide (Answers to All Your Questions about the Devil (Satan), Demons, the Afterlife, Judgement, Eternal Punishment and More)
Author: Anthony DeStefano
Narrator: Zach Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
Find answers to all your questions about hell. What does the Bible tell us about hell, and what is speculation, myth, or even plain error? C. S. Lewis imagined hell as a gray, joyless city. The Italian poet, Dante Alighieri, wrote that hell was a series of nine circles. And each one of us probably has our own vision of it. But what do we really know about hell?   In Hell: A Guide, Anthony DeStefano, the bestselling author of A Travel Guide to Heaven, takes you on an exploration of hell, the devil, demons, and evil itself. Written with clarity, logic, and vivid storytelling, Hell: A Guide takes up questions such as: - Is hell a place or a state of being? - What does hell look like? - What kind of suffering do people in hell experience? - What are the devil and demons really like?   Rooted in solid, orthodox Christian scholarship, this one-of-a-kind book investigates everything there is to know about one of the most fascinating, yet often misunderstood, subjects of all time. Additional biblical references are available in the audiobook companion PDF download.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Recupera tu vida: Hábitos cotidianos para un mundo enloquecido by John Eldredge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Recupera tu vida: Hábitos cotidianos para un mundo enloquecido
Author: John Eldredge
Narrator: Miquel Borda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Eldredge, el autor best seller del New York Times, ofrece un modelo práctico y engañosamente simple para retomar por completo el control de tu vida. Vivimos en tiempos que dejan el alma chamuscada. La avalancha 24-7 de la vida contemporánea, con su fuente interminable de tragedias globales y demandas exigentes de nuestra atención, por no hablar de las presiones ordinarias del trabajo, la familia, los amigos y la comunidad, nos han dejado desgarrados, agobiados y vacíos. Pero si ya no tenemos margen en nuestras vidas, ¿cómo encontramos espacio para cambiar las cosas? En su nuevo libro transformador, John Eldredge destila la sabiduría de toda una vida acerca de la sanidad en una serie de hábitos prácticos y listos para implementar para recuperar tu vida. Estos pasos sencillos te permitirán comenzar la recuperación, te ayudarán a enfocarte en lo que más importa, desconectarte de las tragedias de este mundo quebrantado y descubrir el poder restaurador de la belleza. Los hábitos incluyen: - la pausa de un minuto, - desprendimiento benevolente, - practicar la bondad, - salir, y - retroceder de la tecnología. Los hábitos aquí explicados están listos para ser implementados. No necesitas abandonar tu vida para recuperarla. Puedes restaurarla aquí y ahora. Y nunca serás el mismo. Get Your Life Back John Eldredge, the New York Times best-selling author, offers a practical and deceptively simple model for taking full control of your life. We live in times that leave the soul scorched. The 24-7 avalanche of contemporary life, with its endless source of global tragedies and exacting demands on our attention, not to mention the ordinary pressures of work, family, friends, and community, have left us torn, overwhelmed, and empty. But if we no longer have any room in our lives, how do we find space to change things? In his new transformative book, John Eldredge distills the life-long wisdom about healing into a series of practical, ready-to-implement habits to get your life back on track. These simple steps will allow you to begin your recovery, help you focus on what matters most, disconnect from the tragedies of this broken world, and discover the restorative power of beauty. Habits include: - The one-minute break, - Benevolent detachment, - Practice kindness, - Go out, and - To back away from technology. The habits explained here are ready to be implemented. You don&amp;#039;t need to give up your life to get it back. You can restore it here and now. And you will never be the same.</description>
      <author>John Eldredge</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781418599836.mp3" length="810776" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781418599836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Recupera tu vida: Hábitos cotidianos para un mundo enloquecido
Author: John Eldredge
Narrator: Miquel Borda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Eldredge, el autor best seller del New York Times, ofrece un modelo práctico y engañosamente simple para retomar por completo el control de tu vida. Vivimos en tiempos que dejan el alma chamuscada. La avalancha 24-7 de la vida contemporánea, con su fuente interminable de tragedias globales y demandas exigentes de nuestra atención, por no hablar de las presiones ordinarias del trabajo, la familia, los amigos y la comunidad, nos han dejado desgarrados, agobiados y vacíos. Pero si ya no tenemos margen en nuestras vidas, ¿cómo encontramos espacio para cambiar las cosas? En su nuevo libro transformador, John Eldredge destila la sabiduría de toda una vida acerca de la sanidad en una serie de hábitos prácticos y listos para implementar para recuperar tu vida. Estos pasos sencillos te permitirán comenzar la recuperación, te ayudarán a enfocarte en lo que más importa, desconectarte de las tragedias de este mundo quebrantado y descubrir el poder restaurador de la belleza. Los hábitos incluyen: - la pausa de un minuto, - desprendimiento benevolente, - practicar la bondad, - salir, y - retroceder de la tecnología. Los hábitos aquí explicados están listos para ser implementados. No necesitas abandonar tu vida para recuperarla. Puedes restaurarla aquí y ahora. Y nunca serás el mismo. Get Your Life Back John Eldredge, the New York Times best-selling author, offers a practical and deceptively simple model for taking full control of your life. We live in times that leave the soul scorched. The 24-7 avalanche of contemporary life, with its endless source of global tragedies and exacting demands on our attention, not to mention the ordinary pressures of work, family, friends, and community, have left us torn, overwhelmed, and empty. But if we no longer have any room in our lives, how do we find space to change things? In his new transformative book, John Eldredge distills the life-long wisdom about healing into a series of practical, ready-to-implement habits to get your life back on track. These simple steps will allow you to begin your recovery, help you focus on what matters most, disconnect from the tragedies of this broken world, and discover the restorative power of beauty. Habits include: - The one-minute break, - Benevolent detachment, - Practice kindness, - Go out, and - To back away from technology. The habits explained here are ready to be implemented. You don&amp;#039;t need to give up your life to get it back. You can restore it here and now. And you will never be the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Recupera tu vida: Hábitos cotidianos para un mundo enloquecido
Author: John Eldredge
Narrator: Miquel Borda
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
John Eldredge, el autor best seller del New York Times, ofrece un modelo práctico y engañosamente simple para retomar por completo el control de tu vida. Vivimos en tiempos que dejan el alma chamuscada. La avalancha 24-7 de la vida contemporánea, con su fuente interminable de tragedias globales y demandas exigentes de nuestra atención, por no hablar de las presiones ordinarias del trabajo, la familia, los amigos y la comunidad, nos han dejado desgarrados, agobiados y vacíos. Pero si ya no tenemos margen en nuestras vidas, ¿cómo encontramos espacio para cambiar las cosas? En su nuevo libro transformador, John Eldredge destila la sabiduría de toda una vida acerca de la sanidad en una serie de hábitos prácticos y listos para implementar para recuperar tu vida. Estos pasos sencillos te permitirán comenzar la recuperación, te ayudarán a enfocarte en lo que más importa, desconectarte de las tragedias de este mundo quebrantado y descubrir el poder restaurador de la belleza. Los hábitos incluyen: - la pausa de un minuto, - desprendimiento benevolente, - practicar la bondad, - salir, y - retroceder de la tecnología. Los hábitos aquí explicados están listos para ser implementados. No necesitas abandonar tu vida para recuperarla. Puedes restaurarla aquí y ahora. Y nunca serás el mismo. Get Your Life Back John Eldredge, the New York Times best-selling author, offers a practical and deceptively simple model for taking full control of your life. We live in times that leave the soul scorched. The 24-7 avalanche of contemporary life, with its endless source of global tragedies and exacting demands on our attention, not to mention the ordinary pressures of work, family, friends, and community, have left us torn, overwhelmed, and empty. But if we no longer have any room in our lives, how do we find space to change things? In his new transformative book, John Eldredge distills the life-long wisdom about healing into a series of practical, ready-to-implement habits to get your life back on track. These simple steps will allow you to begin your recovery, help you focus on what matters most, disconnect from the tragedies of this broken world, and discover the restorative power of beauty. Habits include: - The one-minute break, - Benevolent detachment, - Practice kindness, - Go out, and - To back away from technology. The habits explained here are ready to be implemented. You don&amp;#039;t need to give up your life to get it back. You can restore it here and now. And you will never be the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charity Detox: What Charity Would Look Like If We Cared About Results by Robert D. Lupton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charity Detox: What Charity Would Look Like If We Cared About Results
Author: Robert D. Lupton
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The veteran urban activist and author of the revolutionary Toxic Charity returns with a headline-making book that offers proven, results-oriented ideas for transforming our system of giving. In Toxic Charity, Robert D. Lupton revealed the truth about modern charity programs meant to help the poor and disenfranchised. While charity makes donors feel better, he argued, it often hurts those it seeks to help. At the forefront of this burgeoning yet ineffective compassion industry are American churches, which spend billions on dependency-producing programs, including food pantries. But what would charity look like if we, instead, measured it by its ability to alleviate poverty and needs? That is the question at the heart of Charity Detox. Drawing on his many decades of experience, Lupton outlines how to structure programs that actually improve the quality of life of the poor and disenfranchised. He introduces many strategies that are revolutionizing what we do with our charity dollars, and offers numerous examples of organizations that have successfully adopted these groundbreaking new models. Only by redirecting our strategies and becoming committed to results, he argues, can charity enterprises truly become as transformative as our ideals.</description>
      <author>Robert D. Lupton</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Jan 2020 02:18:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705202425.mp3" length="8052251" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705202425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charity Detox: What Charity Would Look Like If We Cared About Results
Author: Robert D. Lupton
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The veteran urban activist and author of the revolutionary Toxic Charity returns with a headline-making book that offers proven, results-oriented ideas for transforming our system of giving. In Toxic Charity, Robert D. Lupton revealed the truth about modern charity programs meant to help the poor and disenfranchised. While charity makes donors feel better, he argued, it often hurts those it seeks to help. At the forefront of this burgeoning yet ineffective compassion industry are American churches, which spend billions on dependency-producing programs, including food pantries. But what would charity look like if we, instead, measured it by its ability to alleviate poverty and needs? That is the question at the heart of Charity Detox. Drawing on his many decades of experience, Lupton outlines how to structure programs that actually improve the quality of life of the poor and disenfranchised. He introduces many strategies that are revolutionizing what we do with our charity dollars, and offers numerous examples of organizations that have successfully adopted these groundbreaking new models. Only by redirecting our strategies and becoming committed to results, he argues, can charity enterprises truly become as transformative as our ideals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/409860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charity Detox: What Charity Would Look Like If We Cared About Results
Author: Robert D. Lupton
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Christianity
Publisher's Summary: 
The veteran urban activist and author of the revolutionary Toxic Charity returns with a headline-making book that offers proven, results-oriented ideas for transforming our system of giving. In Toxic Charity, Robert D. Lupton revealed the truth about modern charity programs meant to help the poor and disenfranchised. While charity makes donors feel better, he argued, it often hurts those it seeks to help. At the forefront of this burgeoning yet ineffective compassion industry are American churches, which spend billions on dependency-producing programs, including food pantries. But what would charity look like if we, instead, measured it by its ability to alleviate poverty and needs? That is the question at the heart of Charity Detox. Drawing on his many decades of experience, Lupton outlines how to structure programs that actually improve the quality of life of the poor and disenfranchised. He introduces many strategies that are revolutionizing what we do with our charity dollars, and offers numerous examples of organizations that have successfully adopted these groundbreaking new models. Only by redirecting our strategies and becoming committed to results, he argues, can charity enterprises truly become as transformative as our ideals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
